Hatco 2014 Food Service Equipment

FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT

Unique Needs, Exact Solutions.

Price List

At Hatco we look, listen, and bring our full experience to your operation.

“Customerization” is our brand promise …

that build your profits.

That’s Hatco, and that’s always good for business.

Contact us today for all of your foodservice equipment needs.

EXPORT U.S. DOLLAR PRICE LIST

providing you with foodservice innovations

l Foodservice Equipment

l January 2014

EQUIP-EXP-USD-PL Printed in USA January 2014

|

Scan with web-enabled mobile device to visit www.hatcocorp.com

|

|

Hatco Corporation P.O. Box 340500 Milwaukee WI 53234-0500 USA Tel: 414-671-6350 Fax: 414-671-3976 www.hatcocorp.com intlsales@hatcocorp.com

|

|

olla D .

S .

U Export

r

01 2 y uar n a J

4

Built on a Tradition of Excellence

Export Price List

Since 1950, Hatco has been a leader in creating innovative ideas for the foodservice industry: bold innovations in equipment that

improve efficiency, reliability and profits. Products designed and built to handle the rugged demands of today’s foodservice operations. Hatco is a company dedicated to exceptional customer service and quality engineered equipment offering maximum performance.

From the corporate offices in Milwaukee, Wisconsin to the state-of-the-art manufacturing facility in Sturgeon Bay, WI, there is a pride in the employees and their workmanship that is reflected in every product. All Hatco equipment is produced with a commitment to quality and reliability by certified assemblers using Demand Flow Technology. This process uses a series of quality checks and tests to meet rigid performance standards for every product.

Through the years Hatco has introduced many “firsts.” The company began by recognizing the need to sanitize dishware and responded by developing an electric booster water heater generating 82°C (180°F) sanitizing rinse water, that soon became the industry standard. In the 1960’s Hatco added Third Compartment Sink Heaters to the water line and offered the industry the first conveyor toaster, Toast King®, to meet the needs of high-volume bread and bun toasting. Hatco also took food holding to another dimension with Glo-Ray® aluminum housings up to 3658 mm (144") in length with special reflectors that direct heat to the outer edges of holding areas, extending food holding times.

Through the 1970’s the foodwarmer lines grew to include portable foodwarmers and then added humidity to a heated cabinet to produce FlavR-Savor® Display Cabinets. The last two decades of the twentieth century saw Hatco introduce many products in the show-and-sell and self-serve areas as convenience stores, delis and kiosks grew quickly. Hatco’s ThermoFinisher® offered the industry another time and labor-saving product in 2000, at that time we introduced a patented heated glass technology and heated stone surfaces. Most recently, Hatco has introduced Pop-Up toasters, Heated Wells, Refrigerated Wells and Frost Tops that will open the doors to many additional opportunities. Ceramic foodwarmers, for ultimate food holding power, round out Hatco’s full line of foodservice equipment. Hatco Corporation continues to offer cost-effective solutions that meet the industry needs for versatility, productivity, profitability and service.

— People who serve, products that solve™

January 1, 2014 EX-Works Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A.

How to Order

To ensure prompt and accurate processing of your order, please provide the following information: ALL PRODUCTS: 1. Model number, voltage, 50 and 60 Hertz and phase, specify if CE Mark is required.

2. Specify options and accessories as required. Options are not retrofittable.

3. Consult factory when ordering equipment for special applications.

4. FAX and e-mail orders are acceptable and do not require confirmation.

ALL WATT RATINGS ARE NOMINAL. ACTUAL WATTAGE MAY VARY. CONSULT FACTORY FOR MORE INFORMATION.

E-mail orders to: intlsales@hatcocorp.com Fax orders to: (414) 671-3976 Mail orders to: Hatco Corporation P.O. Box 340500 Milwaukee, WI 53234-0500 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 www.hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Table of Contents Wells 2-21 NEW Tops. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Remote Drop-In Frost 3-4 NEW Remote Refrigerated Drop-In Wells. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-6 Modular/Ganged Heated Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Modular/Ganged Slim Heated Wells. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Individual Built-In And Drop-In Heated Wells Ordering Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12 Built-In Heated Wells. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 Drop-In 4/3-Size Heated Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Drop-In Round Heated Wells. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Built-In Full-Size Heated Wells – Fabricator Models. . 17 Drop-In 4/3-Size Heated Wells – Fabricator Models. . 18 Drop-In Round Heated Wells – Fabricator Models. . . 19 Heated Well Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21 Decorative Lamps & Display Lights

22-28

Decorative Lamps/Luminaires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-27 Glo-Rite® Display Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Strip Heaters

29-51

Ordering Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Glo-Ray® Infrared Strip Heaters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-33 Glo-Ray® Dual Infrared Strip Heaters. . . . . . . . . . . 34-36 Glo-Ray® Narrow Infrared Strip Heaters. . . . . . . . . . . 37 Glo-Ray® Infra-Black® Strip Heaters. . . . . . . . . . . 38-40 Glo-Ray® Designer Infrared Strip Heaters . . . . . . . 41-43 Glo-Ray® Designer Dual Infrared Strip Heaters . . . 44-46 Ultra-Glo® Ceramic Infrared Strip Heaters. . . . . . . 47, 49 Ultra-Glo® Ceramic Dual Infrared Strip Heaters . . . 48-49 Details Of Strip Heater Recommended Range Above Target. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Glo-Ray® Mounting Arrangements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Remote Control Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 51 Fry Stations

52-57

Portable Foodwarmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53-54 NEW Multi Product Warming Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

55, 57 Glo-Ray® Fry Stations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-57

Drawer Warmers

Drawer Warmers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82-83 Drawer Warmer Options & Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . 84 Merchandisers 85-96 Glo-Ray® Pizza Warmers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Glo-Ray® Merchandising Warmers . . . . . . . . . . . . 87-89 Glo-Ray® Designer Merchandising Warmers. . . . . 90-91 Glo-Ray® Curved Merchandising Warmers. . . . . . . . . 92 Glo-Ray® Designer Heated Display Cases. . . . . . . 93-94 Glo-Ray® Heated Display Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-96 Holding & Display Cabinets

58-60

Decorative Carving Station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Glo-Ray® Carving Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Portable Warmers

61-75

Portable Lamp Warmer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Round Heated Shelves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Glo-Ray® Portable Heated Shelves . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-66 Glo-Ray® Portable Designer Heated Shelves. . . . . . . 66 Glo-Ray® Portable Round Heated Stone Shelves. . . 67-68 Glo-Ray® Portable Rectangular Heated Stone Shelves. 69 Portable Rectangular Heated Black Glass Shelves. . . 70 Glo-Ray® Mini-Merchandisers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Serv-Rite™ Portable Buffet Warmers. . . . . . . . . . 72-73 Glo-Ray® Buffet Warmers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74-75 Built-In Warmers

97-111

Flav-R-Fresh Impulse Display Cabinets. . . . . . . . . . 98 Flav-R-Savor® Holding & Display Cabinets . . . . . 99-101 Display Rack Selections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Flav-R-Savor® Humidified Large Capacity Holding Cabinets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Mini Display Warmer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Macho Nacho® Chip Warmers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Flav-R-Savor® Tall Non-Humidified Holding Cabinets. . 106 NEW 107 Flav-R-Savor® Energy Efficient Holding Cabinets . . . .

Flav-R-Savor® Tall Humidified Holding Cabinets. . . . . . 108 Flav-R-Savor® Portable Holding Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . 109 Flav-R-Savor® Humidified Portable Holding Cabinets. . 110 Flav-R-Savor® Heated Air Curtain Cabinets. . . . . . . . . 111 ®

Toasters 112-118 Pop-Up Toasters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Toast-Qwik® Conveyor Toasters. . . . . . . . . 114-115, 118 Toast-Rite® and Toast King® Conveyor Toasters . . 116-117 High Watt Conveyor Toasters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Light Cooking Equipment

119-120

Thermo-Finisher Food Finishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 ®

Water Heaters Carving Stations

81-84

121-133

Mini-Compact Electric Booster Water Heaters. . . . . 122 Compact Electric Booster Water Heaters. . . . . . 123-124 Imperial Electric Booster Water Heaters. . . . . . . 125-126 Booster Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 3CS Sanitizing Sink Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 FR Food Rethermalizer Bain-Marie Heaters. . . . . . . 129 Booster Heater Sizing Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-132 Water Heater Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Sizing Chart For Low-Temp Dishmachines . . . . . . . 133 Low-Temp Sizing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Food Pans and Trivets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Water Quality Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Paint Chip and Stone Sample Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . Inside Back Cover

76-80

Glo-Ray® Built-In Rectangular Heated Stone Shelves. 77 Built-In Rectangular Heated Black Glass Shelves. . . . 78 Glo-Ray® Built-In Rectangular Heated Shelves . . . 79-80

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

1

Wells Cafeterias • Buffets Convenience Stores • Supermarkets & Delis Restaurants & Cafés • Clubs & Bars

FTBX-2 with accessory full-size sheet pans pg. 4

CWBX-3 with accessory full-size pans pg. 6

HWBI-3MA with accessory food pans pg. 8

HWBI-2 with accessory half- and third-size pans pg. 8

HWBI-S4MA with accessory food pans (shown with GR2AHL with standard Designer nonadjustable stands and optional Designer color and sneeze guards) pg. 10

HWBI-FULD with accessory food pans pg. 13

HWBL-43D and HWBLI-FULD with accessory food pans (shown with GR2AHL with standard Designer non-adjustable stands and optional Designer color and sneeze guards) pg. 13, 15

HWB-7QT and HWB-11QT with accessory food pans pg. 16

HWBRN-43D (shown in back) and HWBRN-FULD (shown in front) with accessory food pans pg. 17, 18

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Wells

Remote Drop-In Frost Top Ordering Instructions

Cutaway of FTBX-3 with accessory sheet pans Frost Top with: Temperature Probe

1" NPT Drain simplified cleaning and flat drain strainer ensures pans sit flush

Recessed walls designed to prevent food pan slippage

Control Panel

Auto-defrost activated through an advanced Electronic Controller programmed at the customer location Environmentallyfriendly insulation used throughout

Please specify the following with each order: 1. Desired Voltage: 120 or 240V 2. Number of Full-Size Sheet Pans Accommodated: 1-, 2-, or 3-pan as rectangular sheet pans 3. Depth of Model: Standard configuration 735 mm D (28 15⁄16") or Slim Series 535 mm D (21 1⁄16") 4. Remote Refrigeration Note: Shipped loose: Frost Top, Control Panel (Probe wires are 4.9 meters (16 feet) and a TXV valve A. F TBX, Condensing Unit not included (Solenoid Valve attached to Frost Top) 5. Agency – UL, C-UL

Accessories 1. Pans – A. Half-size sheet pan 457 W x 330 D mm (18" x 13") B. F ull-size sheet pan 457 W x 660 D mm (18" x 26")

NSF 7 Component approved cold wall construction utilizes R-404A refrigerant keeping food product cold without drying it out

REMOTE DROP-IN FROST TOP COUNTERTOP CUT-OUTS Model Minimum Width Maximum Width Minimum Depth FTBX-1 697 mm (27 7⁄16") 711 mm (28") 494 mm (19 7⁄16") FTBX-2 949 mm (37 3⁄8") 965 mm (38") 694 mm (27 5⁄16") 1422 mm (56") 694 mm (27 5⁄16") FTBX-3 1407 mm (55 3⁄8") 494 mm (19 7⁄16") FTBX-S2 1354 mm (53 5⁄16") 1372 mm (54") 494 mm (19 7⁄16") FTBX-S3 2011 mm (79 3⁄16") 2029 mm (79 7⁄8") t Add 128 mm (5 1⁄16") to the Below Counter height for the attached Solenoid Valve.

Maximum Depth 511 mm (20 1⁄8" 711 mm (28") 711 mm (28") 511 mm (20 1⁄8") 511 mm (20 1⁄8")

Below Counter t 77 mm (3 1⁄16") 77 mm (3 1⁄16") 77 mm (3 1⁄16") 77 mm (3 1⁄16") 77 mm (3 1⁄16")

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

3

Wells

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Remote Drop-In Frost Top Keeping pre-chilled beverages, snacks, hors d’oeuvres and side dishes cool and ready-to-serve, the Hatco Remote Drop-In Frost Tops offers additional flexibility with remote configurations.

Also available in a Slim Line Series, providing wider access to your customer.

• Accommodates full-size sheet pans • Units include a 1” NPT drain (excluding FTBX-1) and refrigeration system • Models include a control panel (shipped loose - probe wires are 4.9 meters [16 feet]) but shipped without a condensing unit for the increased flexibility of multiple Frost Top configurations

• Auto-defrost is activated through an advanced electronic programmed at the customer location • Optimal insulation on sides and bottom to ensure better cold retention

FTBX-S2 with accessory sheet pans (shipped without condensing unit) Control panel (shipped loose)

REMOTE DROP-IN FROST TOP – WITH CONTROL PANEL Model Volts FTBX-1 120 or 240V FTBX-2 120 or 240V FTBX-3 120 or 240V Slim FTBX-S2 120 or 240V FTBX-S3 120 or 240V All models utilize R-404A Refrigerant. ⋇ Shipping weights are approximate.

Dimensions BTU/H WxDxH 330 735 x 535 x 211 mm (28 15⁄16" x 21 1⁄16" x 8 5⁄8") 630 991 x 735 x 90 mm (39" x 28 15⁄16" x 8 5⁄8") 930 1448 x 735 x 90 mm (57" x 28 15⁄16" x 8 5⁄8") 630 930

1395 x 535 x 90 mm (54 15⁄16" x 21 1⁄16" x 8 5⁄8") 2053 x 535 x 90 mm (80 13⁄16" x 21 1⁄16" x 8 5⁄8")

Ship Weight⋇ 34 kg (74 lbs.)

55 kg (122 lbs.)

70 kg (155 lbs.)

List Price $3652 4222 4865

56 kg (124 lbs.)

71 kg (156 lbs.)

$4279 4965

Models Shipped with: Electronic temperature control, TXV valve, (shipped loose) and a solenoid valve attached to well.

PARTS ONLY GUARANTEED FOR ONE YEAR.

ACCESSORIES ALUM PAN 18" SHEET PAN

Half-Size Sheet Pan – 457 W x 330 D mm (18"x 13") Full-Size Sheet Pan – 457 W x 660 D mm (18"x 26")

$26 36

COUNTERTOP CUT-OUT DIMENSIONS – SEE PAGE 3

FTBX-SX Frost Top Drop-In X=Control Panel Only =/Remote Condensing Unit X=Frost Top Shelf Only

4

Full-Size Sheet Pan Capacity Slim

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Wells

Remote Refrigerated Drop-In Wells Ordering Instructions Cutaway of CWBX-6 with accessory food pans Cold Well with: Temperature probe

Larger drain ensures easy cleaning Exclusive flat screen design ensures that pans sit flush

A Refrigerated Well can house a variety of pans – full-size, half-size or third-size – showcasing a variety of your food products

Unique angled inside wall design allows cold air to effectively blanket your food product

76 mm (3") NSF 7 Component approved cold wall construction utilizes R-404A refrigerant keeping food product cold without drying it out

The Well cavity ensures energy efficiency with environmentallyfriendly insulation used throughout

Auto-defrost activated through an advanced electronic controller programmed at the customer location

Please specify the following with each order: 1. Desired Voltage: 120 or 240V 2. Number of Modular/Ganged Wells Required: 1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-pan as rectangular, full-size, 305 mm x 508 mm (12" x 20") 3. Remote Refrigeration NOTE: Shipped loose: Cold Well with Temperature Probe, Control Panel (Probe wires are 4.9 meters [16'] and a TXV valve A. CWBX, Condensing Unit not included (Solenoid Valve attached to Cold Well) 4. Agency – UL, C-UL

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21

Accessories 1. Pan Support Bars: 305 mm x 508 mm (12" or 20") 2. Stainless Steel Pans: A. Third-size at 64 mm (21⁄2") deep (324 W x 175 D x 64 H mm [123⁄4" x 67⁄8" x 21⁄2"]) B. Half-size at 64 mm (21⁄2") deep (324 W x 264 D x 64 H mm [123⁄4" x 103⁄8" x 21⁄2"]) C. F ull-Size at 64 mm (21⁄2") deep (324 W x 527 D x 64 H mm [123⁄4" x 203⁄4" x 21⁄2"]) D. Full-Size at 102 mm (4") deep (324 W x 527 D x 102 H mm [123⁄4" x 203⁄4" x 4"]) E. Full-Size at 152 mm (6") deep (324 W x 527 D x 152 H mm [123⁄4" x 203⁄4" x 6"])

3. Perforated False Bottom 4. Trivets: A. Half-size 259 W x 194 D mm (10 3⁄16"W x 7 5⁄8") B. F ull-size 259 W x 457 D mm (10 1⁄8"W x 18")

REMOTE DROP-IN REFRIGERATED WELLS COUNTERTOP CUT-OUTS Model Minimum Width Maximum Width Minimum Depth CWBX-1 435 mm (17 1⁄8") 457 mm (18") 640 mm (25 3⁄16") 787 mm (31") 640 mm (25 3⁄16") CWBX-2 765 mm (30 1⁄8") 1118 mm (44") 640 mm (25 3⁄16") CWBX-3 1095 mm (43 1⁄8") 1448 mm (57") 640 mm (25 3⁄16") CWBX-4 1426 mm (56 1⁄8") CWBX-5 1756 mm (69 1⁄8") 1778 mm (70") 640 mm (25 3⁄16") 2108 mm (83") 640 mm (25 3⁄16") CWBX-6 2086 mm (82 1⁄8") 1 t Add 128 mm (5 ⁄16”) to Below Counter height for the attached Solenoid Valve.

Maximum Depth 660 mm (26") 660 mm (26") 660 mm (26") 660 mm (26") 660 mm (26") 660 mm (26")

Below Counter t 295 mm (11 5⁄8") 295 mm (11 5⁄8") 295 mm (11 5⁄8") 295 mm (11 5⁄8") 295 mm (11 5⁄8") 295 mm (11 5⁄8")

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

5

Wells

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Remote Refrigerated Drop-In Wells

• Full-size, insulated Wells available in 1to 6-pan configurations • NSF 7 Component approved cold wall construction utilizes R-404A refrigerant keeping food cold without drying it out • Optimal insulation on sides and bottom to ensure better cold retention.

Environmentally-friendly insulation used throughout

Hatco Remote Refrigerated Drop-In Well keeps pre-chilled food products at safe serving temperatures but in a remote configuration that offers unlimited flexibility for your own particular dining design needs.

•M odels include a control panel (shipped loose - probe wires are 4.9 meters [16 feet]) but without a condensing unit for the increased flexibility of multiple cold well configurations •A uto-defrost is activated through an advanced electronic controller programmed at the customer location •1 " drain simplifies cleaning

CWBX-6 with accessory food pans and pan support bars

Control panel (shipped loose)

REMOTE DROP-IN FROST TOP – WITH CONTROL PANEL Model Volts CWBX-1 120 or 240V CWBX-2 120 or 240V CWBX-3 120 or 240V CWBX-4 120 or 240V CWBX-5 120 or 240V CWBX-6 120 or 240V All models utilize R-404A Refrigerant. ⋇ Shipping weights are approximate.

BTU/H 330 630 930 1230 1530 1830

Dimensions WxDxH 483 x 686 x 305 mm (19" x 27" x 17 1⁄16") 813 x 686 x 305 mm (32" x 27" x 17 1⁄16") 1143 x 686 x 305 mm (45" x 27" x 17 1⁄16") 1473 x 686 x 305 mm (58" x 27" x 17 1⁄16") 1803 x 686 x 305 mm (71" x 27" x 17 1⁄16") 2134 x 686 x 305 mm (84" x 27" x 17 1⁄16")

Ship Weight⋇ 49 kg (107 lbs.)

56 kg (129 lbs.)

58 kg (127 lbs.)

80 kg (176 lbs.)

93 kg (205 lbs.)

113 kg (250 lbs.)

List Price $3277 3586 3954 4172 4507 4874

Models Shipped with: Electronic temperature control, TXV valve, (shipped loose) and a solenoid valve attached to well.

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21 COUNTERTOP CUT-OUT DIMENSIONS – SEE PAGE 5

PARTS ONLY GUARANTEED FOR ONE YEAR.

CWBX-X Cold Well Built-In

6

Full-Size Pan Capacity X=Control Panel Only

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Wells

Modular/Ganged Heated Wells Ordering Instructions

Cutaway of HWBI-5MA with accessory food pans and optional split control boxes

Full-size Heated Well compartments can house a variety of pans – full-size, half-size or third-size – so that a variety of food products can be showcased

All Hatco Heated Wells can be operated with or without drains Larger drain ensures easy cleaning Exclusive flat screen design ensures that pans sit flush Thicker steel construction means Hatco Heated Wells will last longer under the rigorous wear and tear of the foodservice industry Stronger, brazed joints eliminate weak spots and corrosion

Compact controls feature independent thermostatic temperature controls for each Well, and a separate On/Off switch to retain settings

Side or bottom 1" NPT Manifold Drains or 3⁄4" NPT Individual Drains are available on Modular/ Ganged configurations, with or without convenient Auto-fill option

Insulated Well cavities ensure energy efficiency

Thermostatic controls sense compartment temperature, and regulate heat output to maintain consistent temperatures

Please specify the following with each order: 1. Desired voltage: 120 (HWBI-1 DA only), 208, 220, or 240V 2. Number of modular/ganged heated wells required: 1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5, or 6-pan NOTE: Modular/Ganged units are only offered as rectangular, full-size (305 x 508 mm [12" x 20"]) 3. Drain (with or without): A. Standard individual well 3⁄4" NPT drain B. M anifold 1" NPT drain with side drain, field selectable left or right side (available on HWBI-2, -3, -4, -5, -6 models only) C. M anifold 1" NPT drain with bottom drain, field selectable left or right well (available on HWBI-2, -3, -4, -5, -6 models only) 4. Auto-fill (with or without) 5. Mounting style (all modular/ganged units are top mounted only): A. EZ Locking Hardware B. EZ Locking Hardware with 51 mm (2") studs C. EZ Locking Hardware with surface holes 6. Agency: A. UL B. UL-EPH (sanitary listing) C. CE mark available

Easy-to-service design for quick replacement of elements, in the off-chance they fail

Controls feature standard 1829 mm (6') leads and capillary to ensure easy and convenient control installation

Exclusive long-life heating element generates even, consistent heat to hold the entire pan of food at optimum serving temperatures for longer periods of time

7. Control: A. Single control box (standard on all units) B. S plit control boxes (optional on 4-, 5-, 6-pan units, not available on 1-, 2-, 3-pan units) Accessories for Modular/Ganged Heated Wells 1. Pan Support Bars: 305 or 508 mm (12" or 20") 2. Adapters to convert Modular/Ganged units to hold 4- or 7-Liter (4- or 7-Quart) round pans 3. Stainless Steel Pans: A. Third-size at 64 mm (21⁄2") deep (324 W x 175 D x 64 H mm [123⁄4" x 67⁄8" x 21⁄2"]) B. H alf-size at 64 mm (21⁄2") deep (324 W x 264 D x 64 H mm [123⁄4" x 103⁄8" x 21⁄2"])

C. F ull-Size at 64 mm (21⁄2") deep (324 W x 527 D x 64 H mm [123⁄4" x 203⁄4" x 21⁄2"]) D. F ull-Size at 102 mm (4") deep (324 W x 527 D x 102 H mm [123⁄4" x 203⁄4" x 4"]) E. Full-Size at 152 mm (6") deep (324 W x 527 D x 152 H mm [123⁄4" x 203⁄4" x 6"]) 4. V alves: A. 3⁄4" or 1" NPT Ball Valve B. 3⁄4" or 1" NPT Gate Valve

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21

BUILT-IN MODULAR/GANGED HEATED WELLS COUNTERTOP CUTOUTS Model Minimum Width Maximum Width t Minimum Depth 328 mm (12 15⁄16") 528 mm (20 3⁄4") HWBI-FUL• 324 mm (12 3⁄4") 559 mm (22") HWBI-FUL s• 356 mm (14") 362 mm (14 1⁄4") 364 mm (14 5⁄16") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") HWBI-1DA 359 mm (14 1⁄8") 719 mm (28 5⁄16") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") HWBI-2 Series 715 mm (28 1⁄8") HWBI-3 Series 1070 mm (42 1⁄8") 1075 mm (42 5⁄16") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") 1430 mm (56 5⁄16") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") HWBI-4 Series 1426 mm (56 1⁄8") 1786 mm (70 5⁄16") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") HWBI-5 Series 1781 mm (70 1⁄8") 2141 mm (84 5⁄16") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") HWBI-6 Series 2137 mm (84 1⁄8") t Add 2 mm (1⁄16") to Maximum Width when using EZ locking mount. s Indicates cutout dimensions for a combustible countertop surface.

• HWBI-FUL replaces HWBI-1 and HWBI-FULD replaces HWBI-1D.

Maximum Depth 532 mm (20 15⁄16") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") 572 mm (22 1⁄2") 572 mm (22 1⁄2") 572 mm (22 1⁄2") 572 mm (22 1⁄2") 572 mm (22 1⁄2") 572 mm (22 1⁄2")

Below Counter 240 mm (9 7⁄16") 240 mm (9 7⁄16") 243 mm (9 9⁄16") 243 mm (9 9⁄16") 243 mm (9 9⁄16") 243 mm (9 9⁄16") 243 mm (9 9⁄16") 243 mm (9 9⁄16")

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

7

Wells

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Modular/Ganged Heated Wells

• Full-size, insulated Wells available in 1 to 6 ganged units • Individual thermostatic controls for each well provide the ultimate in temperature regulation • 1829 mm (72") conduit is standard for convenient placement of controls • Wells empty quickly and easily with a manifold drain option • Auto-fill option to automatically fill and replenish water without user maintenance and intervention

Hatco Modular/Ganged Heated Wells are full-size units that are grouped together in a modular fashion to provide customers with a complete steam table contained within one piece of equipment for a clean, integrated look. Select the configuration that’s right for your foodservice operation.

•S eparate Well assemblies with independent access to each one for easy service

HWBI-5MA with standard single control box with accessory food pans

DROP-IN MODULAR/GANGED SIZE RECTANGULAR MODELS – INSULATED – TOP MOUNT Model HWBI-FUL (HWBI-1) HWBI-FULD (HWBI-1D) HWBI-1DA HWBI-2 HWBI-2D HWBI-2DA* HWBI-2M HWBI-2MA HWBI-3 HWBI-3D HWBI-3DA* HWBI-3M HWBI-3MA HWBI-4 HWBI-4D HWBI-4DA* HWBI-4M HWBI-4MA HWBI-5 HWBI-5D HWBI-5DA* HWBI-5M HWBI-5MA HWBI-6 HWBI-6D HWBI-6DA* HWBI-6M HWBI-6MA

Volts 120, 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡ 208, 220 or 240V‡

Dimensions WxDxH For single pan units see model HWBI-FUL, page 13.

For single pan units see model HWBI-FULD, page 13.

394 x 600 x 243 mm (15 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 749 x 600 x 243 mm (29 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 749 x 600 x 243 mm (29 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 749 x 600 x 243 mm (29 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 749 x 600 x 243 mm (29 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 749 x 600 x 243 mm (29 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 1105 x 600 x 243 mm (43 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 1105 x 600 x 243 mm (43 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 1105 x 600 x 243 mm (43 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 1105 x 600 x 243 mm (43 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 1105 x 600 x 243 mm (43 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 1461 x 600 x 243 mm (57 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 1461 x 600 x 243 mm (57 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 1461 x 600 x 243 mm (57 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 1461 x 600 x 243 mm (57 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 1461 x 600 x 243 mm (57 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 1816 x 600 x 243 mm (71 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 1816 x 600 x 243 mm (71 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 1816 x 600 x 243 mm (71 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 1816 x 600 x 243 mm (71 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 1816 x 600 x 243 mm (71 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 2172 x 600 x 243 mm (85 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 2172 x 600 x 243 mm (85 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 2172 x 600 x 243 mm (85 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 2172 x 600 x 243 mm (85 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 2172 x 600 x 243 mm (85 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8")

‡ 220V or 240V CE Mark available at no added charge. * Auto-fill located on left control only and fills left-hand well. To fill all wells, drains must be connected with external manifold by installer.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Surface hole mounting to countertop (Includes EZ Lock) Stud mounting to countertop (Includes EZ Lock) Manifold drain with side exit (not available on HWBI-1) Manifold drain with bottom exit (not available on HWBI-1)

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21 COUNTERTOP CUTOUT DIMENSIONS – SEE PAGE 7

Ship Weight

1215 watts, single phase 2415 watts, single phase 2415 watts, single phase 2415 watts, single phase 2415 watts, single phase 2415 watts, single phase 3615 watts, single phase 3615 watts, single phase 3615 watts, single phase 3615 watts, single phase 3615 watts, single phase 4815 watts, single phase 4815 watts, single phase 4815 watts, single phase 4815 watts, single phase 4815 watts, single phase 6015 watts, single phase 6015 watts, single phase 6015 watts, single phase 6015 watts, single phase 6015 watts, single phase 7215 watts, single phase 7215 watts, single phase 7215 watts, single phase 7215 watts, single phase 7215 watts, single phase

17 kg ( 38 lbs.)

33 kg ( 73 lbs.)

35 kg ( 77 lbs.)

40 kg ( 87 lbs.)

34 kg ( 74 lbs.)

39 kg ( 85 lbs.)

47 kg (103 lbs.)

45 kg (100 lbs.)

51 kg (112 lbs.)

49 kg (108 lbs.)

51 kg (112 lbs.)

60 kg (132 lbs.)

62 kg (136 lbs.)

60 kg (133 lbs.)

63 kg (138 lbs.)

63 kg (138 lbs.)

76 kg (167 lbs.)

76 kg (167 lbs.)

76 kg (167 lbs.)

76 kg (167 lbs.)

76 kg (167 lbs.)

86 kg (190 lbs.)

86 kg (190 lbs.)

86 kg (190 lbs.)

86 kg (190 lbs.)

86 kg (190 lbs.)

List Price $1329 1912 2005 2395 2042 2562 2369 2547 2938 2708 3228 3072 3393 3782 3662 4182 3684 4234 4624 4580 5101 4796 5420 5811 5921 6441

Modular/Ganged Heated Wells Controls*

All Drop-in Modular Full-Size Rectangular Heated Wells Feature: Voltage: Single phase.

Models Shipped with: EZ locking hardware for installation and remote thermostats with lighted power switches.

HWB-HOLE HWB-STUD HWBI-SIDE HWBI-BOTTOM

Watts

No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge

1 PAN

SINGLE CONFIGURATION

2 PAN

SINGLE CONFIGURATION

3 PAN

SINGLE CONFIGURATION

4 PAN

SINGLE CONFIGURATION

4 PAN

SPLIT CONFIGURATION

5 PAN

SINGLE CONFIGURATION

5 PAN

SPLIT CONFIGURATION

6 PAN

SINGLE CONFIGURATION

6 PAN

SPLIT CONFIGURATION

*4-, 5-, 6-pan units: Single control box is standard. If optional split control boxes are desired, it must be specified at order.

HWBI-XXA Heated Well Built-In Insulated Top Mount

Auto-Fill Equipped

Full-Size Pan Capacity

8

D=Individual Drain Equipped M=Manifold Drain Equipped

ALL METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Wells

Modular/Ganged Slim Heated Wells Ordering Instructions Cutaway of HWBI-S4MA with accessory food pans and standard single control box Full-size Heated Well compartments can house a variety of pans – full-size, halfsize or third-size – so that a variety of food products can be showcased All Hatco Heated Wells can be operated with or without drains

Larger drain ensures easy cleaning Exclusive flat screen design Thicker steel construction means ensures that pans sit flush Hatco Heated Wells will last longer under the rigorous wear and tear of the foodservice industry Stronger, brazed joints eliminate weak spots and corrosion Compact controls feature independent thermostatic temperature controls for each Well, and a separate On/Off switch to retain settings

Controls feature standard 1829 mm (6') leads and capillary to ensure easy and convenient control installation

Insulated Well cavities ensure energy efficiency

Side or Bottom Manifold 1" NPT Drains or ¾" NPT Individual Drains are available on Modular/Ganged configurations, with or without convenient Auto-fill option

Thermostatic controls sense compartment temperature, and regulate heat output to maintain consistent temperatures

Please specify the following with each order: 1. Desired voltage: 208, 220, or 240V 2. Number of slim modular/ganged heated wells required: 2-, 3-, 4-pan NOTE: Slim Modular/Ganged units are only offered as rectangular, full-size (Placed lengthwise) (305 x 508 mm [12" x 20"]) 3. Drain (with or without): A. Standard Individual Well ¾" NPT Drain B. Manifold 1" NPT Drain with side drain, field selectable left or right side C. Manifold 1" NPT Drain with bottom drain, field selectable left or right well 4. Auto-fill (with or without) 5. Agency: A. UL B. UL-EPH (sanitary listing) C. CE Mark Available 6­­­. Control: A. Single Controls (standard on all units) B. Split Controls (optional on 4-pan units)

Exclusive long-life heating element generates even, consistent heat to hold the entire pan of food at optimum serving temperatures for longer periods of time

Accessories for Modular/Ganged Heated Wells 1. Pan Support Bars: 305 or 508 mm (12" or 20") 2. Adapters to convert slim modular/ganged units to hold 4- or 7-Liter (4- or 7-Quart) Round Pans 3. Stainless Steel Pans: A. Third-size at 64 mm (2 1⁄2") deep (324 W x 175 D x 64 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 6 7⁄8" x 2 1⁄2"]) B. H alf-size at 64 mm (2 1⁄2") deep (324 W x 264 D x 64 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 10 3⁄8" x 2 1⁄2"]) C. F ull-Size at 64 mm (2 1⁄2") deep (324 W x 527 D x 64 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄2"]) D. Full-Size at 102 mm (4") deep (324 W x 527 D x 102 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 4"]) E. F ull-Size at 152 mm (6") deep (324 W x 527 D x 152 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 6"])

Easy-to-service design for quick replacement of elements, in the off-chance they fail

4. Valves: A. ¾" or 1" NPT Ball Valve B. ¾" or 1" NPT Gate Valve

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21

DROP-IN MODULAR/GANGED SLIM HEATED WELLS COUNTERTOP CUTOUTS Model HWBI-S2 Series HWBI-S3 Series HWBI-S4 Series

Minimum Width 1121 mm (44 1⁄8") 1680 mm (66 1⁄8") 2238 mm (88 1⁄8")

Maximum Width 1127 mm (44 3⁄8") 1686 mm (66 3⁄8") 2245 mm (88 3⁄8")

Minimum Depth 362 mm (14¼") 362 mm (14¼") 362 mm (14¼")

Maximum Depth 368 mm (14 1⁄2") 368 mm (14 1⁄2") 368 mm (14 1⁄2")

Below Counter 231 mm (9 1⁄8") 231 mm (9 1⁄8") 231 mm (9 1⁄8")

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

9

Wells

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Modular/Ganged Slim Heated Wells

• Full-size, insulated Wells available in 2 to 4 ganged units • Individual thermostatic controls for each well provide the ultimate in temperature regulation • 1829 mm (6') conduit is standard for convenient placement of controls • Wells empty quickly and easily with a manifold drain option

Hatco Modular/Ganged Slim Heated Wells are full-sized units that are grouped together in a modular fashion but placed lengthwise. This provides customers with a complete steam table within easy reach, regardless of the sneeze guards.

Select the configuration that’s right for your foodservice operation.

• Auto-fill option to automatically fill and replenish water without user maintenance and intervention • Separate Well assemblies with independent access to each one for easy service

HWBI-S4MA with accessory food pans and optional split control boxes

DROP-IN MODULAR/GANGED SLIM RECTANGULAR MODELS – INSULATED – TOP MOUNT Dimensions Volts WxDxH Watts Ship Weight List Price Model u HWBI-S2 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 1156 x 397 x 238 mm (45 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 2415 38 kg (84 lbs.) $2064 1156 x 397 x 238 mm (45 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 2415 39 kg (86 lbs.)

2153 HWBI-S2D 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 1156 x 397 x 238 mm (45 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 2415 39 kg (86 lbs.)

2543 HWBI-S2DA* 208, 220 or 240 ‡ HWBI-S2M 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 1156 x 397 x 238 mm (45 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 2415 38 kg (84 lbs.)

2233 1156 x 397 x 238 mm (45 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 2415 38 kg (84 lbs.)

2753 HWBI-S2MA 208, 220 or 240 ‡ ‡ 1 5 7 1715 x 397 x 238 mm (67 ⁄2" x 15 ⁄8" x 9 ⁄16") 3615 52 kg (115 lbs.)

2594 HWBI-S3 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 1 5 7 1715 x 397 x 238 mm (67 ⁄2" x 15 ⁄8" x 9 ⁄16") 3615 54 kg (118 lbs.)

2784 HWBI-S3D 208, 220 or 240 1715 x 397 x 238 mm (67 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 3615 54 kg (118 lbs.)

3174 HWBI-S3DA* 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 1715 x 397 x 238 mm (67 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 3615 52 kg (115 lbs.)

2968 HWBI-S3M 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 1715 x 397 x 238 mm (67 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 3615 52 kg (115 lbs.)

3489 HWBI-S3MA 208, 220 or 240 ‡ HWBI-S4 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 2273 x 397 x 238 mm (89 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 4815 69 kg (152 lbs.)

3439 ‡ 1 5 7 2273 x 397 x 238 mm (89 ⁄2" x 15 ⁄8" x 9 ⁄16") 4815 70 kg (155 lbs.)

3720 HWBI-S4D 208, 220 or 240 2273 x 397 x 238 mm (89 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 4815 70 kg (155 lbs.)

4111 HWBI-S4DA* 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 2273 x 397 x 238 mm (89 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 4815 69 kg (152 lbs.)

4007 HWBI-S4M 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 2273 x 397 x 238 mm (89 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 4815 69 kg (152 lbs.)

4527 HWBI-S4MA 208, 220 or 240 ‡ ‡ 220V or 240V CE Mark available at no added charge. * Auto-fill located on left control only and fills left-hand well. To fill all wells, drains must be connected with external manifold by installer.

All Drop-in Modular Slim Rectangular Heated Wells Feature: Voltage: Single phase.

Models Shipped with: EZ locking hardware for installation and remote thermostats with lighted power switches.

Modular/Ganged Slim Heated Wells Controls*

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) HWBI-SIDE HWBI-BOTTOM

Manifold Drain with side exit Manifold Drain with bottom exit

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21 COUNTERTOP CUTOUT DIMENSIONS – SEE PAGE 9 HWBI-SXXA Heated Well Built-In Insulated Top Mount Slim

Auto-Fill Equipped

No Charge No Charge

2 PAN

SINGLE CONFIGURATION

3 PAN

SINGLE CONFIGURATION

4 PAN

SINGLE CONFIGURATION

4 PAN

SPLIT CONFIGURATION

*4-Pan Units: Single control box is standard. If optional split control boxes are desired, it must be specified at order.

ALL METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

D=Individual Drain Equipped M=Manifold Drain Equipped Full-Size Pan Capacity

10

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Wells

Individual Built-In And Drop-In Heated Wells Ordering Instructions

Please specify the following with each order: 1. Desired Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240V 2. Base Size of Heated Well: A. Rectangular: Full (305 x 508 mm [12" x 20"]) or 4/3 (305 x 686 mm [12" x 27"]) B. R ound: 4-Liter (4-Quart), 7-Liter (7-Quart), or 10-Liter (11-Quart) 3. Drain (With or without) 4. Auto-fill (With or without) 5. Insulated or Uninsulated NOTE: Only applies to rectangular full-size and 4/3-size units

Thicker steel construction means Hatco Heated Wells will last longer under the rigorous wear and tear of the foodservice industry HWBIB-FULD with accessory food pan HWBI-FULD with accessory food pan

Insulated Well Construction Full-size models are available with insulation for energy savings.

HWB-FULD with accessory food pan (unit depth is 553 mm [21¾"])

6. Mounting Style: A. Top Mounted B. B ottom Mounted (Rectangular full-size units only) 7. Wattage: A. High Watt B. Standard Watt C. Low Watt (120V only) NOTE: Round Heated Wells are only available in Standard and High Watt configurations (4-Liter [4-Quart] available in Standard Watt only) 8. Agency: A. UL B. UL-EPH (sanitary listing) C. CE Mark Available

CONTROL BOXES, COUNTERTOP CUT-OUT DIMENSIONS PAGE 12

HWB-43D with accessory food pans (single unit holding 4 third-size pans ­– unit depth is 726 mm [285⁄8"])

All Hatco Heated Wells can be ordered with or without drains (50% larger drain with exclusive flat screen ensures the pans set flush)

HWB-4QT with accessory food pan

Top Mounted Heated Well: Unit is mounted through the top surface of a sheet metal counter and secured with turn tabs (unit and food pan edge visible)

HWB-11­­QT with accessory food pan HWB-7QT with accessory food pan

HWBXXX-XDA

Bottom Mounted Heated Well: Full-size (only) unit is mounted to the bottom surface of a sheet metal counter and secured with customer provided turned bends and fasteners (food pan edge visible)

Heated Well Built-In No Character = Standard Wattage H = High Wattage L = Low Wattage I = Insulated Top Mount IB=Insulated Bottom Mount RT = Thermostatic Control (Fabricator Only) RN = Infinite Switch Control (Fabricator Only )

Auto-Fill Equipped Drain Equipped FUL = Full Size Pan 43 = 4/3 Size Pan 4QT = Round 4 Quart Pan 7QT = Round 7 Quart Pan 11QT = Round 11 Quart Pan

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

11

Wells

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Individual Built-In And Drop-In Heated Wells Ordering Instructions

Options for Individual Built-In Heated Wells 1. Control Box: A. Larger (front mounted) Recessed Thermostatic Control Box with lighted On/Off rocker switch and angled recessed controls for easy readability (not for Auto-fill) B. Optional ITC Control (Not available for Auto-fill, 4-Quart Round Wells or Low Watt configurations C. Standard Control for Auto-fill models only 2. Control Type: Thermostatic NOTE: Infinite controls are only available on Fabricator units 3. Leads: Extended high temp lead wire, per 305 mm (12") 4. Thermostat with 1829 mm (72") capillary (914 mm [36"] standard) Accessories for Individual Built-In Heated Wells 1. Mounting Kits for combustible countertops (Individual Drop-in Top Mount units only) 2. Pan Support Bars: 305 or 508 mm (12" or 20") 3. Adapters to convert Rectangular Full-Size units to hold 4- or 7-Quart (4- or 7-Liter) Round Pans, or 4/3-size units to hold 10-Liter (11-Quart) Round Pans 4. Stainless Steel Pans: A. Third-size at 64 mm (2 1⁄2") deep (324 W x 175 D x 64 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 6 7⁄8" x 2 1⁄2"]) B. Half-size at 64 mm (2 1⁄2") deep (324 W x 264 D x 64 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 10 3⁄8" x 2 1⁄2"]) C. F ull-size at 64 mm (2 1⁄2") deep (324 W x 527 D x 64 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄2"]) D. F ull-size at 102 mm (4") deep (324 W x 527 D x 102 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 4"]) E. Full-size at 152 mm (6") deep (324 W x 527 D x 152 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 6"]) 5. Valve: A. 3⁄4" NPT Ball Valve for unit with drain B. 3⁄4" NPT Gate Valve for unit with drain

Standard Larger Recessed Thermostatic Control – No Charge (Not for Auto-fill)

Optional ITC Control – (Not for Auto-fill, 4-Quart Round Wells or Low Watt configurations)

HWB-43DA, HWBIB-, HWBI-FULDA Standard Control (only for Auto-fill)

CONTROL CUTOUT DIMENSIONS Optional Larger Recessed Thermostatic Control: 149 W x 162 H mm ( (5 7⁄8" x 63⁄8") Optional ITC Control: 149 W x 175 H mm (5 7⁄8" x 6 7⁄8") HWB-43DA, HWBIB-, HWBI-FULDA Standard Control 257 W x 121 H mm (101⁄8" x 4¾")

How to Order a Hatco Heated Well in Video Hatco has given you a variety of simple and easy ways to order your Well. You can read the Ordering Instructions here or watch a video "How to Order a Hatco Heated Well". Go to hatcocorp.com and click on the Video Library. As long as you are here, look under Product Features and Benefits and watch the "Hatco Refrigerated Wells" video as well.

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21

BUILT-IN AND DROP-IN HEATED WELLS COUNTERTOP CUTOUTS Model Minimum Width Maximum Width 328 mm (12 15⁄16") HWB-FUL 321 mm (12 5⁄8") 356 mm (14") 362 mm (14 1⁄4") HWB-FUL s 328 mm (12 15⁄16") HWBI-FUL 324 mm (12 3⁄4") 356 mm (14") 362 mm (14 1⁄4") HWBI-FUL s 324 mm (12 3⁄4") 328 mm (12 15⁄16") HWBI-FULDA t HWBI-FULDA s 356 mm (14") 362 mm (14 1⁄4") 306 mm (12 1⁄32") 306 mm (12 1⁄32") HWBIB-FUL t 306 mm (12 1⁄32") 306 mm (12 1⁄32") HWBIB-FULDA t 329 mm (12 15⁄16") HWB, HWBI-43 322 mm (12 11⁄16") 356 mm (14") 362 mm (14 1⁄4") HWB, HWBI-43 s 192 mm Dia. (7 9⁄16") HWB-4QT 181 mm Dia. (7 1⁄8") 229 mm Dia. (9") 235 mm Dia. (9 1⁄4") HWB-4QT s HWB-7QT 232 mm Dia. (9 1⁄8") 243 mm Dia. (9 9⁄16") 279 mm (11") 286 mm (11 1⁄4") HWB-7QT s 294 mm Dia. (11 9⁄16") HWB-11QT 282 mm Dia. (11 1⁄8") 330 mm (13") 337 mm (13 1⁄4") HWB-11QT s s Indicates cutout dimensions for a combustible countertop surface. t Must be flanged.

12

Minimum Depth 524 mm (20 5⁄8") 559 mm (22") 528 mm (20 3⁄4") 559 mm (22") 528 mm (20 7⁄8") 559 mm (22") 509 mm (20 1⁄32") 509 mm (20 1⁄32") 703 mm (27 11⁄16") 737 mm (29") — 229 mm (9") — 279 mm (11") — 330 mm (13")

Maximum Depth 532 mm (20 15⁄16") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") 531 mm (20 15⁄16") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") 531 mm (20 15⁄16") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") 509 mm (20 1⁄32") 509 mm (20 1⁄32") 711 mm (28") 743 mm (29 1⁄4") — 235 mm (9 1⁄4") — 286 mm (11 1⁄4") — 337 mm (13 1⁄4")

Below Counter 218 mm (8 9⁄16") 218 mm (8 9⁄16") 240 mm (9 7⁄16") 240 mm (9 7⁄16") 240 mm (9 7⁄16") 240 mm (9 7⁄16") 240 mm (9 7⁄16") 240 mm (9 7⁄16") 217 mm (8 9⁄16") 217 mm (8 9⁄16") 241 mm (9 1⁄2") 241 mm (9 1⁄2") 221 mm (8 11⁄16") 221 mm (8 11⁄16") 219 mm (8 3⁄4") 219 mm (8 3⁄4")

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Wells

Built-In Heated Wells

• Rectangular full-size only in top or bottom HWBIB-FULD with accessory food pan mount, insulated or uninsulated Hatco Built-in Heated Wells hold • Low (120V only), Standard and High Watt heated foods at safe serving • Available with or without a drain (easy to temperatures. Compared to other clean with a larger drain and a models, Hatco units offer larger flat screen) drain with a flat drain screen, more • Easy access design allows for quick HWBI-FULD with a consistent holding temperatures, element or thermostat change accessory food pan heavier stainless steel construction, • Mounting kits for combustible countertops available easier-to-service design for quick change of components, and a • Adapters to convert full-size Wells to hold round pans remote thermostat with separate Insulated Well power switch.

HWB-FULD with Construction accessory food pan Full-size models are available with insulation CONTROL OPTIONS – SEE PAGE 12 for energy savings.

BUILT-IN FULL-SIZE RECTANGULAR MODELS Model u Low Watt HWBL-FUL HWBL-FULD HWBLI-FUL HWBLI-FULD HWBLI-FULDA HWBLIB-FUL HWBLIB-FULD HWBLIB-FULDA Standard Watt HWB-FUL HWB-FULD HWBI-FUL HWBI-FULD HWBI-FULDA

Watts

Ship Weight

Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain Insulated Top or Bottom Mount Insulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain Insulated Top Mount Only w/Drain, Auto-fill Insulated Bottom Mount Only Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain, Auto-fill

348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2")

750 750 750 750 750

10 kg (22 lbs.)

11 kg (24 lbs.)

12 kg (27 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

$ 579 631 613 665 1356

355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2")

750 750 765

14 kg (30 lbs.)

15 kg (33 lbs.)

15 kg (33 lbs.)

613 665 1356

Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain Insulated Top or Bottom Mount Insulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain Insulated Top Mount Only w/Drain, Auto-fill Insulated Bottom Mount Only Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain, Auto-fill

348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2")

1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

10 kg (22 lbs.)

11 kg (24 lbs.)

12 kg (27 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

$ 579 631 613 665 1356

355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2")

1200 1200 1215

14 kg (30 lbs.)

15 kg (33 lbs.)

15 kg (33 lbs.)

613 665 1356

348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2")

1650 1650 1650 1650 1650

10 kg (22 lbs.)

11 kg (24 lbs.)

12 kg (27 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

$ 618 670 651 704 1394

355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2")

1650 1650 1665

14 kg (30 lbs.)

15 kg (33 lbs.)

15 kg (33 lbs.)

651 704 1394

Description

120 • 120 • 120 • 120 • 120 • 120 • 120 • 120 • 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ 120, 208, 220 or 240‡

HWBIB-FUL HWBIB-FULD HWBIB-FULDA

120, 208, 220 or 240‡ 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ 120, 208 or 240‡

High Watt HWBH-FUL HWBH-FULD HWBHI-FUL HWBHI-FULD HWBHI-FULDA

120, 208, 220 or 240‡ 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ 120, 208, 220 or 240‡

HWBHIB-FUL HWBHIB-FULD HWBHIB-FULDA

Dimensions WxDxH

Volts

120, 208, 220 or 240‡ 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ 120, 208 or 240‡

• CE Mark not available. ‡ 220 or 240V CE Mark available, add $20.

Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain Insulated Top or Bottom Mount Insulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain Insulated Top Mount Only w/Drain, Auto-fill Insulated Bottom Mount Only Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain, Auto-fill

List Price

All Built-in Full-Size Rectangular Heated Wells Feature: Voltage: Single phase only.

Models Shipped with: EZ locking hardware for installation (top mounted only), 914 mm (36") conduit and a remote thermostat with lighted power switch.

OPTIONS – SEE PAGE 14 ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21 COUNTERTOP CUTOUT DIMENSIONS – SEE PAGE 12 ALL METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

HWBXX-XDA Heated Well Built-In No Character = Standard Wattage H = High Wattage L = Low Wattage I = Insulated Top Mount IB = Insulated Bottom Mount

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Auto-Fill Equipped Drain Equipped FUL = Full Size Pan

13

Wells

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

HWBL-43D and HWBLI-FULD with accessory food pans (shown with GR2AHL with standard Designer non-adjustable stands and optional Designer color and sneeze guards)­­­­

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors (Flush Mount Control Box Bezel, not available for HWB-FUL w/cord, non-standard colors are non-returnable) RED Warm Red $33 BLACK Black 33 GRAY Gray Granite 33 WHITE White Granite 33 NAVY Navy Blue 33 GREEN Hunter Green 33 COPPER Antique Copper 33 HWB-LEAD High Temp Power Supply Lead Wire (Lead wire only – conduit not included) per 305 mm (12") $ 5 HWB-CORD HWB-FUL with Cord Standard (shown below) add 25 HWBI-CORD HWBI-FUL, Insulated Top Mount with Cord Standard (120V only) add 25 HWBIB-BRKT Mounting Bracket for Insulated Bottom Mount (HWBIB-series) add 16 Control Options HWB-TSTAT Thermostat with 1829 mm (72") Capillary 60 HWB-RTC Larger Recessed Thermostatic Control (not available for Auto-fill, standard on 220, or 240V export models) No Charge HWB-ITC ITC Control (not available for Auto-fill models or low watt configurations) 240

HWB-CORD HWB with optional cord

14

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Wells

Drop-In 4/3-Size Heated Wells Convenient 4/3-sized Wells hold heated foods at safe serving temperatures. Like the full-size models, Hatco units offer a larger drain with a flat drain screen, more consistent holding temperatures, heavier stainless steel construction, easier-to-service design for quick change of components, and a remote thermostat with separate power switch.

• Rectangular 4/3-size wells • Low (120V only), Standard, and High Watt • Available with or without a drain (easy to clean with a larger drain and a flat screen) • Easy access design allows for quick element or thermostat change • Mounting kits for combustible countertops available • Adapters to convert 4/3-size wells to hold round pans

HWB-43D with accessory food pans (single unit holding 4 third-size pans)

HWBI-43D with accessory food pans (single unit holding 4 third-size pans)

DROP-IN 4/3-SIZE RECTANGULAR MODELS Model Description Volts Low Watt HWBL-43 120• Uninsulated HWBL-43D 120• Uninsulated w/Drain HWBL-43DA 120• Uninsulated w/Drain, Auto-fill HWBLI-43 120• Insulated HWBLI-43D 120• Insulated w/Drain Standard Watt HWB-43 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ Uninsulated Uninsulated w/Drain HWB-43D 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ HWB-43DA 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ Uninsulated w/Drain, Auto-fill Insulated HWBI-43 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ Insulated w/Drain HWBI-43D 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ High Watt HWBH-43 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ Uninsulated Uninsulated w/Drain HWBH-43D 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ HWBH-43DA 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ Uninsulated w/Drain, Auto-fill HWBHI-43 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ Insulated Insulated w/Drain HWBHI-43D 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ • CE Mark not available. ‡ 220 or 240V CE Mark available, add $20.

Dimensions WxDxH

Watts

Ship Weight

List Price

345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 345 x 726 x 241 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 9½") 345 x 726 x 241 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 9½")

750 750 765 750 750

14 kg (30 lbs.)

15 kg (33 lbs.)

16 kg (36 lbs.)

17 kg (38 lbs.)

19 kg (41 lbs.)

$ 656 689 1086 854 887

345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 345 x 726 x 241 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 9½") 345 x 726 x 241 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 9½")

1200 1200 1215 1200 1200

14 kg (30 lbs.)

15 kg (33 lbs.)

16 kg (36 lbs.)

17 kg (38 lbs.)

19 kg (41 lbs.)

$ 656 689 1086 854 887

345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 345 x 726 x 241 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 9½") 345 x 726 x 241 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 9½")

1650 1650 1665 1650 1650

14 kg (30 lbs.)

15 kg (33 lbs.)

16 kg (36 lbs.)

17 kg (38 lbs.)

19 kg (41 lbs.)

$ 697 730 1128 896 929

All Drop-in 4/3-Size Rectangular Heated Wells Feature: Voltage: Single phase only.

Models Shipped with: EZ locking hardware for installation, 914 mm (36") conduit, and a remote thermostat with lighted power switch.

Insulated Well Construction Full-size models are available with insulation for energy savings.

ALL METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) HWB-LEAD HWB-TSTAT HWB-RTC HWB-ITC HWB-AFL HWB-AFR

igh Temp Power Supply Lead Wire (Lead wire only – conduit not included) H Thermostat with 1829 mm (72") Capillary Larger Recessed Thermostatic Control (not available for Auto-fill, standard on 220, or 240V export models) ITC Control (not available for Auto-fill models) Model HWB, HWBH, HWBL-43DA only, Left water fill hole (front is standard) Model HWB, HWBH, HWBL-43DA only, Right water fill hole (front is standard)

per 305 mm (12") $ 5 60 No Charge 240 No Charge No Charge

Designer Colors (Control Box Bezel, non-standard colors are non-returnable) RED Warm Red $33 BLACK Black 33 GRAY Gray Granite 33 WHITE White Granite 33 NAVY Navy Blue 33 GREEN Hunter Green 33 COPPER Antique Copper 33

HWBXX-XDA

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21 COUNTERTOP CUT-OUT DIMENSIONS – SEE PAGE 12 CONTROL OPTIONS – SEE PAGE 12

Heated Well Built-In No Character = Standard Wattage H = High Wattage L = Low Wattage I = Insulated Top Mount

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Auto-Fill Equipped Drain Equipped 43 = 4/3 Size Pan

15

Wells

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Drop-In Round Heated Wells Keeping hot food at safe serving temperatures is critical to any foodservice operation – and Hatco has the Heated Wells to meet the demands of any serving application.

Thermostatic controls monitor and regulate the temperature of the well for more accurate heat and energy savings. Hatco controls feature a separate On/Off switch, which allows a previously determined setting to be maintained.

• 4-, 7- and 10-Liter (4-, 7- and 11-Quart) Round Wells • Standard or High Watt 4-Liter (4-Quart) Standard Watt only) • With or without drain • EZ locking hardware for easy top mount installation • Mounting kits for combustible countertops available

HWB-4QT with accessory food pan

Control Options • Larger front-mounted recessed thermostatic control box with lighted On/Off rocker switch and angled recessed controls for easy readability • Optional ITC Control with Large Control Box available for easier reading on 7- or 11-Quart Standard or High Watt configurations

HWB-11QT with accessory food pan

Optional ITC Control – (Not for Auto-fill, 4-Quart Round Wells, or Low Watt configurations)

HWB-7QT with accessory food pan

Larger recessed thermostatic control – No Charge

DROP-IN ROUND MODELS – UNINSULATED Dimensions Model Volts 4 Liter (4 Quart) – Standard Watt HWB-4QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ HWB-4QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ 7 Liter (7 Quart) – Standard Watt HWB-7QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ HWB-7QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ 7 Liter (7 Quart) – High Watt HWBH-7QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ HWBH-7QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ 10 Liter (11 Quart) – Standard Watt HWB-11QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ HWB-11QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ 10 Liter (11 Quart) – High Watt HWBH-11QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ HWBH-11QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ ‡ 220 or 240V CE Mark available, add $20.

Description

Dia. x H

Watts

Ship Weight

Top Mount Top Mount w/Drain

209 x 241 mm (8 1⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 209 x 241 mm (8 1⁄4" x 9 1⁄2")

600 600

4 kg ( 9 lbs.)

5 kg (12 lbs.)

$539 572

Top Mount Top Mount w/Drain

262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4")

600 600

5 kg (10 lbs.)

6 kg (13 lbs.)

499 537

Top Mount Top Mount w/Drain

262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4")

800 800

5 kg (10 lbs.)

6 kg (13 lbs.)

509 547

Top Mount Top Mount w/Drain

313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4")

600 600

5 kg (11 lbs.)

5 kg (14 lbs.)

499 537

Top Mount Top Mount w/Drain

313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4")

800 800

5 kg (11 lbs.)

6 kg (14 lbs.)

509 547

All Drop-in Round Heated Wells Feature: Voltage: Single phase only.

Models Shipped with: EZ locking hardware for installation, 914 mm (36") conduit, and a remote thermostat with lighted power switch.

ALL METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) HWB-LEAD HWB-TSTAT HWB-RTC HWB-ITC

List Price

High Temp Power Supply Lead Wire (Lead wire only – conduit not included) Thermostat with 1829 mm (72") Capillary Larger Recessed Thermostatic Control (not available for Auto-fill, standard on 220, or 240V export models) ITC Control with Large Control Box for 7- and 11-Quart Drop-in Round Wells only

per 305 mm (12") $ 5 60 No Charge 240

Designer Colors (Control Box Bezel, non-standard colors are non-returnable) RED Warm Red $33 BLACK Black 33 GRAY Gray Granite 33 WHITE White Granite 33 NAVY Navy Blue 33 GREEN Hunter Green 33 COPPER Antique Copper 33

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21 COUNTERTOP CUTOUT DIMENSIONS – SEE PAGE 12

16

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Wells

Built-In Full-Size Heated Wells – Fabricator Models Having all the same great features as all of the Hatco Heated Wells family, with the added benefit of allowing fabricators the freedom to design their own steam tables. And Hatco Heated Wells hold hot food at safe serving temperatures.

• Without conduit and control box enclosure • Thermostatic or infinite controls available • With or without drains • Full rectangular wells • Low, Standard and High Watt models

NOTE: Fabricator Models are not a CE offering, items are sold as components for fabricator self certification.

HWBIBRT-FULD with accessory food pan

HWBIRT-FULD with accessory food pan

HWBRT-FULD with accessory food pan

BUILT-IN FULL-SIZE RECTANGULAR FABRICATOR MODELS Dimensions Volts Description WxDxH Watts Ship Weight List Price Model n Low Watt HWBLRT-FUL 120• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 750 10 kg (21 lbs.) $462 750 11 kg (24 lbs.)

527 HWBLRT-FULD 120• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 3

3

5

750 10 kg (21 lbs.)

443 HWBLRN-FUL 120• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 ⁄4" x 21 ⁄4" x 8 ⁄8") 750 11 kg (24 lbs.)

509 HWBLRN-FULD 120• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 750 12 kg (27 lbs.)

495 HWBLIRT-FUL 120• Insulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 750 14 kg (30 lbs.)

560 HWBLIRT-FULD 120• Insulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 1 • 750 14 kg (30 lbs.)

495 HWBLIBRT-FUL 120 Insulated Bottom Mount Only 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 ⁄2") 1

HWBLIBRT-FULD 120• Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 ⁄2") 750 15 kg (33 lbs.)

560 Standard Watt HWBRT-FUL 120, 208, 220, or 240• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1200 10 kg (21 lbs.) $462 527 HWBRT-FULD 120, 208, 220, or 240• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1200 11 kg (24 lbs.)

443 HWBRN-FUL 120, 208, 220, or 240• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1200 10 kg (21 lbs.)

509 HWBRN-FULD 120, 208, 220, or 240• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1200 11 kg (24 lbs.)

495 HWBIRT-FUL 120, 208, 220, or 240• Insulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 1200 12 kg (27 lbs.)

3 3 1 • HWBIRT-FULD 120, 208, 220, or 240 Insulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 ⁄4" x 21 ⁄4" x 9 ⁄2") 1200 14 kg (30 lbs.)

560 1

1200 14 kg (30 lbs.)

495 HWBIBRT-FUL 120, 208, 220, or 240• Insulated Bottom Mount Only 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 ⁄2") 1200 15 kg (33 lbs.)

560 HWBIBRT-FULD 120, 208, 220, or 240• Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") High Watt HWBHRT-FUL 120, 208, 220, or 240• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1650 10 kg (21 lbs.) $489 553 HWBHRT-FULD 120, 208, 220, or 240• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1650 11 kg (23 lbs.)

468 HWBHRN-FUL 208, 220, or 240• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1650 10 kg (21 lbs.)

HWBHRN-FULD 208, 220, or 240• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1650 11 kg (24 lbs.)

533 3 3 1 • 520 HWBHIRT-FUL 120, 208, 220, or 240 Insulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 ⁄4" x 21 ⁄4" x 9 ⁄2") 1650 12 kg (27 lbs.)

3

3

1

585 HWBHIRT-FULD 120, 208, 220, or 240• Insulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 ⁄4" x 21 ⁄4" x 9 ⁄2") 1650 14 kg (30 lbs.)

1650 14 kg (30 lbs.)

520 HWBHIBRT-FUL 120, 208, 220, or 240• Insulated Bottom Mount Only 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 1650 15 kg (33 lbs.)

585 HWBHIBRT-FULD 120, 208, 220, or 240• Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") n “RT” added to model name indicates unit with thermostat control, lit rocker switch, and 914 mm (36") capillary.“RN” added to model name indicates unit with infinite switch control, pilot light, and 914 mm (36") leads.

• CE Mark not available.

ALL METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

All Built-in Full-Size Rectangular Fabricator Heated Wells Feature: Voltage: Single phase only.

Models shipped with: EZ locking hardware for installation (top mounted only).

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) HWB-LEAD-UR HWB-TSTAT-UR

igh Temp Power Supply Lead Wire for “RN” Models H (Lead wire only – conduit not included) Thermostat with 1829 mm (72") Capillary for “RT” Models (Thermostat only – conduit not included)

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21 COUNTERTOP CUTOUT DIMENSIONS – SEE PAGE 12 CONTROL OPTIONS – SEE PAGE 18

Insulated Well Construction Full-size models are available with insulation for energy savings.

per 305 mm (12") $ 5 42

HWBXXX-XD Heated Well Built-In No Character = Standard Wattage H = High Wattage L = Low Wattage I = Insulated Top Mount IB = Insulated Bottom Mount

Drain Equipped FUL = Full Size Pan RT = Thermostatic Control (Fabricator Models only) RN = Infinite Switch Control (Fabricator Models only)

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

17

Wells

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Drop-In 4/3-Size Heated Wells – Fabricator Models

• Without conduit and control box enclosure • Thermostatic or infinite controls available • With or without drains • 4/3-size rectangular wells • Low, Standard and High Watt models

Having all the same great features as all of the Hatco Heated Wells family, with the added benefit of allowing fabricators the freedom to design their own steam tables. And Hatco Heated Wells hold hot food at safe serving temperatures.

Control Options The Fabricator models can have the following control choices: • Thermostatic Controls, which feature an On/Off switch with light • Infinite Controls with indicator light

NOTE: Fabricator Models are not a CE offering, items are sold as components for fabricator self certification.

Thermostatic Control

Infinite Control

DROP-IN 4/3-SIZE RECTANGULAR FABRICATOR MODELS Dimensions Volts Description WxDxH Model n Low Watt HWBLRT-43 120 • Uninsulated 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") HWBLRT-43D 120 • Uninsulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") HWBLRN-43 120 • Uninsulated 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") HWBLRN-43D 120 • Uninsulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") Standard Watt HWBRT-43 120, 208, 220, 240 • Uninsulated 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") HWBRT-43D 120, 208, 220, 240 • Uninsulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") HWBRN-43 120, 208, 220, 240 • Uninsulated 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") HWBRN-43D 120, 208, 220, 240 • Uninsulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") High Watt HWBHRT-43 120, 208, 220, 240• Uninsulated 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") HWBHRT-43D 120, 208, 220, 240 • Uninsulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") HWBHRN-43 208, 220, 240 • Uninsulated 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") HWBHRN-43D 208, 220, 240 • Uninsulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") n “RT” added to model name indicates unit with thermostat control, lit rocker switch, and 914 mm (36") capillary “RN” added to model name indicates unit with infinite switch control, pilot light, and 914 mm (36") leads • CE Mark not available.

Watts

Ship Weight

List Price

750 750 750 750

14 kg (30 lbs) 15 kg (33 lbs) 14 kg (30 lbs) 15 kg (33 lbs)

$537 571 524 557

1200 1200 1200 1200

14 kg (30 lbs.)

15 kg (33 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

15 kg (33 lbs.)

$537 571 524 557

1650 1650 1650 1650

14 kg (30 lbs) 15 kg (33 lbs) 14 kg (30 lbs) 15 kg (33 lbs)

$578 611 563 598

All Drop-in 4/3-Size Rectangular Fabricator Heated Wells Feature: Voltage: Single phase only Models Shipped with: EZ locking hardware for installation

CONTROL CUTOUT DIMENSIONS

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) HWB-LEAD-UR HWB-TSTAT-UR

igh Temp Power Supply Lead Wire for “RN” Models H (Lead wire only – conduit not included) Thermostat with 1829 mm (72") Capillary for “RT” Models (Thermostat only – conduit not included)

per 305 mm (12") $ 5

Control Thermostatic Infinite

Width 54 mm (2 1⁄8") 54 mm (21⁄8")

Height 86 mm (33⁄8") 86 mm (33⁄8")

42

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21 COUNTERTOP CUT-OUT DIMENSIONS – SEE PAGE 12 ALL METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

HWBXX-XD Heated Well Built-In No Character = Standard Wattage H = High Wattage L = Low Wattage

18

Drain Equipped 43 = 4/3 Size Pan RT = Thermostatic Control (Fabricator Models only) RN = Infinite Switch Control (Fabricator Models only)

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Wells

Drop-In Round Heated Wells – Fabricator Models Ideal for the fabricator who wants to design a specific steam table layout.

Easy to install, and easy to service, the Round Heated Wells come with control, size, drain and wattage choices.

HWBRT-7QT

• 4-, 7- and 10-Liter (4-, 7- and 11-Quart) Round Wells • Standard or High Watt 4-Liter (4-Quart) Standard Watt only) • With or without drain • Thermostatic or infinite controls available • Without conduit and control box enclosure

Control Options The Fabricator models can have the following control choices: • Thermostatic Controls, which feature an On/Off switch with light • Infinite Controls – available upon request

with accessory food pan, not included HWBRT-11QT with accessory food pan, not included

HWBRT-4QT with accessory food pan, not included

Thermostatic Control

Infinite Control

DROP-IN ROUND FABRICATOR MODELS – UNINSULATED Dimensions List Price Model n Volts Description Dia. x H Watts Ship Weight 4 Liter (4 Quart) – Standard Watt HWBRT-4QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 209 x 241 mm (8 1⁄4" x 9 5⁄8") 600 3 kg (6 lbs.) $480 600 4 kg (9 lbs.)

513 HWBRT-4QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 209 x 241 mm (8 1⁄4" x 9 5⁄8") HWBRN-4QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 209 x 241 mm (8 1⁄4" x 9 5⁄8") 600 3 kg (6 lbs.)

468 600 4 kg (9 lbs.)

501 HWBRN-4QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 209 x 241 mm (8 1⁄4" x 9 5⁄8") 7 Liter (7 Quart) – Standard Watt HWBRT-7QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 600 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) $432 600 5 kg (10 lbs.)

470 HWBRT-7QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 3

3

600 3 kg ( 7 lbs.)

417 HWBRN-7QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 262 x 221 mm (10 ⁄8" x 8 ⁄4") 600 5 kg (10 lbs.)

455 HWBRN-7QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 7 Liter (7 Quart) – High Watt HWBHRT-7QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 800 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) $457 800 5 kg (10 lbs.)

495 HWBHRT-7QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 800 3 kg ( 7 lbs.)

442 HWBHRN-7QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 800 5 kg (10 lbs.)

480 HWBHRN-7QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 10 Liter (11 Quart) – Standard Watt HWBRT-11QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 600 4 kg ( 8 lbs.) $423 HWBRT-11QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 600 5 kg (11 lbs.)

462 5

3

600 4 kg ( 8 lbs.)

409 HWBRN-11QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 313 x 221 mm (12 ⁄16" x 8 ⁄4") 600 5 kg (11 lbs.)

448 HWBRN-11QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 10 Liter (11 Quart) – High Watt HWBHRT-11QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 800 4 kg ( 8 lbs.) $448 800 5 kg (11 lbs.)

489 HWBHRT-11QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 800 4 kg ( 8 lbs.)

437 HWBHRN-11QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") HWBHRN-11QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 800 5 kg (11 lbs.)

474 n “RT” added to model name indicates unit with thermostat control, lit rocker switch, and 914 mm (36") capillary. “RN” added to model name indicates unit with infinite switch control, pilot light, and 914 mm (36") leads. “D” added to model name indicates unit with drain.

• CE Mark not available.

All Drop-in Round Fabricator Heated Wells Feature: Voltage: S ingle phase only.

Models Shipped with: EZ locking hardware for installation.

NOTE: Fabricator Models are not a CE offering, items are sold as components for fabricator self certification.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only), Fabricator Models Only – HWB-LEAD-UR

High Temp Power Supply Lead Wire (Lead wire only – conduit not included) HWB-TSTAT-UR Thermostat with 1829 mm (72") Capillary

per 305 mm (12") $ 5 60

ALL METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

HWBXX-XD

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21 COUNTERTOP CUT-OUT DIMENSIONS – SEE PAGE 12

Heated Well Built-In No Character = Standard Wattage H = High Wattage L = Low Wattage RT = Thermostatic Control (Fabricator Models Only) RN = Infinite Switch Control (Fabricator Models Only )

Drain Equipped 4QT = Round 4 Quart Pan 7QT = Round 7 Quart Pan 11QT = Round 11 Quart Pan

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

19

Wells

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Well Accessories

FTB-2 with accessory full-size sheet pans

HWBI-2 with accessory half and third-size pans

11QT-PAN

ST PAN 1/3 ST PAN 1/2 ST PAN 2 ST PAN 4

HDW 6" PAN

4QT-PAN

PANS – LIDS –TRIVETS ST PAN 1/3 Third-Size Stainless Steel Pan – 324 W x 175 D x 64 H mm (12 3⁄4" x 6 7⁄8" x 2 1⁄2") ST PAN 1/2 Half-Size Stainless Steel Pan – 324 W x 264 D x 64 H mm (12 3⁄4" x 10 3⁄8" x 2 1⁄2") ST PAN 2 Full-Size Stainless Steel Pan – 324 W x 527 D x 64 H mm (12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄2") ST PAN 4 Full-Size Stainless Steel Pan – 324 W x 527 D x 102 H mm (12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 4") HDW 6" PAN Full-Size Stainless Steel Pan – 324 W x 527 D x 152 H mm (12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 6") 4QT-PAN 4-Liter (4-Quart) Round Pan 7QT-PAN 7-Liter (7-Quart) Round Pan 11QT-PAN 10-Liter (11-Quart) Round Pan Notched Lid for Round Pans 4QT-LID-1 4-Liter (4-Quart) Notched Lid 7QT-LID-1 7-Liter (7-Quart) Notched Lid 11QT-LID-1 10-Liter (11-Quart) Notched Lid Hinged Lid for Round Pans 4QT-LID 4-Liter (4-Quart) Hinged and Notched Lid 7QT-LID 7-Liter (7-Quart) Hinged and Notched Lid 11QT-LID 10-Liter (11-Quart) Hinged and Notched Lid Wire Trivets Stainless TRIVET (1/2)SS Half-Size – 259 W x 194 D mm (10 3⁄16" x 7 5⁄8") TRIVET SS Full-Size – 259 W x 457 D mm (10 1⁄8" x 18") Wire Trivets Plated TRIVET (1/2) Half-Size – 259 W x 194 D mm (10 3⁄16" x 7 5⁄8") TRIVET Full-Size –259 W x 457 D mm (10 1⁄8" x 18")

ADAPTERS, SUPPORT BARS, MOUNTING KITS, VALVES PAGE 21

20

$46 52 63 79 90 75 85 95

7QT-PAN

11QT-LID

4QT-LID 7QT-LID 7QT-LID-1

$36 46 56

11QT-LID-1

$45 62 79 $ 91 113

4QT-LID-1 TRIVET (1/2)SS

$46 52

TRIVET SS

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Wells

HWB-2-7Q (shown with two 7QT-PAN and 7QT-LID-1) HWB-2-7Q

HWB-2-11Q

HWB-3-4Q

ADAPTERS – SUPPORT BARS HWB-2-7Q

A dapter to convert warmer to hold two 7-Liter (7-Quart) Inserts (Model HWBI & HWB-FUL series only) Adapter to convert warmer to hold three 4-Liter (4-Quart) Inserts HWB-3-4Q (Model HWBI & HWB-FUL series only) HWB-2-11Q Adapter to Convert warmer to hold two 10-Liter (11-Quart) Inserts (Model HWB-43 series only) HWB12BAR 305 mm (12") Pan Support Bar for Built-In and Drop-In Heated Wells HWB20BAR 508 mm (20") Pan Support Bar for Built-In and Drop-In Heated Wells HWBGM12BAR 305 mm (12") Pan Support Bar for Drop-In Modular/Ganged Models HWBGM20BAR 508 mm (20") Pan Support Bar for Drop-In Modular/Ganged Models CWB12BAR 12" Pan Support Bar for Drop-In Refrigerated Wells CWB20BAR 20" Pan Support Bar for Drop-In Refrigerated Wells False Bottom for Drop-In Refrigerated Wells (Perforated false bottom accessory, choose your appropriate pan size) CWB-1FB For CWB-1 (1-Part Accessory) CWB-2FB For CWB-2 (1-Part Accessory) CWB-3FB For CWB-3 (2-Part Accessory) CWB-4FB For CWB-4 (2-Part Accessory) CWB-5FB For CWB-5 (3-Part Accessory) CWB-6FB For CWB-6 (3-Part Accessory)

HWB-FUL-MNT Choose the appropriate kit for HWB-FUL, HWB-43, or HWB-4Q, -7Q, -11Q series

HWB-MNT-REC or HWB-MNT-RND

$71 71 89 12 15 12 15 12 15

Support Bars Choose the appropriate kit for CWB, HWBI or HWB series

$ 68 128 188 248 308 368

BALLVALVE1INCH

HWBI2MANIF

MOUNTING KITS – VALVES Necessary at your Well installation HWB-FUL-MNT Mounting Kit for Combustible Countertops for HWB-FUL series only HWB-43-MNT Mounting Kit for Combustible Countertops for HWB-43 series only HWB-4Q-MNT Mounting Kit for Combustible Countertops for HWB-4Q series only HWB-7Q-MNT Mounting Kit for Combustible Countertops for HWB-7Q series only HWB-11Q-MNT Mounting Kit for Combustible Countertops for HWB-11Q series only HWB-MNT-REC Kit Allows Mounting to Thick Counter Tops-8 Brackets, (HWBI and Rectangular HWB Heated Wells only) HWB-MNT-RND Kit allows Mounting to Thick Counter Tops-4 Brackets, (Round Heated Wells only) External Manifold includes Individual Ball Valve for each Well (Not available for the slim models) HWBI2MANIF 2-Pan Accessory HWBI3MANIF 3-Pan Accessory HWBI4MANIF 4-Pan Accessory HWBI5MANIF 5-Pan Accessory HWBI6MANIF 6-Pan Accessory Necessary at your Well installation BALLVALVE3/4 High Temperature 3⁄4" NPT Ball Valve for units with Individual Drain(s) and no Manifold BALLVALVE1INCH High Temperature 1" NPT Ball Valve for units with Manifold Drain (Ganged Heated Wells only) GATEVALVE3/4IN High Temperature 3⁄4" NPT Gate Valve for units with Individual Drain(s) and no Manifold GATEVALVE1IN High Temperature 1" NPT Gate Valve for units with Manifold Drain (Ganged Heated Wells only) HWB-RDH Heated Well Remote Handle for ¾ drains only

$ 88 105 52 57 62

GATEVALVE1INCH

57 29 $ 535 760 985 1210 1435 $ 55 55 99 146 157

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

HWB-RDH Attaches to ¾ Ball Valve

21

Decorative Lamps & Display Lights Cafeterias • Convenience Stores Supermarkets & Delis • Restaurants & Cafes Clubs & Bars • Concessions

DL-400-SN in Glossy Gray finish pg. 25

DL-400-STR in Glossy Gray finish pg. 25

DL-500-SR in Bright Brass finish pg. 25

DL-700-RL in Gloss finish (sneeze guards as shown not available) pg. 25

DL-725-STR in Bright Nickel finish pg. 25

DL-750-STR in Bright Nickel finish pg. 25

DL-800-STR in Designer Color pg. 25

HL-54 (sneeze guards not available as shown) pg. 28

Export Price List September 1, 2014

Decorative Lamps/ Luminaires

Decorative Lamps & Display Lights

Hatco Decorative Lamps provide radiant heat to briefly hold food warm at kitchen work areas, waitress pickup stations or customer serving points, while enhancing your décor. Versatile enough for any location, the range of lights are available with a selection of personalizing choices: shade styles, colors, switch locations and mounting arrangements. Configurations for lighting (Luminaire) as well as foodwarming.

• Decorative Lamps and Luminaires available in nine shade styles • Eight different mounting arrangements to choose from • Available in seven Designer colors, seven Gloss finishes, and six Plated finishes • Four power switch options: Upper (on canopy) Lower (at stem) Remote None • Available for food holding and display or lighting only applications • Luminaire, Standard and High Watt bulbs available in certain voltages, see accessories page 27 (bulb not included in unit price) DL-800-CTR in Plated finish

NOTE: Decorative Lamps and

Luminaires are non-returnable.

Build A Decorative Lamp Hatco has given you a variety of simple and easy ways to "Build Your Decorative Lamp". You can go online, watch a video or quickly do the work tables of "How to Build Your Lamp" on pages 25 and 26.

• GO online at: www.hatcocorp.com and click on "Build a Lamp". (Download a pdf of your lamp configuration in color and a Hatco List Price Quote) • OR follow the one thru six steps in the Hatco Price List (next two pages) to build your Hatco model code and List Price. Then look at the following page for the accessories, like a bulb or track, to easily complete your total order.

• For even more detailed information, go to www.hatcocorp.com and click on Video Library. Watch a video of Billy Booster leading you through "The Decorative Lamp Configurator"

D L H- 7 7 5 - SR

HOW TO BUILD A LAMP

Now you can develop your own Hatco Decorative Lamp solutions with our online lamp configurator.

Visit www.hatcocorp.com Click on “Build a Lamp"

Decorative Lamp High Wattage

Switch Type/Location

Mounting Style Shade Style

Specify the following options when ordering: 1 Wattage DLH (High Watt - 375 watt max) No Charge 2 Shade Style -775 (See Shade Style on Page 25) $330 BBRASS (Bright Brass Plated Finish) 105 3 Shade Color 4 Mounting Style S (Stem Mount) 54 5 Switch Location R (Remote Switch Location) No Charge 6 Overall Length 2032 mm (80") >1829 mm (72") ($16 over 1829 mm [72"]) 16 (Specify to the nearest inch – CL, CU, CT, SL, SU, ST, PL, PU mounts only) TOTAL $505 Information indicated in red are items that the customer should enter. Bulbs are not included.

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

23

September 1, 2014 Export Price List

Decorative Lamps & Display Lights

DL-400SU in Designer color

DL-700-AU in Plated finish DL-760-SL in Designer color DL-500-SU in Designer color

DL-600-SL in Gloss finish

DL-800-CTR in Gloss finish DL-725-SU in Plated finish

DL-750-CL in Gloss finish

ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS NOTE: Install standard watt (120V bulb, 250W) no closer than 25 mm (1") from a sidewall and no closer than 406 mm (16") above a combustible surface, or no closer than 127 mm (5") to a non-combustible surface.

Specify the following information with your order: 1. Voltage: 120V, 240V and Wattage: 200, 250, 375W 2. Shade Style Code: -400, -500, -600, -700, -725, -750, -760, -775, -800 3. Shade and Canopy Colors: Warm Red, Black, Gray Granite, White Granite, Navy Blue, Hunter Green, Antique Copper, Smooth White, Gleaming Gold, Glossy Gray, Bold Black, Radiant RedQ (lampshade only), Brilliant BlueQ (lampshade only), Clear Coat Brushed MetalQ (lampshade only) Bright BrassQ, Bright NickelQ, Bright CopperQ, Antique NickelQ, Antique BrassQ, Antique BronzeQ 4. Mounting Style Code: R, RT, C, CT, S, ST, P, A 5. Switch Location Code: Upper (U), Lower (L), Remote (R), or None (N). (DLH must be remote or none) 6. Overall Unit Length: For C, CT, S, or ST Mounts from ceiling to bottom of warmer lamp shade For A or P Mounts from center of shade to wall plus vertical shade length 7. Clearance: From bulb to surface (see NOTE Clearance Requirements above) 8. Accessory Bulb Color/Coating: 60W- Clear Coated (Luminaire only) 250W- Clear Uncoated, Clear Coated, Red Uncoated, or Red Coated (120V only) 375W- Clear Uncoated, Clear Coated, Red Uncoated, or Red Coated (120V only) 9. Cord/Track Color: Black (standard), White (optional) (120V only) Q

Special process required and extended lead times, see page 25 for additional charge.

Specify your appropriate accessories with your order.

DLX-XXX-XXX Decorative Lamp High Wattage Shade Style

24

Switch Location Mounting Style

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List September 1, 2014

Build A Decorative Lamp Configurator Worksheet Decorative Lamps & Display Lights

Complete the six steps on this worksheet to configure your Hatco model code and List Price. In order to get exactly what you need in the least amount of time, have this handy when ordering your Hatco Decorative Lamp.

Visit www.hatcocorp.com Click on “Build a Lamp"

BUILD YOUR DECORATIVE/LUMINAIRE LAMPS – STEP 1 THRU 3 (To determine your total list price and model code, pick all your options - bulb not included)

STEP 1: VOLTAGE AND WATTAGE

SHADE STYLES

Voltage 216 mm (81⁄2")

156 mm (61/8")

156 mm (61⁄8")

159 mm (61⁄4")

-400

-500

-600

120 or 240V (CE Mark available at no added charge)

Wattage DL- Luminaire DL- Standard DLH- High Watt

200 watt max 250 watt max 375 watt max

No Charge No Charge

STEP 2: SHADE STYLE 216 mm (81⁄2")

Shade Code 165 mm (61⁄2")

-700

241 mm (91⁄2")

279 mm (11")

-725

-750

216 mm (81⁄2")

318 mm (121⁄2")

267 mm (101⁄2")

279 mm (11")

-800

-775

-760

Designer Colors

White Navy Blue Gray Granite Granite

Smooth Gleaming White Gold

Glossy Gray

Hunter Green

Antique Copper

Printed colors are a representation and may not exactly match our Designer, Bold Gloss, and Plated Finishes.

Black

Plated Finishes – Special Process Required and Extended Lead Times

Bright Bright Bright Antique Antique Antique Brass Nickel Copper Nickel Brass Bronze Gloss Finishes for Shade Only – Special Process Required and Extended Lead Times Radiant Red

Radiant Clear Brushed Blue Metal Finish

DLX-XXX-XXX Decorative Lamp High Wattage Shade Style

DL-725 DL-750 DL-760 DL-775 DL-800

3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.)

3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.)

3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.)

3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.)

3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.)

List Price $300 300 300 300 330 330 330 330 330

STEP 3: SHADE AND CANOPY COLORS

SHADE AND CANOPY COLORS

Warm Red Black

Gloss Finishes

DL-400 DL-500 DL-600 DL-700

Ship Weight (depending on components) 3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.)

3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.)

3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.)

3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.)

Switch Location Mounting Style

Shade and Canopy Colors – Designer Finishes No Charge RED Warm Red NAVY Navy Blue BLACK Black GREEN Hunter Green GRAY Gray Granite COPPER Antique Copper WHITE White Granite Glossy Finishes No Charge SWHITE Smooth White GGRAY Glossy Gray GGOLD Gleaming Gold BBLACK Bold Black Special Process Required and Extended Lead Times – Plated Finishes BBRASS Bright Brass $105 BNICKEL Bright Nickel 105 BCOPPER Bright Copper 105 ABRASS Antique Brass 105 ANICKEL Antique Nickel 105 ABRONZE Antique Bronze 105 Shade Finish Only – must choose other finish for remainder of unit Glossy Finishes No Charge RRED Radiant Red RBLUE Brilliant Blue CL-COAT Clear Brushed Metal Finish

Go to next page for Steps 4-6 NOTE: Decorative Lamps and

Luminaires are non-returnable.

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

25

September 1, 2014 Export Price List

Decorative Lamps & Display Lights

BUILD YOUR DECORATIVE/LUMINAIRE LAMPS – STEP 4 THRU 6 (To determine your total list price and model code, pick all your options - bulb not included) P Mount

A Mount

Cord Mount

igid Mount to R canopy with pivot. Specify overall length* from 432 to 1803 mm (17" to 71"). * Overall length from pivot to bottom of lamp shade.

igid Mount to R canopy with pivot. Specify horizontal stem length from 178 to 508 mm (7" to 20"). Unit length is 432 to 762 mm (17" to 30").

C Mount

CT Mount 6

ord Mount to C CU canopy. Specify SWITCH overall length from 432 mm (17") to CL SWITCH any length.

Cord Mount to adapter.

Specify overall CTL CLlength from SWITCH SWITCH 432 mm (17") to any length.

CU track SWITCH

Retractable Cord Mount CU R Mount

STEP 4: MOUNTING STYLE Mounting Style – A P C CT R RT S ST

CU SWITCH

Arm CL Pivot SWITCH Cord (specify cord color) Cord Mount to Track Adapter (specify cord and track color) Retractable (specify cord color) Retractable Mount to Track Adapter (specify cord and track color) Stem Stem to Track Adapter

SU SWITCH

STEP 5: SWITCH LOCATIONSL Switch Location – N U L R

etractable R Cord Mount.

Adjusts from 787 to 1765 RTL SWITCH mm (31" to 69 1⁄2").

$54 CTL 54 NoSWITCH Charge

CL SWITCH

RT Mount CL CTL SWITCH Retractable SWITCH

6

Cord Mount to track adapter.

CTL Adjusts from SWITCH848 to 1826 SU mm (33 3⁄8" to SWITCH STL71 7⁄8").

CL RL SWITCH SWITCH SU SWITCH

SWITCH SL

SL SWITCH

SWITCH

RTL RL SWITCH SWITCH

CTLRTL SWITCH SWITCH

23⁄8"

23⁄8" RL SWITCH

RTL SWITCH STL SWITCH PL SWITCH

PU SWITCH

PL SWITCH

295 54 149

ST Mount 6

S Mount

Rigid SU Stem Mount SWITCH to track adapter.

23⁄8" STL STL Specify overall SL SWITCH PLSWITCH length from 432 toSWITCH SWITCH

igid Stem R SU Mount SWITCH 23⁄8" to canopy.

Specify overall SL length from 356 SWITCH to 1803 mm (14" SU SWITCH to 71").

PU PL SWITCH SWITCH6 NOTE: Lamp

SL

AU SWITCH

STL SWITCH

PU SWITCH

1803 mm (17" to 71").

PL

PU

SWITCH shade diameter and wattage may limit number of lampsSWITCH per track.

SWITCH To assure warranty coverage, do not install track systems in damp or wet locations (including above steam tables).

SWITCH LOCATIONS

STEP 6: OVERALL LENGTH

Up to 1829 mm (72") Greater than 1829 mm (72")

Lower Switch

U-Upper Switch

Overall Length – For C, CT, S, or ST Mounts from ceiling to bottom of warmer lamp shade. For A or P Mounts from center of shade to wall plus vertical shade length.

Not available on Not available on: • DLH-(high watt models) • DLH-(high watt models) Remote Switch • Accommodates 16 amps • R Mount • A Mount • Up to seven 250W • Track mounts lamps, or five 375W (CT, RT, ST) lamps maximum per remote switch

No Charge $16

YOUR TOTAL LIST PRICE AND MODEL CODE Add the total costs of options below (not for retrofit-bulb not included) –

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Wattage and Voltage Shade Style Shade and Canopy Colors Mounting Style Switch Location Overall Length Your Total Price

26

$

0.00

DL

-

-

Decorative Lamp Wattage Code Shade Style Code

0.00

Switch Location Mounting Style

NOTE: Decorative Lamps and

Luminaires are non-returnable.

$

AU PU SWITCH SWITCH

23⁄8"

23⁄8"

No Charge

None Upper Lower Remote

CU SWITCH

CU SWITCH

95 200

STL SWITCH

SWITCH

SWITCH

RL RTL SWITCH SWITCH

CTL RTL SWITCH SWITCH

BULBS AND ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 27

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

PL SWITCH

PU AU SWITC SWITCH

AU SWITCH

Export Price List September 1, 2014

TRACK INSTALLATION AND MODIFICATION KIT – Highlighted Components (For Cutting Track Length into Multiple Sections) DL-750-STR in Bright Nickel finish

Decorative Lamps & Display Lights

Ceiling Plate

Dead End Fitting

Live End Fitting and Cover (starter)

CROSS SECTION OF TRACK 18 mm (¾") 35 mm (1³/8")

NOTE: Decorative Lamps and

Luminaires are non-returnable.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) DL-CORD-WHITE

White Cord (C=Cord, R=Retractable Mounts Only) (Black is standard) LUMINAIRE Luminaire Lighting (No heating – 200W bulb maximum – not included) Receives Special Decorative Lighting UL Approval Leads – For any SU, SL or SR mount units, must specify lead length) LEADS5 305-1524 mm (1'-5') Extended Electrical Leads LEADS10 1829-3048 mm 6'-10' Extended Electrical Leads LEADS15 3353-4572 mm 11'-15' Extended Electrical Leads LEADS20 4877-6096 mm 16'-20' Extended Electrical Leads

No Charge

DL-TRACK-4B

No Charge

DL-TRACK-4W

$16 32 48 64

ACCESSORIES 1219 mm (4') Track Mount Bar, Black† wt $208 208 1219 mm (4') Track Mount Bar, White† wt 2438 mm (8') Track Mount Bar, Black† wt 297 † wt 297 2438 mm (8') Track Mount Bar, White † wt 408 3658 mm (12') Track Mount Bar, Black 408 3658 mm (12') Track Mount Bar, White† wt Additional Track Installation and Modification Kit (Includes ceiling plate, live end fitting and cover (starter), and dead end fitting) – 87 Black (For cutting track length into multiple sections, see above)t DL-TRACKWHT Additional Track Installation and Modification Kit (Includes ceiling plate, live end fitting and cover (starter), and dead end fitting) – 87 White (For cutting track length into multiple sections, see above)t DL-SWITCH-16AMP 16 amp Lamp Toggle Switch each 14 WHITE-CTD-120L 120 volt, 60 Watt Clear Bulb, Coated (Luminaire models only) each 7 WHITE-CTD-240L 240 volt, 60 Watt Clear Bulb, Coated (Luminaire models only) each 8 WHITE-UCTD-120 120 volt, 250 Watt Clear Bulb, Uncoated each 15 WHITE-UCTD-240 240 volt, 250 Watt Clear Bulb, Uncoated each 45 WHITE-CTD-120 120 volt, 250 Watt Clear Bulb, Coated each 25 WHITE-CTD-240 240 volt, 250 Watt Clear Bulb, Coated each 54 RED-UCTD-120 120 volt, 250 Watt Red Bulb, Uncoated each 23 RED-CTD-120 120 volt, 250 Watt Red Bulb, Coated each 32 w Tracks may be cut to fit any length by installer. Modification kits available above. † Maximum seven (7) 250 watt lamps or five (5) 375 watt lamps per 20 amp Track Bar Circuit. Maximum 1920 watts or 16 amps per any length track. Installer is responsible for properly sizing the supply circuit and the lamp load. Lamp shade diameter and wattage may limit number of lamps per track. t Available in 120V only.

DL-TRACKBLK

DL-TRACK-4B DL-TRACK-4W DL-TRACK-8B DL-TRACK-8W DL-TRACK-12B DL-TRACK-12W DL-TRACKBLK

DL-TRACKWHT

RED uncoated, WHITE uncoated, RED coated, WHITE coated

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

27

September 1, 2014 Export Price List

Decorative Lamps & Display Lights

Glo-Rite® Display Lights

• Extruded aluminum housings • Incandescent bulbs with special protective coating to guard against food contamination • Bright-annealed reflectors for maximum brightness • Extra lamps available on models from 610 to 1829 mm (24" to 72") • Optional Designer colors: Warm Red, Black, Gray Granite, White Granite, Navy Blue, Hunter Green, Antique Copper

Let the light shine on your work surface or display areas with Glo-Rite® Display Lights. Durable and effective, Hatco light strips are made of extruded aluminum housings with bright-annealed reflectors for maximum brightness.

HL-24-2 (including extra lamp assembly), lamps on 305 mm (12") centers standard

GLO-RITE DISPLAY LIGHT Model

Volts No. of Bulbs (Single Phase Only) HL-18 120, 220 or 240 2 HL-24 120, 220 or 240 2 3 HL-24-2 120, 220 or 240 HL-30 120, 220 or 240 2 HL-30-2 120, 220 or 240 4 HL-36 120, 220 or 240 3 HL-36-2 120, 220 or 240 5 3 HL-42 120, 220 or 240 HL-42-2 120, 220 or 240 6 HL-48 120, 220 or 240 4 HL-48-2 120, 220 or 240 7 HL-54 120, 220 or 240 4 HL-54-2 120, 220 or 240 8 HL-60 120, 220 or 240 5 HL-60-2 120, 220 or 240 9 HL-66 120, 220 or 240 5 HL-66-2 120, 220 or 240 10 HL-72 120, 220 or 240 6 HL-72-2 120, 220 or 240 10 * With 60 watt bulb. ‡ CE Mark available at no added charge.

Width

Watts*

Ship Weight

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡

457 mm (18") 610 mm (24") 610 mm (24") 762 mm (30") 762 mm (30") 914 mm (36") 914 mm (36") 1067 mm (42") 1067 mm (42") 1219 mm (48") 1219 mm (48") 1372 mm (54") 1372 mm (54") 1524 mm (60") 1524 mm (60") 1676 mm (66") 1676 mm (66") 1829 mm (72") 1829 mm (72")

120 120 180 120 240 180 300 180 360 240 420 240 480 300 540 300 600 360 600

3 kg ( 6 lbs.)

3 kg ( 7 lbs.)

3 kg ( 7 lbs.)

3 kg ( 7 lbs.)

3 kg ( 7 lbs.)

4 kg ( 8 lbs.)

4 kg ( 8 lbs.)

5 kg (10 lbs.)

5 kg (10 lbs.)

5 kg (11 lbs.)

5 kg (12 lbs.)

5 kg (12 lbs.)

6 kg (13 lbs.)

6 kg (13 lbs.)

6 kg (14 lbs.)

6 kg (14 lbs.)

7 kg (15 lbs.)

7 kg (15 lbs.)

7 kg (16 lbs.)

$278 292 332 307 371 355 415 371 453 415 502 428 539 477 583 493 622 539 667

$298 312 352 327 391 375 435 391 473 435 522 448 559 497 603 513 642 559 687

All Display Light Models Feature: Toggle Switch (Max. 15 amps) Location: Chef’s left side (Unless otherwise specified).

Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.

Dimensions: 76 D x 64 H mm (3" x 2 1⁄2").

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)

HL-40W 40 Watt Bulb in lieu of Standard Display Light (120V only) No Charge REM TOG Remote Toggle Switch (Max. 15 amps) No Charge Leads (Extended Beyond Standard 914 mm [3'] Conduit on 120V and 208V models only) (must specify lead length) LEADS5 305-1525 mm (1'-5') Extended Electrical Leads $16 LEADS10 1829-3048 mm (6'-10') Extended Electrical Leads 32 LEADS15 3352-4572 mm (11'-15') Extended Electrical Leads 48 LEADS20 4877-6096 mm (16'-20') Extended Electrical Leads 64

Designer Colors - Non-standard colors are non-returnable.

RED Warm Red per 305 mm (12") $22 BLACK Black per 305 mm (12") 22 GRAY Gray Granite per 305 mm (12") 22 WHITE White Granite per 305 mm (12") 22 NAVY Navy Blue per 305 mm (12") 22 GREEN Hunter Green per 305 mm (12") 22 COPPER Antique Copper per 305 mm (12") 22

ACCESSORIES HL-BRKT

pair $19

Adjustable Angle Bracket

HL-BRKT Accessory

HL-XX-2 Display Light

Extra Lamp Models Width (inches)

28

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Strip Heaters Cafeterias • Buffets • Supermarkets & Delis Restaurants & Cafés • Clubs & Bars

GRAH-42D with 6" spacer and optional nonadjustable tubular stands pg. 34

GRAL-72D with optional non-adjustable tubular stands pg. 35

GRAHL-96D with optional Designer color and non-adjustable tubular standss pg. 35

GRNH-48 with standard angle brackets and optional Designer color (sneeze guards as shown not available) pg. 37

GRAIHL-48 (requires Remote Control Enclosure) pg. 38

GR2AHL-84 with standard Designer nonadjustable stands and optional Designer color, inset panels and sneeze guards pg. 42

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Ordering Instructions GRA-72 or GRAH-72

GRAIH-60

UGA-60 or UGAH-60

GRAIH-60D

UGA-60D or UGAH-60D

GRAIHL-60

UGAL-60 or UGAHL-60

GRA-72D or GRAH-72D

Strip Heaters

GRAL-72 or GRAHL-72

GRAL-72D or GRAHL-72D

UGAL-60D or UGAHL-60D

GRAIHL-60D

Glo-Ray® Metal Sheathed Foodwarmers: (pages 31-36)

Infra-Black® Foodwarmers:

(pages 38-40)

Ultra-Glo® Ceramic Foodwarmers: (pages 47-49)

1. Choose a length 2. Single or dual warmer 3. Lights or no lights 4. Voltage: 1 20, 208, 220, or 240 without lights, 120,220, 240, 120/208, 120/240 with lights 5. Choose control option. Remote installation is recommended

1. Choose a length 2. Single or dual warmer 3. Standard or high watt 4. Lights or no lights 5. Voltage: 1 20, 208, or 240 without lights, 120,240, 120/208, 120/240 with lights 6. C hoose control option. Remote installation is recommended

GR2A-36 or GR2AH-36

GR2AL-36 o r GR2AHL-36

GRN-24 o r GRNH-24

GR2A-36D o r GR2AH-36D

GR2AL-36D or GR2AHL-36D

Glo-Ray® Narrow Foodwarmers: (page 37)

Designer Glo-Ray® Foodwarmers:

1. Choose a length 2. Single or dual warmer 3. Standard or high watt 4. Lights or no lights 5. Voltage: 120, 208, 220, 240 without lights, or 120,220, 240, 120/208, 120/240 for units with lights 6. Choose control option. Remote installation is recommended

1. Choose a length 2. Standard or high watt 3. Voltage: 120, 208, 220, 240 4. C hoose control option. Remote installation is recommended

30

(pages 41-46)

1. Choose a length 2. Single or dual warmer 3. Standard or high watt 4. Lights or no lights 5. Voltage: 120, 208, 220 or 240, without lights 120,220, 240, 120/208, 120/240 with lights 6. Choose control option. Remote installation only 7. Choose inset panel and corner cap color

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Glo-Ray® Infrared Strip Heaters Safely hold the temperature of your product without drying out or further cooking food with Hatco’s Glo-Ray® Infrared Strip Heaters. The end result is hot, fresh food that’s readyto-serve. The continuous aluminum housing and heavy-duty mountings ensure the durability and quality of Hatco products.

Toggle Switch: Max. 15 amps Infinite Switch: Max. 12.2 amps

• Ensures maximum flavor, safety and holding time • Provides even heat distribution – no “cold spots” • Sturdy extruded aluminum housings that do not sag, from 457 to 3658 mm (18" to 144")

•R eflector does not blacken, maintaining a consistent heat pattern •R einforced wire guard provides operator safety without affecting heat distribution •H eavy-duty insulation minimizes heat loss

GRAH-48 w ith optional sneeze guards, cord and plug set and T-legs

Strip Heaters

GRAH-36 with optional Designer color, infinite switch, cord and plug set and C-legs

ALUMINUM STRIP HEATER List Price* Model Width Watts Ship Weight 120, 208V 220, 240V‡ Standard Watt GRA-18 457 mm ( 18") 250 3 kg ( 6 lbs.) $225 $230 GRA-24 610 mm ( 24") 350 3 kg ( 7 lbs.)

240 245 GRA-30 762 mm ( 30") 450 4 kg ( 8 lbs.)

254 259 GRA-36 914 mm ( 36") 575 4 kg ( 9 lbs.)

272 277 GRA-42 1067 mm ( 42") 675 5 kg (10 lbs.)

286 291 GRA-48 800 5 kg (11 lbs.)

300 305 1219 mm ( 48") GRA-54 925 6 kg (13 lbs.)

316 321 1372 mm ( 54") GRA-60 1050 6 kg (14 lbs.)

345 350 1524 mm ( 60") GRA-66 1676 mm ( 66") 1160 7 kg (16 lbs.)

378 383 GRA-72 1829 mm ( 72") 1275 8 kg (17 lbs.)

428 433 2134 mm ( 84") 1500 9 kg (19 lbs.)

498 503 GRA-84t 2438 mm ( 96") 1725 10 kg (21 lbs.)

557 562 GRA-96t GRA-108 2743 mm (108") 1850 10 kg (23 lbs.)

702 707 GRA-120 3048 mm (120") 2100 12 kg (26 lbs.)

763 768 GRA-132 3353 mm (132") 2320 14 kg (30 lbs.)

823 828 GRA-144 3658 mm (144") 2550 15 kg (33 lbs.)

884 889 High Watt GRAH-18 457 mm ( 18") 350 3 kg ( 6 lbs.) $233 $238 GRAH-24 610 mm ( 24") 500 3 kg ( 7 lbs.)

247 252 GRAH-30 762 mm ( 30") 660 4 kg ( 8 lbs.)

264 269 GRAH-36 914 mm ( 36") 800 4 kg ( 9 lbs.)

278 283 GRAH-42 1067 mm ( 42") 950 5 kg (10 lbs.)

293 298 GRAH-48 1219 mm ( 48") 1100 5 kg (11 lbs.)

309 314 GRAH-54 1372 mm ( 54") 1250 6 kg (13 lbs.)

322 327 GRAH-60 1524 mm ( 60") 1400 6 kg (14 lbs.)

355 360 t GRAH-66 1676 mm ( 66") 1560 7 kg (16 lbs.)

384 389 1829 mm ( 72") 1725 8 kg (17 lbs.)

435 440 GRAH-72t 2134 mm ( 84") 1900 9 kg (19 lbs.)

506 511 GRAH-84s GRAH-96s 2438 mm ( 96") 2400 10 kg (21 lbs.)

564 569 GRAH-108 2743 mm (108") 2500 10 kg (23 lbs.)

708 713 GRAH-120 3048 mm (120") 2800 12 kg (26 lbs.)

770 775 GRAH-132 3353 mm (132") 3120 14 kg (30 lbs.)

831 836 3658 mm (144") 3450 15 kg (33 lbs.)

893 898 GRAH-144 * Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB) (see page 51). ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $10. t When using an infinite control with a 120 volt model, add the tandem element charge. s 120 volt models require additional switches and tandem (end-to-end) elements, see tandem option for additional charges.

All Aluminum Models Feature 914 mm (3') conduit standard on 120 and 208 models only: Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240 volt, single phase.

Toggle Switch (Max. 15 amps) Location: Chef’s left side (unless otherwise specified).

Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.

Dimensions: 457-3658 W x 152 D x 64 H mm (18"-144" x 6" x 2 1⁄2").

OPTIONS and ACCESSORIES – see page 33 RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – see page 50

ALL Glo-Ray® metal sheathed heating elements warranted against burnout and breakage for two years.

GRAH-XX Glo-Ray Aluminum Housing

Width (inches) H = High Wattage No Character = Standard Wattage

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

31

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Glo-Ray® Infrared Strip Heaters Keep food hot and fresh and hold optimum serving temperatures longer. Extruded aluminum housings go up to 3658 mm (144") in length and have lights to illuminate your food holding area. Heavy-duty stainless steel housings are also available for marine applications, consult factory for pricing.

• Prefocused heat pattern bathes the entire holding surface • Consistent holding temperatures with no cold spots • Standard and high watt models available • Models with lights for illuminating food holding area (aluminum only) Toggle Switch: Max. 15 amps Infinite Switch: Max. 12.2 amps

Strip Heaters

STAINLESS STEEL STRIP HEATER Model Width Watts Ship Weight Standard Watt GR-18 457 mm (18") 250 3 kg ( 7 lbs.)

GR-24 610 mm (24") 350 3 kg ( 7 lbs.)

GR-36 914 mm (36") 575 5 kg (10 lbs.)

GR-48 1219 mm (48") 800 5 kg (12 lbs.)

GR-60 1524 mm (60") 1050 7 kg (15 lbs.)

GR-72 1829 mm (72") 1275 9 kg (19 lbs.)

2438 mm (96") 1725 11 kg (24 lbs.)

GR-96u High Watt GRH-18 457 mm (18") 350 3 kg ( 7 lbs.)

GRH-24 610 mm (24") 500 3 kg ( 7 lbs.)

GRH-36 914 mm (36") 800 5 kg (10 lbs.)

GRH-48 1219 mm (48") 1100 5 kg (12 lbs.)

GRH-60 1524 mm (60") 1400 7 kg (15 lbs.)

GRH-72u 1829 mm (71") 1725 9 kg (19 lbs.)

GRH-96` 2438 mm (96") 2400 11 kg (24 lbs.) * Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB) (see page 51). u Infinite not available in 120V. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $10. ` 120 volt models not available.

Aluminum STRIP HEATER with Lights List Price* 120, 220, 208V 240V‡ $326 344 391 420 479 572 692

$331 349 396 425 484 577 697

$337 355 396 428 485 582 699

$342 360 401 433 490 587 704

All Stainless Steel Models Feature: Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240 volt, single phase.

Toggle Switch (Max. 15 amps) Location: Chef’s left side.

Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.

Dimensions: 610-2438 W x 152 D x 64 H mm (24"-96" x 6" x 2 1⁄2").

NOTE: Sneeze Guards can not be added to GR or GRH models.

Stainless steel models are not available with lights, sneeze guard or as dual or tandem units.

ALL Glo-Ray® metal sheathed heating elements warranted against burnout and breakage for two years.

GRAHL-XX Glo-Ray Aluminum Housing No Character = Stainless Steel Housing

32

GRAHL-36 with optional sneeze guards and adjustable tubular stands

List Price* 120, 120/208V, 220, 120/240V 240V‡

No. of Model Bulbs Width Watts Ship Weight Standard Watt GRAL-18 2 457 mm ( 18") 370 4 kg ( 9 lbs.) $ 358 $ 363 GRAL-24 2 610 mm ( 24") 470 5 kg (10 lbs.)

375 380 GRAL-30 2 762 mm ( 30") 570 5 kg (11 lbs.)

419 424 GRAL-36 3 914 mm ( 36") 755 6 kg (13 lbs.)

465 470 GRAL-42 3 1067 mm ( 42") 855 7 kg (15 lbs.)

497 502 GRAL-48 4 1219 mm ( 48") 1040 8 kg (17 lbs.)

540 545 GRAL-54 4 1372 mm ( 54") 1165 9 kg (19 lbs.)

585 590 GRAL-60 5 1524 mm ( 60") 1350 10 kg (21 lbs.)

646 651 GRAL-66 5 1676 mm ( 66") 1460 10 kg (22 lbs.)

705 710 GRAL-72 6 1829 mm ( 72") 1635 11 kg (24 lbs.)

789 794 7 2134 mm ( 84") 1920 13 kg (28 lbs.)

917 922 GRAL-84t 8 2438 mm ( 96") 2205 15 kg (32 lbs.)

1035 1040 GRAL-96t GRAL-108 9 2743 mm (108") 2390 16 kg (36 lbs.)

1239 1244 10 3048 mm (120") 2700 18 kg (40 lbs.)

1361 1366 GRAL-120 GRAL-132 11 3353 mm (132") 2980 20 kg (44 lbs.)

1480 1485 GRAL-144 12 3658 mm (144") 3270 22 kg (48 lbs.)

1601 1606 High Watt GRAHL-18 2 457 mm ( 18") 470 4 kg ( 9 lbs.) $ 365 $ 370 GRAHL-24 2 610 mm ( 24") 620 5 kg (10 lbs.)

383 388 GRAHL-30 2 762 mm ( 30") 780 5 kg (11 lbs.)

427 432 GRAHL-36 3 914 mm ( 36") 980 6 kg (13 lbs.)

471 476 GRAHL-42 3 1067 mm ( 42") 1130 7 kg (15 lbs.)

504 509 GRAHL-48 4 1219 mm ( 48") 1340 8 kg (17 lbs.)

549 554 GRAHL-54 4 1372 mm ( 54") 1490 9 kg (19 lbs.)

594 599 GRAHL-60 5 1524 mm ( 60") 1700 10 kg (21 lbs.)

654 659 GRAHL-66t 5 1676 mm ( 66") 1860 10 kg (22 lbs.)

713 718 795 800 GRAHL-72t 6 1829 mm ( 72") 2085 11 kg (24 lbs.) s 7 2134 mm ( 84") 2470 13 kg (28 lbs.)

922 927 GRAHL-84 1042 1047 GRAHL-96s 8 2438 mm ( 96") 2880 15 kg (32 lbs.)

GRAHL-108 9 2743 mm (108") 3040 16 kg (36 lbs.)

1244 1249 GRAHL-120 10 3048 mm (120") 3400 18 kg (40 lbs.)

1368 1373 GRAHL-132 11 3353 mm (132") 3780 20 kg (44 lbs.)

1490 1495 GRAHL-144 12 3658 mm (144") 4170 22 kg (48 lbs.)

1611 1616 * Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB) (see page 51). ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $10. t When using an infinite control with a 120 volt model, add the tandem element charge. s 120 volt models require additional switches and tandem (end-to-end) elements, see tandem option for additional charges.

All Aluminum Models with Lights Feature 914 mm (3') conduit standard on 120, 120/208 and 120/240 models only: Voltage: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.

Toggle Switch (Max. 15 amps) Location: Chef’s left side – light side (Unless otherwise specified).

Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.

Dimensions: 457-3658 W x 229 D x 64 H mm (18"-144" x 9" x 2 1⁄2").

OPTIONS and ACCESSORIES – see page 33 RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – see page 50

Width (inches) Lights No Character = No Lights H = High Wattage No Character = Standard Wattage

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

A series of GRAH-60s

Strip Heaters

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors, Aluminum Models 457-3658 mm (18"-144") – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – COLOR-6 152 mm (6") Housing for GRA and GRAH Models (select color) COLOR-9 229 mm (9") Housing for GRAL and GRAHL Models (select color) RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green Gloss Finishes, Aluminum Models 457-3658 mm (18"-144") – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – GLOSS-6 152 mm (6") Housing for GRA and GRAH Models (select finish) GLOSS-9 229 mm (9") Housing for GRAL and GRAHL Models (select finish) RRED Radiant Red GGRAY Glossy Gray BBLACK Bold Black GGOLD Gleaming Gold BBLUE Brilliant Blue IND. LGT Indicator Light (Remote only on stainless steel units) (not available as Built-In with Tandem Element option) TANDEM-SINGLE Tandem Charge, Single Glo-Rays (max. two elements end-to-end) (wattage will change based on configuration) Leads (Extended Beyond Standard 3' Conduit on 120V and 208V models only) (must specify lead length) – LEADS5 305-1525 mm (1'-5') Extended Electrical Leads LEADS10 1829-3048 mm (6'-10') Extended Electrical Leads LEADS15 3352-4572 mm (11'-15') Extended Electrical Leads LEADS20 4877-6096 mm (16'-20') Extended Electrical Leads 9.375BP1 238 mm (9 3⁄8") Sneeze Guard, One Side 9.375BP2 238 mm (9 3⁄8") Sneeze Guard, Two Sides 14BP1 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard, One Side 14BP2 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard, Two Sides LIGHTS-ADD’L Extra Lamps – Installed (max. two per 305 mm (12") less one) – one per 305 mm (12") is standard 3 ANEAL REFL Bright Annealed Reflector for Lights Infinite Control (REMOTE ENCLOSURE RECOMMENDED) Consult factory if rating of element exceeds 12.2 amps BLT INF Built-in (max. of 12.2 amps) (remote installation recommended) REM INF Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 254 or 305 mm (10" or 12") clearance) Remote Control Enclosure Available in Designer Colors and Gloss Finishes – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – ATL Adjustable Tubular Stands 254-356 mm (10"-14") (not available in powder-coated colors) NTL-10, 12 Adjustable Tubular Stands 254-356 mm (10"-14") (not available in powder-coated colors) NTL-14, 16 Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 356 or 406 mm (14" or 16") clearance) NTL-PAINT Designer Color or Gloss Finish for Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – NTL-PAINT-D Designer Color or Gloss Finish for Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – CL-LOW C-Leg Stands Standard Watt – 254 mm (10") Clearance – for Models up to 1829 mm (72") CL-HIGH C-Leg Stands High Watt – 343 mm (131⁄2") Clearance – for Models up to 1829 mm (72") TL-10 T-Leg Stands 254 mm (10") Clearance – for Standard Watt Models only up to 1829 mm (72") TL-13 T-Leg Stands 343 mm (13 1⁄2") Clearance – for Models up to 1829 mm (72") TL-16 T-Leg Stands 406 mm (16") Clearance – for Models up to 1829 mm (72") TL-18 T-Leg Stands 457 mm (18") Clearance – for Models up to 1829 mm (72") CAP Attached 1829 mm (72") Cord and Plug Set (120V only) on Models up to 1829 mm (72") for GRA’s and 1524 mm (60") for GRAL’s requires Standard Chain Mount Kit (two S Hooks with two 152 mm (6") Lengths of Chain), or add optional C-leg Stands, or T-leg Stands CAP-EX Attached 1829 mm (72") Cord and Plug Set (Export only) on Models up to 2438 mm (96")

per 305 mm (12") $22 per 305 mm (12") 22 No Charge per 305 mm (12") $31 per 305 mm (12") 31 12 44 $16 32 48 64 per 305 mm (12") 49 per 305 mm (12") 98 per 305 mm (12") 80 per 305 mm (12") 160 each 22 per 305 mm (12") 17 $ 33 33 see page 51 for Models and Prices 1 pair 173 1 pair 80 1 pair 86 1 pair 33 2 pair 66 1 pair 92 1 pair 103 1 pair 197 1 pair 217 1 pair 247 1 pair 267 25 25

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at anytime) ADJ ANGLE CHAIN 1 GR-ANGLE

Adjustable Angle Brackets (GRA models only) Chain Suspension Adjustable Angle Brackets (GR models only)

1 pair $19 per 305 mm (12") 6 1 pair 19

colors AND finishes – inside back cover Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

33

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Glo-Ray® Dual Infrared Strip Heaters Create a deeper holding area with Glo-Ray® aluminum Dual Infrared Foodwarmers mounted side-by-side, keeping hot food at optimum serving temperatures. The pre-focused heat pattern directs heat from a metal sheathed element, across the entire holding surface. The continuous aluminum housing and heavy-duty mountings ensure the durability and quality of Hatco products.

• Ensures maximum flavor, safety and holding time • Provides even heat distribution – no “cold spots” • Sturdy extruded aluminum housings that do not sag, from 457 to 3658 mm (18" to 144") • Metal sheathed heating elements guaranteed against burnout and breakage for two years • Reflector does not blacken, maintaining a consistent heat pattern • Reinforced wire guard provides operator safety without affecting heat distribution

• 76 or 152 mm (3" or 6") spacer available • Heavy-duty insulation minimizes heat loss GRAH-72D with optional Designer color, 152 mm (6") spacer and tandem elements GRAH-36D with 76 mm (3") spacer

Strip Heaters

ALUMINUM DUAL STRIP HEATER List Price* 120, 208V 220, 240V‡ 76 mm 152 mm 76 mm 152 mm (3") Spacer (6") Spacer (3") Spacer (6") Spacer

Model Width Watts Ship Weight Standard Watt 457 mm ( 18") 500 6 kg (14 lbs.) $ 562 GRA-18D $ 572 $ 572 $ 582 GRA-24D 610 mm ( 24") 700 7 kg (16 lbs.)

592 602 602 612 GRA-30D 762 mm ( 30") 900 8 kg (18 lbs.)

650 665 660 675 GRA-36D 914 mm ( 36") 1150 10 kg (21 lbs.)

710 725 720 735 GRA-42D 1067 mm ( 42") 1350 11 kg (24 lbs.)

767 782 777 792 1600 12 kg (27 lbs.)

825 845 835 855 GRA-48D 1219 mm ( 48") GRA-54D 1372 mm ( 54") 1850 14 kg (30 lbs.)

880 900 890 910 GRA-60D 1524 mm ( 60") 2100 15 kg (34 lbs.)

973 1003 983 1013 GRA-66D 1676 mm ( 66") 2320 17 kg (37 lbs.)

1059 1089 1069 1099 GRA-72D 1829 mm ( 72") 2550 19 kg (41 lbs.)

1193 1223 1203 1233 t GRA-84D 2134 mm ( 84") 3000 20 kg (44 lbs.)

1385 1425 1395 1435 2438 mm ( 96") 3450 24 kg (52 lbs.)

1558 1598 1568 1608 GRA-96Dt 2743 mm (108") 3700 27 kg (59 lbs.)

1877 1917 1887 1927 GRA-108D< 3048 mm (120") 4200 30 kg (66 lbs.)

2052 2112 2062 2122 GRA-120D<` GRA-132D<` 3353 mm (132") 4640 33 kg (73 lbs.)

2231 2291 2241 2301 <` 3658 mm (144") 5100 36 kg (80 lbs.)

2404 2464 2414 2474 GRA-144D High Watt GRAH-18D 457 mm ( 18") 700 6 kg (14 lbs.) $ 576 $ 586 $ 586 $ 596 GRAH-24D 610 mm ( 24") 1000 7 kg (16 lbs.)

608 618 618 628 GRAH-30D 762 mm ( 30") 1320 8 kg (18 lbs.)

667 682 677 692 GRAH-36D 914 mm ( 36") 1600 10 kg (21 lbs.)

725 740 735 750 GRAH-42D 1067 mm ( 42") 1900 11 kg (24 lbs.)

784 799 794 809 GRAH-48D 1219 mm ( 48") 2200 12 kg (27 lbs.)

838 858 848 868 GRAH-54D 1372 mm ( 54") 2500 14 kg (30 lbs.)

898 918 908 928 GRAH-60D 1524 mm ( 60") 2800 15 kg (34 lbs.)

985 1015 995 1025 GRAH-66Dt 1676 mm ( 66") 3120 17 kg (37 lbs.)

1074 1104 1084 1114 1829 mm ( 72") 3450 19 kg (41 lbs.)

1207 1237 1217 1247 GRAH-72Dt 2134 mm ( 84") 4100 20 kg (44 lbs.)

1398 1438 1408 1448 GRAH-84Ds s GRAH-96D 2438 mm ( 96") 4800 24 kg (52 lbs.)

1574 1614 1584 1624 < 2743 mm (108") 5000 27 kg (59 lbs.)

1891 1931 1901 1941 GRAH-108D 5600 30 kg (66 lbs.)

2067 2127 2077 2137 GRAH-120D<` 3048 mm (120") 6240 33 kg (73 lbs.)

2246 2306 2256 2316 GRAH-132D<` 3353 mm (132") 6900 36 kg (80 lbs.)

2420 2480 2430 2490 GRAH-144D<` 3658 mm (144") * Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB) (see page 51). ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20.

ALL Glo-Ray® metal sheathed heating elements warranted against burnout and breakage t When using an infinite control with a 120 volt model, add the tandem element charge. for two years. < Switches must be remote. ` Not available in 120 volts. s 120 volt models require additional switches and tandem (end-to-end) elements, see tandem option for additional charges.

All Aluminum Dual Models Feature (914 mm (3') conduit standard on 120 and 208 models only): Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240, single phase.

Toggle Switch (Max. 15 amps) Location: Chef’s left side (unless otherwise specified).

Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.

Dimensions: with 76 mm (3") Spacer (Standard): 457-3658 W x 381 D x 64 H mm (18"-144" x 15" x 2 1⁄2"). with 152 mm (6") Spacer: 457-3658 W x 457 D x 64 H mm (18"-144" x 18" x 2 1⁄2").

NOTE: 120V models may require additional switches.

OPTIONS and ACCESSORIES – see page 36 RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – see page 50

34

GRAH-XXXD Dual

Glo-Ray Aluminum Housing

Width (inches) H = High Wattage No Character = Standard Wattage

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

A Shown with optional shatter-resistant incandescent lights B Sturdy extruded aluminum housings that do not sag, from 457 up to 3658 mm (18" to 144") C Reflector does not blacken, maintaining a consistent heat pattern D Standard hanger tab is provided for under shelf or chain installation E Heavy-duty insulation minimizes heat loss F Metal-sheathed heating element is guaranteed against burnout and breakage for two years G Reinforced wire guard provides operator safety without affecting heat distribution

A

B

D

E C G

Toggle Switch: Max. 15 amps Infinite Switch: Max. 12.2 amps

ALUMINUM DUAL STRIP HEATER WITH LIGHTS Model No. of Bulbs Width Watts Ship Weight Standard Watt GRAL-18D 457 mm ( 18") 620 6 kg (14 lbs.)

2 GRAL-24D 2 610 mm ( 24") 820 7 kg (16 lbs.)

GRAL-30D 2 762 mm ( 30") 1020 9 kg (19 lbs.)

GRAL-36D 3 914 mm ( 36") 1330 10 kg (22 lbs.)

3 1067 mm ( 42") GRAL-42D 1530 11 kg (25 lbs.)

GRAL-48D 1840 13 kg (29 lbs.)

4 1219 mm ( 48") GRAL-54D 4 1372 mm ( 54") 2090 15 kg (33 lbs.)

GRAL-60D 5 1524 mm ( 60") 2400 17 kg (37 lbs.)

GRAL-66D 5 1676 mm ( 66") 2620 18 kg (39 lbs.)

6 1829 mm ( 72") GRAL-72D 2910 19 kg (42 lbs.)

GRAL-84Dt 7 2134 mm ( 84") 3420 21 kg (47 lbs.) t 8 2438 mm ( 96") 3930 25 kg (56 lbs.)

GRAL-96D GRAL-108D 9 2743 mm (108") 4240 29 kg (64 lbs.)

10 3048 mm (120") 4800 33 kg (72 lbs.)

GRAL-120D` GRAL-132D` 11 3353 mm (132") 5300 36 kg (79 lbs.)

12 3658 mm (144") 5820 39 kg (86 lbs.)

GRAL-144D` High Watt GRAHL-18D 2 457 mm ( 18") 820 6 kg (14 lbs.)

GRAHL-24D 2 610 mm ( 24") 1120 7 kg (16 lbs.)

GRAHL-30D 2 762 mm ( 30") 1440 9 kg (19 lbs.)

GRAHL-36D 3 914 mm ( 36") 1780 10 kg (22 lbs.)

GRAHL-42D 2080 11 kg (25 lbs.)

3 1067 mm ( 42") GRAHL-48D 2440 13 kg (29 lbs.)

4 1219 mm ( 48") GRAHL-54D 4 1372 mm ( 54") 2740 15 kg (33 lbs.)

GRAHL-60D 5 1524 mm ( 60") 3100 17 kg (37 lbs.)

GRAHL-66Dt 5 1676 mm ( 66") 3420 18 kg (39 lbs.)

6 1829 mm ( 72") 3810 19 kg (42 lbs.)

GRAHL-72Dt 7 2134 mm ( 84") 4520 21 kg (47 lbs.)

GRAHL-84Ds GRAHL-96Ds 8 2438 mm ( 96") 5280 25 kg (56 lbs.)

9 2743 mm (108") 5540 29 kg (64 lbs.)

GRAHL-108Dw` w` 10 3048 mm (120") 6200 33 kg (72 lbs.)

GRAHL-120D 11 3353 mm (132") 6900 36 kg (79 lbs.)

GRAHL-132Dw` 12 3658 mm (144") 7620 39 kg (86 lbs.)

GRAHL-144Dw` * Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB) (see page 51). ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20. t When using an infinite control with a 120 volt model, add the tandem element charge. ` Not available in 120 volts. s Must order Remote Control Enclosure (see page 51). w Available with RMB or remote switch only. Consult factory for additional charges.

List Price* 120, 120/208V, 120/240V 220, 240V‡ 76 mm (3") Spacer 152 mm (6") Spacer 76 mm (3") Spacer 152 mm (6")Spacer $ 622 650 724 799 870 941 1014 1121 1220 1368 1590 1792 2141 2346 2549 2756

$ 632 660 739 814 885 961 1034 1151 1250 1398 1630 1832 2181 2406 2609 2816

$ 632 660 734 809 880 951 1024 1131 1230 1378 1600 1802 2151 2356 2559 2766

$ 642 670 749 824 895 971 1044 1161 1260 1408 1640 1842 2191 2416 2619 2826

$ 635 667 741 812 885 957 1029 1131 1235 1381 1604 1809 2155 2359 2567 2770

$ 645 677 756 827 900 977 1049 1161 1265 1411 1644 1849 2195 2419 2627 2830

$ 645 677 751 822 895 967 1039 1141 1245 1391 1614 1819 2165 2369 2577 2780

$ 655 687 766 837 910 987 1059 1171 1275 1421 1654 1859 2205 2429 2637 2840

ALL Glo-Ray® metal sheathed heating elements warranted against burnout and breakage for two years.

All Aluminum Dual Models with Lights Feature (914 mm (3') conduit standard on 120, 120/208, 120/240 models only): Voltage: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.

Toggle Switch (Max. 15 amps) Location: Chef’s left side (unless otherwise specified).

Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.

GRAHL-XXX D Dimensions: with 76 mm (3") Spacer (Standard): 381 D x 64 H mm (15" x 2 1⁄2"). with 152 mm (6") Spacer: 457 D x 64 H mm (18" x 2 1⁄2").

Glo-Ray

OPTIONS and ACCESSORIES – see page 36 RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – see page 50

Aluminum Housing H = High Watt No Character = Standard Watt

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Dual Elements Width (inches) Incandescent Light

35

Strip Heaters

F

Cutaway of GRAHL-42D with 76 mm (3") spacer and lights

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Strip Heaters

GRAL-96D with optional Designer color and non-adjustable tubular stands

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors, Aluminum Models 457-3658 mm (18"-144") – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – COLOR-15, -18 381 mm (15") and 457 mm (18") Housings for GRA, GRAH, GRAL, and GRAHL Dual Models (select color) RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green Gloss Finishes, Aluminum Models 457-3658 mm (18"-144") – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – GLOSS-15, -18 381 mm (15") and 457 mm (18") Housings for GRA, GRAH, GRAL, and GRAHL Dual Models (select color) RRED Radiant Red GGRAY Glossy Gray BBLACK Bold Black GGOLD Gleaming Gold BBLUE Brilliant Blue IND. LGT Indicator Light (Remote only) TANDEM-DUAL Tandem Charge (max. two elements end-to-end) (wattage will change based on configuration) Leads (Extended Beyond Standard 914 mm (3') Conduit on 120V and 208V models only) (Must specify lead length) – LEADS5 305-1525 mm (1'-5') Extended Electrical Leads LEADS10 1829-3048 mm (6'-10') Extended Electrical Leads LEADS15 3352-4572 mm (11'-15') Extended Electrical Leads LEADS20 4877-6096 mm (16'-20') Extended Electrical Leads 9.375BP1 238 mm (9 3⁄8") Sneeze Guard, One Side 9.375BP2 238 mm (9 3⁄8") Sneeze Guard, Two Sides 14BP1 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard, One Side 14BP2 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard, Two Sides LIGHTS-ADD’L Extra Lamps – Installed (max. two per 305 mm (12") less one) – one per 305 mm (12") is standard 3 ANEAL REFL Bright Annealed Reflector for Lights with 76 mm (3") Spacer 6 ANEAL REFL Bright Annealed Reflector for Lights with 152 mm (6") Spacer REM INF Remote Infinite Control. max. of 12.2 amps – Consult factory if rating of single element at 120 volts exceeds 1400 watts (CE requires remote control enclosure) Remote Control Enclosure Available in Designer Colors and Gloss Finishes – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – RMB-ATT Factory attaches control box to Strip Heater (GRA, GRAH, GRAL and GRAHL Dual Models only) ATL-D Adjustable Tubular Stands 254-356 mm (10"-14") (not available in powder-coated colors) NTL-10-D, 12-D Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 254 or 305 mm (10"-12") Clearance) NTL-14-D, 16-D Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 356 or 406 mm (14"-16") Clearance) NTL-PAINT-D Designer Color or Gloss Finish for Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands Non-standard colors are non-returnable –

per 305 mm (12") $33 No Charge per 305 mm (12") $42 12 88 $16 32 48 64 per 305 mm (12") 49 per 305 mm (12") 98 per 305 mm (12") 80 per 305 mm (12") 160 each 22 per 305 mm (12") 17 per 305 mm (12") 27 33 see page 51 for Models and Prices 30 2 pair 346 2 pair 160 2 pair 172 2 pair 66

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at anytime) DJ ANGLE-D CHAIN 1

Adjustable Angle Brackets (see page 51 for illustration) Chain Suspension (see page 51 for illustration)

2 pair $38 per 305 mm (12") 6

colors AND finishes – inside back cover

36

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Glo-Ray® Narrow Infrared Strip Heaters Hatco Glo-Ray® Narrow Infrared Foodwarmers keep all hot foods at optimum serving temperatures longer, while the slim design fits ideally in buffet areas. Even the most delicate dishes hold that “just-prepared” look.

The entire holding surface is heated evenly with no “cold” spots.

• Has a slim design that’s only 51 mm (2") in height and 102 mm(4") deep • Available in widths from 457-1829 mm (18"-72") • Prefocused heat pattern maintains serving temperatures longer without continuing to cook the food

GRN-24 with standard angle brackets and optional Designer color

NARROW STRIP HEATER List Price* 120, 208V 220, 240V‡ $268 285 302 322 341 359 373 413 447 511

$278 295 312 332 351 369 383 423 457 521

$273 293 311 327 346 363 381 416 452 515

$283 303 321 337 356 373 391 426 462 525

All Narrow Models Feature: Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240, single phase.

Toggle Switch with Pilot (Max. 15 amps) Location: Chef’s left side (Unless otherwise specified).

Designer Colored Angle Brackets: T o match unit color and provide 38 mm (1 1⁄2") clearance between foodwarmer and overshelf. Non-standard colors are non-returnable.

Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.

Dimensions: 457-1829 W x 102 D x 51 H mm (18"-72" x 4" x 2").

Toggle Switch: Max. 15 amps Infinite Switch: Max. 12.2 amps

ALL Glo-Ray® metal sheathed heating elements warranted against burnout and breakage for two years.

GRNH-XX Glo-Ray Narrow Housing

Width (inches) H = High Wattage No Character = Standard Wattage

RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – see page 50

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard – RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green SS Stainless Steel Leads – (Must specify lead length) – LEADS5 305-1525 mm (1'-5') Extended Electrical Leads LEADS10 1829-3048 mm (6'-10') Extended Electrical Leads LEADS15 3352-4572 mm (11'-15') Extended Electrical Leads LEADS20 4877-6096 mm (16'-20') Extended Electrical Leads RMB Remote Box (Available in Designer Colors or Gloss Finishes) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – TABS Stainless Steel Hanger tabs in lieu of angle brackets CAP Attached 6' Cord and Plug Set (120V only) on Models up to 72" with Standard Chain Mount Kit (two S Hooks with two 6" Lengths of Chain) and hanger tabs. Max 1800 watt CHAIN-HOOK Two S Hooks with Two 6" Lengths of Chain NTL-10, 12 Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (Specify 254 or 305 mm (10" or 12") clearance and power location) NTL-14, 16 Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (Specify 356 or 406 mm (14" or 16") clearance and power location) NTL-PAINT Designer Color for Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –

No Charge

$16 32 48 64 see page 51 No Charge $25 each 6 1 pair 80 1 pair 86 1 pair 33

colors AND finishes – inside back cover Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

37

Strip Heaters

Model Width Watts Ship Weight Standard Watt GRN-18 457 mm (18") 250 3 kg ( 6 lbs.)

GRN-24 610 mm (24") 350 3 kg ( 7 lbs.)

762 mm (30") 450 GRN-30 4 kg ( 8 lbs.)

914 mm (36") 575 GRN-36 4 kg ( 9 lbs.)

675 GRN-42 1067 mm (42") 5 kg (10 lbs.)

800 GRN-48 1219 mm (48") 5 kg (11 lbs.)

925 GRN-54 1372 mm (54") 6 kg (13 lbs.)

GRN-60 1524 mm (60") 1050 6 kg (14 lbs.)

GRN-66 1676 mm (66") 1160 7 kg (16 lbs.)

GRN-72 1829 mm (72") 1275 8 kg (17 lbs.)

High Watt 457 mm (18") 350 GRNH-18 3 kg ( 6 lbs.)

GRNH-24 610 mm (24") 500 3 kg ( 7 lbs.)

762 mm (30") 660 GRNH-30 4 kg ( 8 lbs.)

914 mm (36") 800 GRNH-36 4 kg ( 9 lbs.)

950 GRNH-42 1067 mm (42") 5 kg (10 lbs.)

GRNH-48 1219 mm (48") 1100 5 kg (11 lbs.)

GRNH-54 1372 mm (54") 1250 6 kg (13 lbs.)

GRNH-60 1524 mm (60") 1400 6 kg (14 lbs.)

GRNH-66D 1676 mm (66") 1560 7 kg (16 lbs.)

1829 mm (72") 1725 8 kg (17 lbs.)

GRNH-72D * Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB) (see page 51). ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20.

D 120 volt models not available for use with remote infinite switch.

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Glo-Ray® Infra-Black® Strip Heaters

• Provides ideal amount of heat for limited space operations, mounted 102 to 254 mm (4" to 10") above target surface for singles and 203 to 356 mm (8" to 14") for duals • Metal sheathed heating elements guaranteed against burnout and breakage for two years • Infra-Black emitter provides even heat distribution – eliminating hot spots

Strip Heaters

For foodwarming at a close range to food product, the Glo-Ray® Infra-Black® heat technology is ideal, emitting a solid panel of uniform heat. Sturdy continuous single or dual extruded aluminum housings assure quality, durability and a variety of widths, depths, mounting arrangements and colors will fit your operation.

• Sturdy aluminum housings that do not sag, from 457 to 1829 mm (18" to 72") in 152 mm (6") increments • Heavy-duty insulation keeps the exterior housing cool • Wire guard available to protect user from incidental contact with the heated surface

GRAIH-36 with optional TCBI control box and wire guard

Toggle Switch: Max. 15 amps Infinite Switch: Max. 12.2 amps

GRAIH-36 w ith optional wire guard (requires Remote Control Enclosure)

ALUMINUM STRIP HEATER – HIGH WATT Infra-Black (must specify and add price of RMB or TCBI) Model GRAIH-18 GRAIH-24 GRAIH-30 GRAIH-36 GRAIH-42 GRAIH-48 GRAIH-54 GRAIH-60 GRAIH-66u GRAIH-72u

Width 457 mm (18") 610 mm (24") 762 mm (30") 914 mm (36") 1067 mm (42") 1219 mm (48") 1372 mm (54") 1524 mm (60") 1676 mm (66") 1829 mm (72")

Voltage (Single Phase only) 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240

Watts 350 500 660 800 950 1100 1250 1400 1560 1725

Ship Weight• 3 kg ( 6 lbs.)

5 kg (11 lbs.)

6 kg (13 lbs.)

7 kg (15 lbs.)

8 kg (17 lbs.)

10 kg (21 lbs.)

11 kg (24 lbs.)

12 kg (27 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

15 kg (33 lbs.)

List Price* 120,208 220, 240V‡ $ 366 $ 381 390 405 415 430 439 454 463 478 487 502 510 525 556 571 603 618 687 702

ALUMINUM STRIP HEATER – HIGH WATT Infra-Black with Lights (must specify and add price of RMB or TCBI) Voltage List Price* Model Width (Single Phase only) Watts Ship Weight• 120,208 220, 240V‡ GRAIHL-18 457 mm (18") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 470 5 kg (12 lbs.) $ 492 $ 507 GRAIHL-24 610 mm (24") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 620 7 kg (15 lbs.)

515 530 GRAIHL-30 762 mm (30") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 780 8 kg (17 lbs.)

571 586 GRAIHL-36 914 mm (36") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 980 9 kg (20 lbs.)

626 641 1067 mm (42") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 1130 10 kg (23 lbs.)

681 696 GRAIHL-42 GRAIHL-48 1219 mm (48") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 1340 12 kg (26 lbs.)

737 752 GRAIHL-54 1372 mm (54") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 1490 13 kg (29 lbs.)

793 808 GRAIHL-60 1524 mm (60") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 1700 15 kg (33 lbs.)

872 887 1676 mm (66") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 1860 15 kg (34 lbs.)

949 964 GRAIHL-66u 1829 mm (72") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 2085 16 kg (36 lbs.)

1063 1078 GRAIHL-72u◮ * Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB) or Thermostatic Control Box (TCBI). Must choose either RMB (see page 51) or TCBI (see OPTIONS on page 40).

• Does not include RMB. ALL Glo-Ray® metal sheathed heating elements warranted ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. against burnout AND breakage for two years. u Infinite not available in 120V. ◮ 120V models available with remote control only.

All Infra-Black Models Feature: Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.

Dimensions: GRAIH: 457-1829 W x 152 D x 64 H mm (18"-72" x 6" x 2 1⁄2").

GRAIHL: 457-1829 W x 229 D x 64 H mm (18"-72" x 9" x 2 1⁄2").

TCBI Control Enclosure Dimensions (Not including switches): 203 W x 76 D x 64 H mm (8" x 3" x 2 1⁄2").

Control Enclosure Location: Chef’s left side (Unless otherwise specified).

OPTIONS and ACCESSORIES – see page 40 RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – see page 50 GRAIHL-XX Glo-Ray Aluminum Housing Infra-Black Emitter

38

Width (inches) Incandescent Light H = High Watt No Character = Standard Watt

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Glo-Ray® Infra-Black® Strip Heaters Continued

GRAIHL-24D In optional Designer Navy Blue.

Toggle Switch: Max. 15 amps Infinite Switch: Max. 12.2 amps

GRAIH-60D 120V models available with remote control only

ALUMINUM DUAL Infra-Black STRIP HEATER – HIGH WATT (must specify and add price of RMB or TCBI)

Width 457 mm (18") 610 mm (24") 762 mm (30") 914 mm (36") 1067 mm (42") 1219 mm (48") 1372 mm (54") 1524 mm (60") 1676 mm (66") 1829 mm (72")

Voltage (Single Phase only) 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 208, 220 or 240 120, 220 or 240

Watts 700 1000 1320 1600 1900 2200 2500 2800 3120 3450

Ship Weight• 6 kg (13 lbs.)

9 kg (19 lbs.)

10 kg (21 lbs.)

11 kg (24 lbs.)

12 kg (27 lbs.)

15 kg (32 lbs.)

16 kg (35 lbs.)

18 kg (39 lbs.)

19 kg (42 lbs.)

21 kg (46 lbs.)

Strip Heaters

Model GRAIH-18D GRAIH-24D GRAIH-30D GRAIH-36D GRAIH-42D GRAIH-48D◮ GRAIH-54D◮ GRAIH-60D◮ GRAIH-66D◮u GRAIH-72D◮u

List Price* 120, 208V 220, 240V‡ 76 mm 152 mm 76 mm 152 mm (3") Spacer (6") Spacer (3") Spacer (6") Spacer $ 850 $ 860 $ 880 $ 890 898 908 928 938 974 989 1004 1019 1055 1070 1085 1100 1129 1144 1159 1174 1204 1224 1234 1254 1281 1301 1311 1331 1406 1436 1436 1466 1528 1558 1558 1588 1723 1753 1753 1783

ALUMINUM DUAL Infra-black STRIP HEATER – HIGH WATT with Lights (must specify and add price of RMB or TCBI) List Price* 120, 208V 220, 240V‡ Voltage 76 mm 152 mm 76 mm 152 mm Model Width (Single Phase only) Watts Ship Weight• (3") Spacer (6") Spacer (3") Spacer (6") Spacer GRAIHL-18D 457 mm (18") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 820 8 kg (18 lbs.) $ 911 $ 921 $ 941 $ 951 GRAIHL-24D 610 mm (24") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 1120 10 kg (21 lbs.)

957 967 987 997 GRAIHL-30D 762 mm (30") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 1440 10 kg (23 lbs.)

1055 1070 1085 1100 GRAIHL-36D 914 mm (36") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 1780 12 kg (27 lbs.)

1146 1161 1176 1191 GRAIHL-42D 1067 mm (42") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 2080 14 kg (30 lbs.)

1237 1252 1267 1282 1219 mm (48") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 2440 16 kg (35 lbs.)

1326 1346 1356 1376 GRAIHL-48D◮ 1372 mm (54") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 2740 17 kg (38 lbs.)

1421 1441 1451 1471 GRAIHL-54D◮ 1524 mm (60") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 3100 19 kg (42 lbs.)

1560 1590 1590 1620 GRAIHL-60D◮ 120, 120/240, 220 or 240 3420 20 kg (44 lbs.)

1696 1726 1726 1756 GRAIHL-66D◮u 1676 mm (66") * Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB) or Thermostatic Control Box (TCBI). Must choose either RMB (see page 51) or TCBI (see OPTIONS on page 40).

• Does not include RMB. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. ◮ 120V models available with remote control only.

ALL Glo-Ray® metal sheathed heating elements warranted against burnout AND breakage for two years. u Infinite not available in 120V. All Dual Infra-Black Models Feature: Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.

Dimensions: GRAIH-xxD with 76 mm (3") Spacer: 457-1829 W x 381 D x 64 H mm (18"-72" x 15" x 2 1⁄2").

GRAIHL-xxD with 76 mm (3") Spacer: 457-1676 W x 381 D x 64 H mm (18"-66" x 15" x 2 1⁄2").

GRAIHL-xxD with 152 mm (6") Spacer: 457-1676 W x 457 D x 64 H mm (18"-66" x 18" x 2 1⁄2").

TCBI Control Enclosure Dimensions (Not including switches): 203 W x 76 D x 64 H mm (8" x 3" x 2 1⁄2").

Control Enclosure Location: Chef’s left side (Unless otherwise specified).

OPTIONS and ACCESSORIES – see page 40 RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – see page 50

GRAIHL-XXD Glo-Ray Aluminum Housing Infra-Black Emitter

Dual Elements Width (inches) Incandescent Light H = High Watt No Character = Standard Watt

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

39

Strip Heaters

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

GRAIH-72 with optional wire guard

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – COLOR-6 152 mm (6") Housing for GRAIH Models (select color) COLOR-9 229 mm (9") Housing for GRAIHL Models (select color) COLOR-15, -18 381 mm (15") and 457 mm (18") Housings for GRAIH and GRAIHL Dual Models (select color) RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green Gloss Finishes – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – GLOSS-6 152 mm (6") Housing for GRAIH Models (select finish) GLOSS-9 229 mm (9") Housing for GRAIHL Models (select finish) GLOSS-15, -18 381 mm (15") and 457 mm (18") Housings for GRAIH and GRAIHL Dual Models (select finish) RRED Radiant Red GGRAY Glossy Gray NAVY Navy Blue GGOLD Gleaming Gold BBLUE Brilliant Blue BBLACK Bold Black AIH18WG -AIH72WG Element Wire Guard (Dual Models require two sets) Remote Control Enclosure Available in Designer Colors and Gloss Finishes – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – TCBI Thermostatic Control Box with Indicator Lights CHAIN-HOOK Two S Hooks with Two 152 mm (6") Lengths of Chain AIH4NTL 102 mm (4") Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands AIH6NTL 152 mm (6") Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands AIH8NTL 203 mm (8") Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (Dual Models require two pair) AIH10NTL 254 mm (10") Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (Dual Models require two pair) AIH12NTL-D 305 mm (12") Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands AIH14NTL-D 356 mm (14") Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands NTL-PAINT Designer Color or Gloss Finish for Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands Non-standard colors are non-returnable – NTL-PAINT-D Designer Color or Gloss Finish for Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands Non-standard colors are non-returnable –

per 305 mm (12") $22 per 305 mm (12") 22 per 305 mm (12") 33 No Charge per 305 mm (12") 31 per 305 mm (12") 31 per 305 mm (12") 42 per 305 mm (12") (per side) $ 22 see page 51 for Models and Prices 156 each $ 6 1 pair 80 1 pair 80 1 pair 80 1 pair 80 2 pair 160 2 pair 172 1 pair 33 2 pair 66

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at anytime) ADJ ANGLE ADJ ANGLE-D CHAIN 1

Adjustable Angle Brackets (Dual Models require 2 pair) (see page 51 for illustration) Adjustable Angle Brackets (see page 51 for illustration) Chain Suspension (see page 51 for illustration)

1 pair $19 2 pair 38 per 305 mm (12") 6

colors AND finishes – inside back cover

40

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Glo-Ray® Designer Infrared Strip Heaters Hatco Glo-Ray® Designer Infrared Strip Heaters safely keep all hot foods at optimum serving temperatures longer. This modern design is ideal for front-of-thehouse use. Units are offered in continuous housings up to 2134 mm (84"), are available in Designer colors to match most décors and include 356 mm (14") Designer nonadjustable stands.

• Prefocused heat maintains safe serving temperatures longer without continuing to cook the food • Available in widths from 546 to 2223 mm (21½" to 87½") • Available in a variety of models, configurations, colors and accessories to provide unlimited flexibility. Non-standard colors are non-returnable • Optional coated shatter-resistant incandescent lights enhance product displays while safeguarding food from bulb breakage

• Metal sheathed heating elements guaranteed against burnout and breakage for two years • Black corner caps and inset panels standard

Toggle Switch: Max. 15 amps Infinite Switch: Max. 12.2 amps

Strip Heaters

GR2AH-36 with Designer non-adjustable stands and optional Designer color inset panels

DESIGNER InfrAred ALUMINUM STRIP HEATER (must specify and add price of RMB) List Price* Width Watts Ship Weight• 120, 208V 220, 240V‡ Model6 Standard Watt GR2A-18 546 mm (21½") 250 12 kg ( 28 lbs.) $ 889 $ 894 GR2A-24 699 mm (27½") 350 15 kg ( 32 lbs.)

929 934 GR2A-30 851 mm (33½") 450 16 kg ( 35 lbs.)

966 971 GR2A-36 1003 mm (39½") 575 17 kg ( 37 lbs.)

996 1001 675 1032 1037 GR2A-42 1156 mm (45½") 25 kg ( 53 lbs.)

GR2A-48 1308 mm (51½") 800 29 kg ( 64 lbs.)

1075 1080 GR2A-54 1460 mm (57½") 925 34 kg ( 74 lbs.)

1113 1118 1613 mm (63½") 1050 37 kg ( 82 lbs.)

GR2A-60 1165 1170 GR2A-66 1765 mm (69½") 1160 41 kg ( 91 lbs.)

1218 1223 GR2A-72 1918 mm (75½") 1275 45 kg (100 lbs.)

1295 1300 2223 mm (87½") 1500 54 kg (120 lbs.)

1377 1382 GR2A-84t High Watt GR2AH-18 546 mm (21½") 350 12 kg ( 28 lbs.) $ 899 $ 904 GR2AH-24 699 mm (27½") 500 15 kg ( 32 lbs.)

936 941 851 mm (33½") 660 975 980 GR2AH-30 16 kg ( 35 lbs.)

GR2AH-36 1003 mm (39½") 800 17 kg ( 37 lbs.)

1006 1011 GR2AH-42 1156 mm (45½") 950 1046 1051 25 kg ( 53 lbs.)

GR2AH-48 1308 mm (51½") 1100 29 kg ( 64 lbs.)

1079 1084 GR2AH-54 1460 mm (57½") 1250 34 kg ( 74 lbs.)

1119 1124 GR2AH-60 1613 mm (63½") 1400 37 kg ( 82 lbs.)

1171 1176 GR2AH-66t 1765 mm (69½") 1560 41 kg ( 91 lbs.)

1226 1231 1918 mm (75½") 1725 45 kg (100 lbs.)

1302 1307 GR2AH-72t GR2AH-84s 2223 mm (87½") 2050 54 kg (120 lbs.)

1384 1389 6 When no color is specified, color inset panels and corner caps will be black. Non-standard colors are non-returnable. * Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB). Must choose RMB (see page 51).

• Does not include RMB. ‡ 220V, 240V available with CE Mark,­­­­­add $10. t 120 volt models with infinite controls require tandem elements (see page 43). s 120 volt models require additional switches and tandem (end-to-end) elements, see tandem option for additional charges (see page 43).

All Designer Infrared Models Feature: Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240, single phase.

Switch Location: Remote only (see page 51).

Leads: 1524 mm (60") leads through 1⁄2" conduit in leg cavity.

Dimensions without Stands: 546-2223 W x 305 D x 89 H mm (21 1⁄2"-87 1⁄2"W x 12"D x 3 1⁄2"H).

ALL Glo-Ray® metal sheathed heating elements warranted against burnout AND breakage for two years.

OPTIONS and ACCESSORIES – see page 43 RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – see page 50

GR2AH-XX Glo-Ray Designer Aluminum Housing

Width (inches) H = High Watt No Character = Standard Watt

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

41

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Glo-Ray® Designer Infrared Strip Heaters Continued

GR2AHL-36 with optional overhead mounts and Designer color inset panels

Strip Heaters

GR2AHL-24 with Designer non-adjustable stands and optional sneeze guards and Designer color inset panels

DESIGNER Aluminum STRIP HEATER with Lights (must specify and add price of RMB) List Price* 120, 120/208, 220, 120/240V 240V‡

No. of Bulbs

Width Watts Ship Weight• Model6 Standard Watt GR2AL-18 2 15 kg ( 28 lbs.)

546 mm (21½") 370 $1012 $1017 699 mm (27½") 470 16 kg ( 32 lbs.)

1050 1055 GR2AL-24 2 GR2AL-30 2 851 mm (33½") 570 16 kg ( 35 lbs.)

1119 1124 GR2AL-36 3 1003 mm (39½") 755 20 kg ( 37 lbs.)

1183 1188 GR2AL-42 3 1156 mm (45½") 855 27 kg ( 53 lbs.)

1248 1253 GR2AL-48 4 1308 mm (51½") 1040 32 kg ( 64 lbs.)

1315 1320 1384 1389 GR2AL-54 4 1460 mm (57½") 1165 36 kg ( 74 lbs.)

GR2AL-60 5 1613 mm (63½") 1350 40 kg ( 83 lbs.)

1467 1472 GR2AL-66 5 1765 mm (69½") 1460 44 kg ( 93 lbs.)

1551 1556 GR2AL-72 6 1918 mm (75½") 1635 49 kg (101 lbs.)

1658 1663 7 2223 mm (87½") 1920 59 kg (123 lbs.)

1805 1810 GR2AL-84s High Watt 546 mm (21½") 470 $1021 $1026 GR2AHL-18 2 15 kg ( 28 lbs.)

GR2AHL-24 2 699 mm (27½") 620 1059 1064 16 kg ( 32 lbs.)

GR2AHL-30 2 16 kg ( 35 lbs.)

851 mm (33½") 780 1128 1133 20 kg ( 37 lbs.)

GR2AHL-36 3 1003 mm (39½") 980 1187 1192 1256 1261 GR2AHL-42 3 1156 mm (45½") 1130 27 kg ( 53 lbs.)

GR2AHL-48 4 1308 mm (51½") 1340 32 kg ( 64 lbs.)

1323 1328 GR2AHL-54 4 1460 mm (57½") 1490 36 kg ( 74 lbs.)

1393 1398 GR2AHL-60 5 1613 mm (63½") 1700 40 kg ( 83 lbs.)

1478 1483 GR2AHL-66t 5 1765 mm (69½") 1860 44 kg ( 93 lbs.)

1558 1563 t 6 1918 mm (75½") 2085 49 kg (101 lbs.)

1668 1673 GR2AHL-72 GR2AHL-84s 7 2223 mm (87½") 2470 59 kg (123 lbs.)

1809 1814 6 When no color is specified, color inset panels and corner caps will be black. Non-standard colors are non-returnable. * Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB). Must choose RMB (see page 51).

• Does not include RMB. ‡ 220V, 240V available with CE Mark,­­­­­add $10. t 120 volt models with infinite controls require tandem elements (see page 43). s 120 volt models require additional switches and tandem (end-to-end) elements, see tandem option for additional charges (see page 43).

All Aluminum Infrared Models with Lights Feature: Voltage: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.

Switch Location: Remote only (see page 51).

Leads: 1524 mm (60") leads through 1⁄2" conduit in leg cavity.

Dimensions without Stands: 5 46-2223 W x 305 D x 89 H mm (21 1⁄2"-87 1⁄2"W x 12"D x 3 1⁄2"H).

OPTIONS and ACCESSORIES – see page 43 RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – see page 50

GR2AHL-XX Glo-Ray Designer Aluminum Housing

42

Width (inches) Lights H = High Watt No Character = Standard Watt

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

GR2AHL-84 with standard Designer non-adjustable stands and optional Designer color, inset panels and sneeze guards

Strip Heaters

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors, Aluminum Models 546-2223 mm (21 1⁄2"-87 1⁄2") (includes stands) – Non‑standard colors are non‑returnable – COLOR-6 229 mm (9") Housing for GR2A and GR2AH Models (select color) per 305 mm (12") $22 COLOR-9 305 mm (12") Housing for GR2AL and GR2AHL Models (select color) per 305 mm (12") 22 RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green Designer Inset Panel Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard – No Charge RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green Designer Corner Caps – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard – No Charge BLACK Black Corner Caps DKGRAY Dark Gray Corner Caps see page 51 for Models and Prices RMB Remote Control Enclosure (Required) Designer Remote Control Enclosures – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – RMB-COLOR Remote Control Housing in Designer Color (select color) $ 33 RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green 7.5BP1 191 mm (7 1⁄2") Sneeze Guard One Side per 305 mm (12") 49 per 305 mm (12") 98 7.5BP2 191 mm (7 1⁄2") Sneeze Guard Two Sides 14BP1 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard One Side per 305 mm (12") 80 14BP2 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard Two Sides per 305 mm (12") 160 NTL2-10, 12, 16 Designer Non-Adjustable Stands: 254, 305, or 406 mm (10", 12" or 16") in lieu of 356 mm (14") Standard Stands No Charge Non‑standard colors are non‑returnable – NTH2-4 102 mm (4") Designer Overhead Mounts in lieu of 356 mm (14") Standard Legs Non‑standard colors are non‑returnable – No Charge LIGHTS-ADD’L Extra Lamps – Installed (max. two per 305 mm (12") less one) – one per 305 mm (12") is standard each 22 Leads (Extended Beyond Standard 914 mm (3') Conduit on 120V and 208V models only) (must specify lead length) – LEADS5 305-1525 mm (1'-5') Extended Electrical Leads $16 LEADS10 1829-3048 mm (6'-10') Extended Electrical Leads 32 LEADS15 3352-4572 mm (11'-15') Extended Electrical Leads 48 LEADS20 4877-6096 mm (16'-20') Extended Electrical Leads 64 TANDEM-SINGLE Tandem Charge (max. two elements end-to-end) – wattage will change based on configuration 44

colors AND finishes – inside back cover

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

43

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Glo-Ray® Designer Dual Infrared Strip Heaters

Strip Heaters

Glo-Ray® Designer aluminum Dual Strip Heaters allow side-by-side mounting of two warmers to provide a deeper holding area, keeping hot food at optimum serving temperatures. These modern front-of-the-house warmers have 76 mm (3") spacers standard with optional 152 mm (6") spacers. Units are available in Designer colors to match most décors.

• Sturdy continuous aluminum housings eliminate sagging • Pre-focused heat pattern directs heat from a tubular element to bathe the entire holding surface, holding food safely • Available in widths from 546 to 2223 mm (21½" to 87½") • Variety of models, configurations, colors and accessories provide unlimited flexibility. Non-standard colors are non-returnable

Toggle Switch: Max. 15 amps Infinite Switch: Max. 12.2 amps

• Optional sneeze guards that meet food safety standards can be ordered for display areas and buffet lines • Optional shatter-resistant incandescent lights available • Black corner caps and inset panels standard

GR2AH-24D with standard Designer non-adjustable stands and optional sneeze guards and Designer color inset panels

DESIGNER ALUMINUM Dual STRIP HEATER (must specify and add price of RMB) List Price* 120, 208V 220, 240V‡ 76 mm 152 mm 76 mm 152 mm (3") Spacer (6") Spacer (3") Spacer (6") Spacer

Model6 Width Watts Ship Weight• Standard Watt 546 mm (21½") 500 $1285 $1295 $1295 GR2A-18D 20 kg ( 44 lbs.)

GR2A-24D 699 mm (27½") 700 22 kg ( 48 lbs.)

1336 1346 1346 GR2A-30D 851 mm (33½") 900 24 kg ( 52 lbs.)

1419 1434 1429 GR2A-36D 1003 mm (39½") 1150 26 kg ( 57 lbs.)

1492 1507 1502 GR2A-42D 1156 mm (45½") 1350 30 kg ( 66 lbs.)

1570 1585 1580 GR2A-48D 1308 mm (51½") 1600 35 kg ( 77 lbs.)

1652 1672 1662 GR2A-54D 1460 mm (57½") 1850 40 kg ( 88 lbs.)

1728 1748 1738 GR2A-60D 1613 mm (63½") 2100 44 kg ( 97 lbs.)

1841 1871 1851 GR2A-66D 1765 mm (69½") 2320 49 kg (107 lbs.)

1948 1978 1958 GR2A-72D 1918 mm (75½") 2550 53 kg (117 lbs.)

2107 2137 2117 GR2A-84Dn 2223 mm (87½") 3000 63 kg (138 lbs.)

2306 2346 2316 High Watt GR2AH-18D 546 mm (21½") 700 20 kg ( 44 lbs.) $1302 $1312 $1312 699 mm (29½") 1000 22 kg ( 48 lbs.)

1354 1364 1364 GR2AH-24D GR2AH-30D 851 mm (33½") 1320 24 kg ( 52 lbs.)

1431 1446 1441 GR2AH-36D 1003 mm (39½") 1600 26 kg ( 57 lbs.)

1505 1520 1515 GR2AH-42D 1156 mm (45½") 1900 30 kg ( 66 lbs.)

1584 1599 1594 GR2AH-48D 1308 mm (51½") 2200 35 kg ( 77 lbs.)

1668 1688 1678 GR2AH-54D 1460 mm (57½") 2500 40 kg ( 88 lbs.)

1741 1761 1751 GR2AH-60D 1613 mm (63½") 2800 44 kg ( 97 lbs.)

1855 1885 1865 GR2AH-66Dn 1765 mm (69½") 3120 49 kg (107 lbs.)

1962 1992 1972 1918 mm (75½") 3450 53 kg (117 lbs.)

2125 2155 2135 GR2AH-72Dn GR2AH-84D` 2223 mm (87½") 4100 63 kg (138 lbs.)

2318 2358 2328 6 When no color is specified, color inset panels and corner caps will be black. Non-standard colors are non-returnable. * Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB). Must choose RMB (see page 51).

• Does not include RMB. ‡ 220V, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20. n 120 volt models with infinite controls not available. ` 120 volt models not available.

$1305 1356 1444 1517 1595 1682 1758 1881 1988 2147 2356 $1322 1374 1456 1530 1609 1698 1771 1895 2002 2165 2368

ALL Glo-Ray® metal sheathed heating elements warranted against burnout AND breakage for two years.

All Aluminum Dual Models Feature: Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240, single phase.

Switch Location: Remote only (see page 51).

Leads: 1524 mm (60") leads through ½" conduit in leg cavity.

Dimensions: with 76 mm (3") Spacer (Standard): 546-2223 W x 457 D x 89 H mm (21½"- 87½" x 18" x 3½"). with 152 mm (6") Spacer: 546-2223 W x 533 D x 89 H mm (21½"- 87½" x 21" x 3½").

OPTIONS and ACCESSORIES – see page 46 RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – see page 50

GR2AH-XXD Glo-Ray Designer Aluminum Housing

44

Dual Elements Width (inches)

H = High Watt No Character = Standard Watt

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Glo-Ray® Designer Dual Infrared Strip Heaters Continued

GR2AHL-48D with standard Designer non-adjustable stands and optional Designer Warm Red color inset panels

Toggle Switch: Max. 15 amps Infinite Switch: Max. 12.2 amps

DESIGNER Aluminum Dual STRIP HEATER with Lights (must specify and add price of RMB)

Strip Heaters

List Price* 120, 120/208, 120/240V 220, 240V‡ 76 mm (3") 152 mm (6") 76 mm (3") 152 mm (6") Spacer Spacer Spacer Spacer

Model6 No. of Bulbs Width Watts Ship Weight• Standard Watt GR2AL-18D 2 546 mm (21½") 620 20 kg ( 44 lbs.) $1347 GR2AL-24D 2 699 mm (27½") 820 22 kg ( 48 lbs.)

1398 GR2AL-30D 2 851 mm (33½") 1020 24 kg ( 53 lbs.)

1492 GR2AL-36D 3 1003 mm (39½") 1330 26 kg ( 58 lbs.)

1584 GR2AL-42D 3 1156 mm (45½") 1530 30 kg ( 67 lbs.)

1673 GR2AL-48D 4 1308 mm (51½") 1840 36 kg ( 79 lbs.)

1771 GR2AL-54D 4 1460 mm (57½") 2090 41 kg ( 91 lbs.)

1865 GR2AL-60D 5 1613 mm (63½") 2400 45 kg (100 lbs.)

1991 GR2AL-66D 5 1765 mm (69½") 2620 50 kg (110 lbs.)

2112 GR2AL-72D 6 1918 mm (75½") 2910 54 kg (120 lbs.)

2290 n 7 2223 mm (87½") 3420 64 kg (141 lbs.)

GR2AL-84D 2517 High Watt GR2AHL-18D 2 546 mm (21½") 820 20 kg ( 44 lbs.) $1365 GR2AHL-24D 2 699 mm (27½") 1120 22 kg ( 48 lbs.)

1419 GR2AHL-30D 2 851 mm (33½") 1440 24 kg ( 53 lbs.)

1508 GR2AHL-36D 3 1003 mm (39½") 1780 26 kg ( 58 lbs.)

1600 GR2AHL-42D 3 1156 mm (45½") 2080 30 kg ( 67 lbs.)

1688 GR2AHL-48D 4 1308 mm (51½") 2440 36 kg ( 79 lbs.)

1788 GR2AHL-54D 4 1460 mm (57½") 2740 41 kg ( 91 lbs.)

1879 GR2AHL-60D 5 1613 mm (63½") 3100 45 kg (100 lbs.)

2007 5 1765 mm (69½") 3420 50 kg (110 lbs.)

GR2AHL-66Dn 2130 6 1918 mm (75½") 3810 54 kg (120 lbs.)

GR2AHL-72Dn 2306 ` 7 2223 mm (87½") 4520 64 kg (141 lbs.)

GR2AHL-84D 2544 6 When no color is specified, color inset panels and corner caps will be black. Non-standard colors are non-returnable. * Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB). Must choose RMB (see page 51).

• Does not include RMB. ‡ 220V, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20. n 120 volt models with infinite controls not available. ` 120 volt models not available.

$1357 1408 1507 1599 1688 1791 1885 2021 2142 2320 2557

$1357 1408 1502 1594 1683 1781 1875 2001 2122 2300 2527

$1367 1418 1517 1609 1698 1801 1895 2031 2152 2330 2567

$1375 1429 1523 1615 1703 1808 1899 2037 2160 2336 2584

$1375 1429 1518 1610 1698 1798 1889 2017 2140 2316 2554

$1385 1439 1533 1625 1713 1818 1909 2047 2170 2346 2594

ALL Glo-Ray® metal sheathed heating elements warranted against burnout AND breakage for two years.

All Aluminum Dual Models with Lights Feature: Voltage: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.

Switch Location: Remote only (see page 51).

Leads: 1524 mm (60") leads through ½" conduit in leg cavity.

Dimensions: w ith 76 mm (3") Spacer (Standard): 546-2223 W x 457 D x 89 H mm (21½"- 87½" x 18" x 3½"). with 152 mm (6") Spacer: 546-2223 W x 533 D x 89 H mm (21½"- 87½" x 21" x 3½").

OPTIONS and ACCESSORIES – see page 46 RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – see page 50

GR2AHL-XXD Glo-Ray Designer Aluminum Housing

Dual Elements Width (inches) Incandescent Light H = High Watt No Character = Standard Watt

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

45

Strip Heaters

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

GR2AHL-30D

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors, Aluminum Models 546-2223 mm (21 1⁄2"-87 1⁄2") (includes stands) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – COLOR-15, -18 per 305 mm (12") $33 381 mm (15") and 457 mm (18") Housings for GR2A, GR2AH, GR2AL and GR2AHL Dual Models (select color) GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper RED Warm Red BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green Designer Inset Panel Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard – No Charge RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green Designer Corner Caps – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard – No Charge BLACK Black Corner Caps DKGRAY Dark Gray Corner Caps RMB Remote Control Enclosure (Required) see page 51 for Models and Prices Designer Remote Control Enclosures – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – RMB-COLOR Remote Control Housing in Designer Color (select color) $ 33 RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green 7.5BP1 191 mm (7 1⁄2") Sneeze Guard One Side per 305 mm (12") 49 per 305 mm (12") 98 7.5BP2 191 mm (7 1⁄2") Sneeze Guard Two Sides 14BP1 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard One Side per 305 mm (12") 80 14BP2 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard Two Sides per 305 mm (12") 160 NTL2-10, 12, 16 Designer Non-Adjustable Stands: 254, 305, or 406 mm (10", 12" or 16") in lieu of 356 mm (14") Standard Legs Non-standard colors are non-returnable – No Charge NTH2-4 102 mm (4") Designer Overhead Mounts in lieu of 356 mm (14") Standard Stands Non-standard colors are non-returnable – No Charge LIGHTS-ADD’L Extra Lamps Installed (max. two per 305 mm (12") less one) – one per 305 mm (12") is standard each 22 Leads (Extended Beyond Standard 3' Conduit on 120V and 208V models only) (must specify lead length) – LEADS5 305-1525 mm (1'-5') Extended Electrical Leads $16 LEADS10 1829-3048 mm (6'-10') Extended Electrical Leads 32 LEADS15 3352-4572 mm (11'-15') Extended Electrical Leads 48 LEADS20 4877-6096 mm (16'-20') Extended Electrical Leads 64 TANDEM-DUAL Tandem Charge (max. two elements end-to-end) – wattage will change based on configuration $88

colors AND finishes – inside back cover

46

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Ultra-Glo® Ceramic Infrared Strip Heaters Hatco Ultra-Glo® Ceramic Strip Heaters provide the ultimate holding power. Increased heights improve working clearances and the heat zone blankets the entire holding area. All models include adjustable angle brackets for mounting.

Available with or without lights, with attached or remote control box enclosure (recommended). Marine versions available, consult factory.

A

B C D E

F Cutaway of UGA-60

UGAH-18 optional gloss finish and requires remote control box (not shown)

ALUMINUM CERAMIC STRIP HEATER Model‡ Width Standard Watt UGA-18 457 mm (18") UGA-24 610 mm (24") UGA-30 762 mm (30") UGA-36 914 mm (36") UGA-42 1067 mm (42") UGA-48 1219 mm (48") UGA-54 1372 mm (54") UGA-60 1524 mm (60") UGA-66 1676 mm (66") UGA-72 1829 mm (72") High Watt UGAH-18 457 mm (18") UGAH-24 610 mm (24") UGAH-30 762 mm (30") UGAH-36 914 mm (36") UGAH-42 1067 mm (42") UGAH-48 1219 mm (48") UGAH-54 1372 mm (54") UGAH-60 1524 mm (60") UGAH-66 1676 mm (66") UGAH-72 1829 mm (72")

Aluminum ceramic STRIP HEATER with Lights

Watts

Ship Weight•

List Price: 120, 208, 240V‡

490 675 750 980 1120 1470 1470 1960 1960 1960

4 kg ( 9 lbs.)

5 kg (10 lbs.)

5 kg (11 lbs.)

5 kg (12 lbs.)

6 kg (13 lbs.)

6 kg (14 lbs.)

7 kg (16 lbs.)

8 kg (17 lbs.)

9 kg (19 lbs.)

9 kg (20 lbs.)

$ 540 549 659 665 769 777 888 896 1002 1029

675 750 1125 1350 1500 2025 2250 2700 2700 3000

4 kg ( 9 lbs.)

5 kg (10 lbs.)

5 kg (11 lbs.)

5 kg (12 lbs.)

6 kg (13 lbs.)

6 kg (14 lbs.)

7 kg (16 lbs.)

8 kg (17 lbs.)

9 kg (19 lbs.)

9 kg (20 lbs.)

$ 549 556 665 673 777 785 896 903 1007 1035

ALL CERAMIC HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

All Ceramic Models Feature: Voltage: UGA, UGAH: 120, 208, 240, single phase.

UGAL, UGAHL: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 240, single phase.

Models shipped with: Angle Brackets and Leads (914 mm (36") conduit whip).

Dimensions with Attached Control Box, Toggle and Indicator Light: 457-1829 W x 251 D x 64 H mm (18"-72" x 9 7⁄8" x 2 1⁄2").

Dimensions with Remote Control Enclosure, Toggle and Indicator Light: 457-1829 W x 152 D x 64 H mm (18"-72" x 6" x 2 1⁄2").

OPTIONS and REMOTE BOXES – see page 49 RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – see page 50

UGAHL-XX

Ultra-Glo Aluminum Housing H= High Watt No Character = Standard Watt

Model‡u No. of Bulbs Width Watts Ship Weight• List Price: Standard Watt UGAL-18 1 457 mm (18") 550 5 kg (12 lbs.) $ 660 UGAL-24 2 610 mm (24") 795 6 kg (13 lbs.)

672 762 mm (30") 870 7 kg (15 lbs.)

805 UGAL-30 2 UGAL-36 3 914 mm (36") 1160 8 kg (17 lbs.)

843 UGAL-42 3 1067 mm (42") 1300 8 kg (18 lbs.)

964 UGAL-48 4 1219 mm (48") 1710 9 kg (20 lbs.)

1002 UGAL-54 4 1372 mm (54") 1710 10 kg (22 lbs.)

1131 UGAL-60 5 1524 mm (60") 2260 10 kg (23 lbs.)

1167 UGAL-66 5 1676 mm (66") 2260 11 kg (25 lbs.)

1302 UGAL-72 6 1829 mm (72") 2320 12 kg (27 lbs.)

1343 High Watt UGAHL-18 1 457 mm (18") 735 5 kg (12 lbs.) $ 673 UGAHL-24 2 610 mm (24") 870 6 kg (13 lbs.)

686 UGAHL-30 2 762 mm (30") 1245 7 kg (15 lbs.)

811 UGAHL-36 3 914 mm (36") 1530 8 kg (17 lbs.)

848 UGAHL-42 3 1067 mm (42") 1680 8 kg (18 lbs.)

968 UGAHL-48 4 1219 mm (48") 2265 9 kg (20 lbs.)

1007 UGAHL-54 4 1372 mm (54") 2490 10 kg (22 lbs.)

1139 UGAHL-60 5 1524 mm (60") 3000 10 kg (23 lbs.)

1178 UGAHL-66 5 1676 mm (66") 3000 11 kg (25 lbs.)

1309 UGAHL-72 6 1829 mm (72") 3360 12 kg (27 lbs.)

1356 ‡ CE Mark, not available.

• Does not include Remote Control enclosure. : 120, 120/208 and 120/240 Volt Model Pricing includes either Attached Control or RMB-UGA. u 240V Ceramic Glo-Rays with Lights Pricing includes RMB-UGA, unit can also be supplied with no switches.

Width (inches) Incandescent Light

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

47

Strip Heaters

A Sturdy Aluminum Housings that do not sag, widths from 457 up to 1829 mm (18" to 72") in 152 mm (6") increments BA djustable standard Mounting Bracket (allows 3 different mounting heights and allows for conduit connection to end of the unit) C Heavy-duty Insulation surrounds heating element to keep exterior housing cooler and minimize heat loss D Dual Aluminized Steel Reflector keeps housing cooler, focuses more heat towards the food ES hape of element focuses the heat on the food F Wire Guards protect users from incidental contact with the elements

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Ultra-Glo® Ceramic Dual Infrared Strip Heaters

•P re-focused heat pattern provides an increased pyramidal dimension, concentrating heat at the edges where heat loss is the greatest •A vailable in widths from 457 to 1829 mm (18" to 72") •R emote control enclosure with toggle switch, indicator lights and wiring for convenient control placement

Strip Heaters

Hatco Ultra-Glo® Ceramic Strip Heaters provide the ultimate holding power. Increased height improves working clearances and the heat zone blankets the entire holding area. All models include adjustable angle brackets for mounting.

Dual mounted strip heaters accommodate wider food holding areas.

• Increased height that the ceramic heat source affords improves operational working clearances, giving the chef and server an improved ergonomic environment in which to work • Adaptable to any location and configuration including back- or front-ofthe-house use, open kitchen concepts or buffet lines • Sturdy continuous aluminum housings eliminate sagging

UGAHL-60D with optional gloss finish and lights in a 76 mm (3") spacer. Remote control enclosure required (not shown)

Aluminum Dual CERAMIC STRIP HEATER Model Standard Watt UGA-18D UGA-24D UGA-30D UGA-36D UGA-42D UGA-48D UGA-54D UGA-60D UGA-66D UGA-72D High Watt UGAH-18D UGAH-24D UGAH-30D UGAH-36D UGAH-42D UGAH-48D UGAH-54D UGAH-60D UGAH-66D UGAH-72D ‡

Aluminum Dual CERAMIC STRIP HEATER WITH LIGHTS

Width

Watts

Ship Weight•

457 mm (18") 610 mm (24") 762 mm (30") 914 mm (36") 1067 mm (42") 1219 mm (48") 1372 mm (54") 1524 mm (60") 1676 mm (66") 1829 mm (72")

980 1350 1500 1960 2240 2940 2940 3920 3920 3920

8 kg (17 lbs.)

9 kg (19 lbs.)

10 kg (21 lbs.)

11 kg (24 lbs.)

12 kg (27 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

15 kg (33 lbs.)

17 kg (37 lbs.)

18 kg (40 lbs.)

20 kg (44 lbs.)

$1074 1117 1361 1406 1636 1679 1923 1969 2198 2286

457 mm (18") 610 mm (24") 762 mm (30") 914 mm (36") 1067 mm (42") 1219 mm (48") 1372 mm (54") 1524 mm (60") 1676 mm (66") 1829 mm (72")

1350 1500 2250 2700 3000 4050 4500 5400 5400 6000

8 kg (17 lbs.)

9 kg (19 lbs.)

10 kg (21 lbs.)

11 kg (24 lbs.)

12 kg (27 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

15 kg (33 lbs.)

17 kg (37 lbs.)

18 kg (40 lbs.)

20 kg (44 lbs.)

$1088 1131 1378 1422 1650 1692 1937 1983 2211 2298

List Price

:

No. of Model‡u Bulbs Standard Watt UGAL-18D 1 UGAL-24D 2 UGAL-30D 2 UGAL-36D 3 UGAL-42D 3 UGAL-48D 4 UGAL-54D 4 UGAL-60D 5 UGAL-66D 5 UGAL-72D 6 High Watt UGAHL-18D 1 UGAHL-24D 2 UGAHL-30D 2 UGAHL-36D 3 UGAHL-42D 3 UGAHL-48D 4 UGAHL-54D 4 UGAHL-60D 5 UGAHL-66D 5 UGAHL-72D 6

‡ CE Mark, not available.

• Does not include Remote Control Enclosure. : 120, 120/208 and 120/240 Volt Model Pricing includes either attached control or RMB-UGA. u 240V Dual Ceramic Glo-Rays with Lights will be supplied without switches.

Width

Watts

Ship Weight•

List Price:

457 mm (18") 610 mm (24") 762 mm (30") 914 mm (36") 1067 mm (42") 1219 mm (48") 1372 mm (54") 1524 mm (60") 1676 mm (66") 1829 mm (72")

1040 1470 1620 2140 2420 3180 3180 4220 4220 4280

8 kg (17 lbs.)

9 kg (19 lbs.)

10 kg (21 lbs.)

11 kg (24 lbs.)

12 kg (27 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

15 kg (33 lbs.)

17 kg (37 lbs.)

18 kg (40 lbs.)

20 kg (44 lbs.)

$1131 1142 1449 1494 1755 1798 2069 2117 2374 2470

457 mm (18") 610 mm (24") 762 mm (30") 914 mm (36") 1067 mm (42") 1219 mm (48") 1372 mm (54") 1524 mm (60") 1676 mm (66") 1829 mm (72")

1410 1620 2370 2880 3180 4290 4790 5700 5700 6360

8 kg (17 lbs.)

9 kg (19 lbs.)

10 kg (21 lbs.)

11 kg (24 lbs.)

12 kg (27 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

15 kg (33 lbs.)

17 kg (37 lbs.)

18 kg (40 lbs.)

20 kg (44 lbs.)

$1149 1171 1466 1508 1771 1815 2086 2131 2390 2484

ALL CERAMIC HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

All Ceramic Dual Models Feature: Voltage: UGA, UGAH: 120, 208, 240, single phase.

UGAL, UGAHL: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 240, single phase.

Models shipped with: Angle Brackets and Leads (914 mm (36") conduit whip).

Dimensions with Attached Control Box, Toggle and Indicator Light: 4 57-1829 W x 479 D x 64 H mm (18"-72" x 18 7⁄8" x 2 1⁄2").

Dimensions with Remote Control Enclosure, Toggle and Indicator Light: 4 57-1829 W x 381 D x 64 H mm (18"-72" x 15" x 2 1⁄2").

OPTIONS and REMOTE BOXES – see page 49 RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – see page 50 UGAHL-XXD

Ultra-Glo Aluminum Housing H= High Watt No Character = Standard Watt

48

Dual Elements Width (inches) Incandescent Light

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

UGAH-42D Remote control enclosure recommended (not shown)

Strip Heaters

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors, Aluminum Models 457-1829 mm (18"-72") – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – COLOR-6 152 mm (6") Housing for Single UGA and UGAH Models (select color) COLOR-9 229 mm (9") Housing for Single UGAL and UGAHL Models (select color) COLOR-15 381 mm (15") Housing for Dual UGA, UGAH, UGAL, UGAHL (select color) RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green Gloss Finishes, Aluminum Models 457-1829 mm (18"-72") – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – GLOSS-6 152 mm (6") Housing for Single UGA and UGAH Models (select finish) GLOSS-9 229 mm (9") Housing for Single UGAL and UGAHL Models (select finish) 381 mm (15") Housing for Dual UGA, UGAH, UGAL, UGAHL (select finish) GLOSS-15 RRED Radiant Red GGRAY Glossy Gray BBLACK Bold Black GGOLD Gleaming Gold BBLUE Brilliant Blue Designer Colors, Remote Control Enclosures – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – RMB-COLOR Remote Control Housing in Designer Color (select color) RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green Gloss Finishes, Remote Control Enclosures – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – RMB-GLOSS Remote Control Housing in Gloss Finish (select finish) RRED Radiant Red GGRAY Glossy Gray BBLACK Bold Black GGOLD Gleaming Gold BBLUE Brilliant Blue LIGHTS-ADD’L Extra Lamps Installed (max. two per 305 mm (12") less one) One per 305 mm (12") is standard Not available for Dual Models UGA-NTL-14, -16 Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 356 or 406 mm (14" or 16") clearance) UGA-NTL-18, -20 Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 457 or 508 mm (18" or 20") clearance) UGA-NTL-22, -24 Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 559 or 610 mm (22" or 24") clearance) UGA-NTL-18-D, -20 -D Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 457 or 508 mm (18" or 20") clearance) UGA-NTL-22-D, -24-D Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 559 or 610 mm (22" or 24") clearance) NTL-PAINT Designer Color or Gloss Finish for Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – NTL-PAINT-D Designer Color or Gloss Finish for Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Leads (Extended Beyond Standard 914 mm (3') Conduit on 120V and 208V models only) (must specify lead length) – HTLEADS5 305-1525 mm (1'-5') Extended Electrical Leads HTLEADS10 1829-3048 mm (6'-10') Extended Electrical Leads HTLEADS15 3352-4572 mm (11'-15') Extended Electrical Leads HTLEADS20 4877-6096 mm (16'-20') Extended Electrical Leads Remote Control Enclosure with Toggle Control and Indicator (in lieu of attached control box) Available for 120, 120/208, 120/240 volt model only – not available on export 240 volt models RMB-UGA (Designer and Gloss finish available) Remote Control Enclosure with Toggle Switch, Electronic Infinite Control, Relay, RMB-UGA-INF and Indicator Light (in lieu of attached control box) (Designer and Gloss finish available)

per 305 mm (12") $22 per 305 mm (12") 22 per 305 mm (12") 33

per 305 mm (12") $31 per 305 mm (12") 31 per 305 mm (12") 42

33

$ 47

each 22 1 pair 86 1 pair 92 1 pair 98 2 pair 184 2 pair 196 1 pair 33 2 pair 66 26 52 78 104 No Charge 268

colors AND finishes – inside back cover RMB-UGA-INF

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

49

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Details Of Strip Heater Recommended Range Above Target* Based On 610 Mm (24") Foodwarmer

Strip Heater Spacing Requirements

Strip Heaters

Glo-Ray® Infrared Heating Element (Recommended range above target)

GLO-RAY® INFRARED HEATING ELEMENT Singles (GRA, GRAL, GRAH, GRAHL GRN) Singles Designer (GR2A, GR2AH, GR2AL, GR2AHL) – Combustibles: 343 mm (13 1⁄2") high watt or 254 mm (10") standard watt below, 25 mm (1") above and 76 mm (3") to back wall. Non-combustibles: 25 mm (1") above, 254 mm (10") below for high watt with infinite or indicator lamp and 203 mm (8") below for high watt toggle or standard

watt. Must be installed in a pass-through area. Units with remote switches may be installed against a non-combustible back wall, flush to an overshelf and 203 mm (8") to a surface below. Maximum 254 mm (10") setback from the front of an overshelf. Models with cords must be installed 76 mm (3") below an overshelf and 279 mm (11") high watt or 254 mm (10") standard watt over a surface below.

Designer Glo-Ray® Heating Element (Recommended range above target)

GLO-RAY® METAL SHEATHED DUALS Duals (GRA-D, GRAH-D, GRAL-D, GRAHL-D) Duals Designer (GR2A-D, GR2AH-D, GR2AL-D, GR2AHL-D) – May not be installed in combustible surroundings. Noncombustibles: 25 mm (1") above, 254 mm (10") below.

Must be installed in a pass-through area. Units with remote switches may be installed 76 mm (3") from a non-combustible back wall, 203 mm (8") from surface below and flush to an overshelf. Maximum 254 mm (10") setback from the front of an overshelf.

Ultra-Glo® Heating Element (Recommended range above target) Infra-Black® Heating Element (Recommended range above target)

ULTRA-GLO® Singles and Duals (UGA, UGA-D, UGAH, UGAH-D, UGAL, UGAL-D, UGAHL, UGAHL-D) – May not be installed in combustible surroundings. Noncombustibles: 25 mm (1") above, 432 mm (17") high watt or 356 mm (14") standard watt from a surface below and 76 mm (3") from a back wall.

Dual Mounting: Do not mount warmers side by side (dual mounting) with less than a 76 mm (3") space between units.

GLO-RAY® INFRA-BLACK® (GRAIH, GRAIHL, GRAIHL-D, GRAIH-D) – May not be installed in combustible surroundings. Non-combustibles: 25 mm (1") above and 102 mm (4") below. Must be installed in a pass-through area. Units with remote switches may be installed 76 mm (3") from a non-combustible back wall and flush to an overshelf. Maximum 254 mm (10") setback from the front of an overshelf.

DEPTH OF HEAT PATTERN AT RECOMMENDED ELEMENT HEIGHT ecommended single unit application without base heat, based on ideal conditions. Individual applications * Rmay vary, consult factory.

50

Remote Control Enclosures: When used, no more than one RMB per strip heater and no more than one strip heater per RMB.

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Glo-Ray® Mounting Arrangements

DESIGNER Non-Adjustable Stands

Sturdy stands conceal all supply wiring.

Available in Designer colors. Duals require two pair. Specify power location.

Adjustable Tubular Stands

Sturdy tubular stands conceal all supply wiring.

Duals require two pair.

(Not available on UltraGlo models.) Specify power location.

Remote Control Enclosures Hatco Remote Control Enclosures are built with toggle or infinite switches, indicator lights and wiring, ready for installation when purchased with Glo-Ray® strip heaters.

C-Leg Stands

Attractive plated legs allow easy relocation of the warmer. For models 1829 mm (6') or less in width. (Not available on Ultra-Glo models.)

T-Leg Stands

Provide rigid stability and allow for more pass-through area below unit. For models 1829 mm (6') or less in width. (Not available on Ultra-Glo models.)

• Built for toggle or infinite switches, indicator lights and wiring • Threaded rubber boot for toggle switch is standard • One RMB per strip heater

Chain Suspension Chains attach to tabs provided with warmers and are available in various lengths to suit the location.

(Not available on Ultra-Glo models.)

Angle brackets

Special adjustable angle brackets fit 152 or 229 mm (6" or 9") housings for mounting Glo-Ray under a shelf. Provides 25 - 51 mm (1"-2") space between Glo-Ray and overshelf. Duals require two pair. (Standard on Ultra-Glo models.)

Toggle Switch: Max. 15 amps Infinite Switch: Max. 12.2 amps

Remote Control Enclosure List Price♠ Description Width Non-CE CE‡ 1 1 Toggle Switch 140 mm (5 ⁄2") $115 $122 130 135 2 Toggle Switches 140 mm (5 1⁄2") 130 135 1 Toggle Switch 1 Indicator Light 140 mm (5 1⁄2") 133 165 1 Infinite Switch 140 mm (5 1⁄2") RMB-7 3 Toggle Switches 229 mm (9") $162 $179 4 Toggle Switches 229 mm (9") 189 – 2 Toggle Switches 2 Indicator Lights 229 mm (9") 172 177 1 Toggle Switch 1 Infinite Switch 229 mm (9") 160 192 1 Toggle Switch 1 Infinite Switch 1 Indicator Light 229 mm (9") 175 205 2 Infinite Switches 229 mm (9") 178 246 1 Infinite Switch 1 Indicator Light 229 mm (9") 160 191 RMB-14 4 Toggle Switches 356 mm (14") – $194 5 Toggle Switches 356 mm (14") $235 – 6 Toggle Switches 356 mm (14") – 276 3 Toggle Switches 3 Indicator Lights 356 mm (14") – 219 2 Toggle Switches 2 Infinite Switches 356 mm (14") 242 287 1 Toggle Switch 2 Infinite Switches 356 mm (14") 213 283 4 Infinite Switches 356 mm (14") 278 402 2 Infinite Switches 2 Indicator Lights 356 mm (14") 224 286 RMB-16 4 Infinite Switches 1 Toggle Switch 406 mm (16") $296 – ♠ Pricing applies only at time of equipment purchase. ‡ CE models require any remote switches be contained in a Remote Control Enclosure.

RMB-14 with infinite controls

Model RMB-3

All Models Feature: Ship Weight: 1-3 kg (2-8 lbs.) depending on components.

Max. Allowable Amperage per Switch: Toggle: 15.0 Infinite: 12.2 Dimensions (not including switches): 140, 229, 356, or 406 W x 76 D x 64 H mm (5 1⁄2", 9,” 14", or 16" x 3" x 2 1⁄2").

RMB-3 with toggle switch and indicator light

ith toggle switches RMB-7 w and optional Designer color

RMB-7 with toggle switch and infinite control

Finish OPTIONS – see page 49 Remote Control Enclosures: When used, no more than one RMB per strip heater and no more than one strip heater per RMB.

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

51

Strip Heaters

(GR2A series Only) Sturdy stands conceal all supply wiring.

Available in Designer colors.

Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands

Fry Stations Supermarkets & Delis Restaurants & Cafés • Clubs & Bars

GRFF in optional Brilliant Blue and UGFF in optional Glossy Gray pg. 53

GRFFL with optional 229 mm (9") display sign holder (sign not included), Designer Warm Red color and accessory food pan pg. 53

GRFHS-PT26 with accessory box ribbon pg. 56

GRFHS-PT26 with accessory 8 pleat hardcoated fry box ribbon (scoop not included) pg. 56

GRFHS-PTT21 pg. 56

GRFSCL-18 with swing-away post mount, cord with plug and accessory food pan pg. 56

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Portable Foodwarmers Opt for the versatility of Hatco’s Glo-Ray® and Ultra-Glo® Portable Foodwarmers. With heat from above, below, or both, these foodwarmers offer design flexibility without sacrificing food product quality. Ideal for use next to fry stations, drive-through windows, and service areas that require frequent and easy access.

• Portable – ready to plug in and use • Versatile – available in many sizes, styles, and heat sources to fit your needs • Flexible – both top and bottom heat available • Available with incandescent bulbs containing special protective coating to guard against food contamination • Ceramic heating elements provide more distance between the heat source and the holding pan (UGFF series only)

• Toggle switch is standard; infinite switch optional on GRFF series • All base heat units (GR-B, GRFFB, and UGFFB) have a preset automatic thermostat to maintain consistent temperatures

UGFFL in optional Radiant Red gloss finish with accessory fry ribbon and food pan

GRFFB w ith optional infinite switch and accessory food pans GR-B H eated Base with accessory sheet pan

GLO-RAY® PORTABLE Foodwarmer

All Metal Sheathed Models Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

Models Shipped with: 1829 mm (72") cord and plug.

Cord Location: GR-B, GRFFB, GRFFBL: Back, lower middle.

GRFF, GRFFL: Back, upper middle.

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $446 $456 453 463 581 591 723 733 857 867

Fry Stations

Dimensions Model WxDxH Watts Ship Weight GR-B 324 x 559 x 57 mm (12 3⁄4" x 22" x 2 1⁄4") 250 7 kg (16 lbs.)

500 7 kg (16 lbs.)

GRFF 314 x 610 x 400 mm (12 3⁄8" x 24" x 15 7⁄8") GRFFL 314 x 610 x 400 mm (12 3⁄8" x 24" x 15 7⁄8") 620 8 kg (18 lbs.) § 3 324 x 610 x 406-508 mm (12 ⁄4" x 24" x 16"-20") 750 12 kg (26 lbs.)

GRFFB 324 x 610 x 406-508 mm (12 3⁄4" x 24" x 16"-20") 870 14 kg (31 lbs.)

GRFFBL§ ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $15. § Standard clearance is 356 mm (14"). Specify 305 or 406 mm (12" or 16") if required.

TWo YEAR PARTS-ONLY WARRANTY ON ALL GLO-RAY METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS.

ULTRA-GLO® PORTABLE foodwarmer with CERAMIC ELEMENTS Dimensions Model WxDxH UGFF 314 x 565 x 479 mm (12 3⁄8" x 22 1⁄4" x 18 7⁄8") UGFFL 314 x 565 x 479 mm (12 3⁄8" x 22 1⁄4" x 18 7⁄8") UGFFB 324 x 572 x 559 mm (12 3⁄4" x 22 1⁄2" x 22") UGFFBL 324 x 572 x 559 mm (12 3⁄4" x 22 1⁄2" x 22") ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $15.

All Ceramic Portable Models Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

Models Shipped with: 1829 mm (72") cord and plug.

Cord Location: U GFF, UGFFL: Back, upper middle.

UGFFB, UGFFBL: Back, lower middle.

Watts 750 870 1000 1120

Ship Weight 7 kg (15 lbs.)

9 kg (19 lbs.)

12 kg (26 lbs.)

14 kg (31 lbs.)

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $566 $576 699 709 854 864 988 998

ALL ULTRA-GLO CERAMIC heating elements warranted against burnout for ONE year.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 54

GRFFBL Glo-Ray French Fry

UGFFBL Incandescent Light Base Heat

Ultra-Glo French Fry

Incandescent Light Base Heat

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

53

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Fry Stations

UGFFB with accessory food pan (perforated pans not available)

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors (one color per unit, heated base is not powdercoated) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Clear Anodized Standard RED Warm Red BLACK Black GRAY Gray Granite WHITE White Granite NAVY Navy Blue GREEN Hunter Green COPPER Antique Copper Gloss Finishes (One color per unit, heated base is not painted) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – RRED Radiant Red GGOLD Gleaming Gold GGRAY Glossy Gray BBLUE Brilliant Blue BBLACK Bold Black Clearance (from bottom of Glo-Ray to top of heated surface) (GRFFB, GRFFBL only) – 305 mm (12") 356 mm (14") 406 mm (16") SIGN HOLD Sign Holder for GRFFL Model with Back Toggle only (requires 229 W x 140 H x 2 D mm (9" x 5 1⁄2" x 1⁄16") sign, not included) (adds 76 mm (3") to height of unit) INF Infinite Control (not available on models GR-B, UGFF, UGFFL, UGFFB, or UGFFBL)

$109 109 109 109 109 109 109 $151 151 151 151 151 No Charge Standard No Charge $33 33

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at anytime) 5PLTBOX 8PLTBAG

Five Pleat Hardcoated French Fry Box Ribbon – 489 W x 235 D x 51 H mm (19 1⁄4" x 9 1⁄4" x 2") Eight Pleat Hardcoated French Fry Bag Ribbon – 489 W x 235 D x 51 H mm (19 1⁄4" x 9 1⁄4" x 2")

$167 167

Food Pans and Trivets – See Page 134 colors AND finishes – inside back cover

54

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Multi-Product Warming Station

• Easy access to food product • Coated shatter-resistant incandescent lights enhance brilliant product display while safeguarding food from bulb breakage • Six overhead ceramic heating elements are adjusted by two separate electronic infinite controls – one for the rear elements and one for the front elements

Hatco’s Multi-Product Warming Station safely holds hot fried foods at optimum serving temperatures in kitchen work areas. The unit is designed for maximum durability and performance with minimum maintenance.

• Thermostatically controlled base heat assures safe serving temperatures • All stainless steel construction • Master On/Off rocker switch

ENDLESS POSSIBILITIES OF CONFIGURATIONS Incremental spacing between portable dividers is 130 mm (5 1⁄8")

MPWS-36 with accessory plastic food pans, angled risers and fry pan and trivet

Shown with optional fry pans, fry ribbon on angled riser and scoop holder.

Shown with optional fry pans, plastic food pans on angled riser and scoop holder

Shown with optional plastic food pans, fry ribbons on angled risers, fry pan and scoop holder

Option Capacities Model MPWS-36 MPWS-45

Fry Pan with Trivet 1 2 0 1 2 0

Angled Risers 3 1 5 4 2 6

multi-product warming STATION Model

No. of Bulbs

Dimensions W x D x H

Watts 120/208V 230V 2773 3075 2799 3108

Ship Weight

List Price 120/208V 230V $3434 $3534 3841 3941

MPWS-36 4 947 x 626 x 832 mm (37 3⁄8" x 24 11⁄16" x 32 3⁄4") 69 kg (152 lbs.)

78 kg (170 lbs.)

MPWS-45 4 1088 x 626 x 832 mm (45 3⁄8" x 24 11⁄16" x 32 3⁄4") All Multi-Product Warmers Feature: Plug: 120/208V uses NEMA L14-20P. No cap on 230V. Models Shipped with: 102 mm (4") adjustable legs. Cord Location: Back side, upper left corner.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) MPWS36BIN MPWS45BIN

Full Fry Bin Insert for MPWS-36 unit only (includes drip tray, perforated insert and 3 dividers) Full Fry Bin Insert for MPWS-45 unit only (includes drip tray, perforated insert and 4 dividers)

each $335 each 360

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at anytime) FHS4BOX FHS5BAG FHS6BB 5BH FHS-SH MPWS-RISER MPWS-PT

Four Pleat Hardcoated Fry Box Ribbon – 273 W x 127 D x 45 H mm (10 3⁄4" x 5" x 1 3⁄4") Five Pleat Hardcoated Fry Bag Ribbon – 299 W x 127 D x 48 H mm (11 1⁄4" x 5" x 1 7⁄8") Six Pleat Hardcoated Fry Bag/Box Combo Ribbon – 441 W x 127 D x 45 H mm (17 3⁄8"W x 5"D x 1 3⁄4"H) 127 mm (5") Side-by-Side Bag Holder Scoop Holder Angled Riser Fry Pan and Trivet

$ 64 64 103 42 42 81 346

For additional OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 57 Food Pans and Trivets – See Page 134 MPWS-XX Multi-Product

Width (inches) Warming Station

ALL CERAMIC AND BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

55

Fry Stations

Shown with optional fry bin insert and scoop holder.

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Glo-Ray® Fry Stations Hatco offers convenient Glo-Ray® Fry Stations that can be placed where they are most needed – next to a fryer! Glo-Ray heat technology offers the ability to keep fried foods at optimum temperatures, ready to serve, without cooking or drying them out.

GRFHS-21 with optional right-hand cutout for fry basket and accessory fry ribbon

• GRFHS models have ceramic elements •B uilt-in top heat source features a swingaway post mount (GRFSC, GRFS series) •A vailable with metal sheathed heating element (GRFS series) •A vailable with ceramic heating element (GRFSC series) •V ariety of clearances (GRFS series) •P ower toggle switch and cord and plug (GRFS series) •O ptional infinite control (GRFS series)

• Various hardcoated fry ribbons stage boxed or bagged products for quickservice areas • Thermostatically-controlled heated base maintains uniform holding temperatures from below (GRFHS series) • Portable models including pass-through style (GRFHS series) • Sectional divider permits holding of multiple products simultaneously (GRFHS series)

GRFHS-16

GRFS, GRFSL, GRFSC, GRFSCL- w ith swing-away post mount and cord with plug.

GRFHS-PTT21

Fry Stations

FRY HOLDING STATION Dimensions Model No. of Bulbs WxDxH GRFHS-16 2 416 x 591 x 577 mm (16 3⁄8" x 23 1⁄4" x 22 3⁄4") GRFHS-21 2 543 x 702 x 577 mm (21 3⁄8" x 27 5⁄8" x 22 3⁄4") GRFHS-26 2 664 x 581 x 553 mm (26 1⁄8" x 22 7⁄8" x 21 3⁄4") GRFHS-PT16 2 549 x 610 x 632 mm (21 5⁄8" x 24" x 24 7⁄8") GRFHS-PT26 2 749 x 578 x 629 mm (29 1⁄2" x 22 3⁄4" x 24 3⁄4") 2 749 x 578 x 679 mm (29 1⁄2" x 22 3⁄4" x 26 3⁄4") GRFHS-PT26ᵜ 2 606 x 965 x 575 mm (23 7⁄8" x 38" x 22 5⁄8") GRFHS-PTT21X ‡ 220V, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. ᵜ 152 mm (6") deep base in lieu of standard 102 mm (4") base.

X Add 32 mm (1 1⁄4") to width for each scoop holder.

Watts 1090 1200 1200 1090 1440 1440 1740

Ship Weight 29 kg (63 lbs.)

29 kg (63 lbs.)

30 kg (66 lbs.)

27 kg (60 lbs.)

29 kg (64 lbs.)

29 kg (64 lbs.)

45 kg (100 lbs.)

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $2322 $2347 2553 2578 2623 2648 2322 – 2623 2648 2729 2754 2667 2692

All Fry Holding Stations Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

Models Shipped with: One slotted holding bin and one sectional divider.

Cord Location: GRFHS-16, -21, -26, -PT26: Back side, lower right corner. GRFHS-PTT21: Lower right-hand side.

GRFSCL-18 Swing-away post mount

ALL CERAMIC AND BLANKET heating elements warranted against burnout for ONE year.

Fry station WARMER Dimensions No. of Bulbs WxDxH Watts Ship Weight ModelQ GRFSC-18q – 152 x 457 x 489-572 mm (6" x 18" x 19 1⁄4"-22 1⁄2") 750 5 kg (11 lbs.)

2 229 x 457 x 489-572 mm (9" x 18" x 19 1⁄4"-22 1⁄2") 870 6 kg (13 lbs.)

GRFSCL-18q – 152 x 457 x 489-572 mm (6" x 18" x 19 1⁄4"-22 1⁄2") 750 5 kg (12 lbs.)

GRFSCR-18q† 2 229 x 457 x 489-572 mm (9" x 18" x 19 1⁄4"-22 1⁄2") 870 6 kg (14 lbs.)

GRFSCLR-18q† – 152 x 610 x 318-394 mm (6" x 24" x 12 1⁄2"-15 1⁄2") 500 5 kg (10 lbs.)

GRFS-24m 1 1 m GRFSL-24 2 229 x 610 x 318-394 mm (9" x 24" x 12 ⁄2"-15 ⁄2") 620 6 kg (13 lbs.)

1 1 m† – 152 x 610 x 318-394 mm (6" x 24" x 12 ⁄2"-15 ⁄2") 500 5 kg (10 lbs.)

GRFSR-24 2 229 x 610 x 318-394 mm (9" x 24" x 12 1⁄2"-15 1⁄2") 620 6 kg (13 lbs.)

GRFSLR-24m† Q “C” in model name indicates ceramic element.“L” in model name indicates unit with lights. ‡ 220V, 240V available with CE Mark, add $15. q Specify clearance of 305, 425, 457, or 508 mm (12, 16 3⁄4", 18", or 20") when ordering. Standard is 457 mm (18"). † Fry Station warmer without cord and plug. Supply wires through mounting post. m Specify clearance of 254, 279, 305, or 330 (standard) mm (10", 11", 12", or 13" (standard)) when ordering.

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $490 $510 591 611 490 510 591 611 397 417 505 525 397 417 505 525 ALL CERAMIC AND BLANKET heating elements warranted against burnout for ONE year.

TWO YEAR PARTS-ONLY WARRANTY ON ALL GLO-RAY

METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS. All Fry Station Models Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

Toggle Switch Location: Ceramic Heating Element Models: Back of unit. Metal Sheathed Heating Element Models: Front of unit.

Cord Location: GRFS-24 and GRFSL-24: Back, upper middle.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 57 GRFHS-PTXX Glo-Ray Fry Holding Station

56

Width (inches) No Characters = Bin PT= Pass -Through PTT=Pass-Through Tunnel

GRFSCLR-XX Glo-Ray Fry Station Ceramic Heating Element

Depth of Unit (inches) UL Recognized

Incandescent Light

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

5PLTBOX Sectional Divider (one standard with GRFHS-21 and GRFHS-PT26 only)

9 Pleat Hardcoated Fry Bag/Box Combo Ribbon (GRFHS-PT26 only)

8PLTBAG Slotted Holding Bin (GRFHS Series only)

FHS4BOX

FHS5BAG Scoop Holder (Standard on GRFHS-PT26, and -PTT21) (Scoop not included.)

127 mm (5") Side-by-Side Bag Holder (GRFHS-21 only)

FHS5BOX 8 Pleat Hardcoated Fry Box Ribbon (GRFHS-PT26 only)

Fry Stations

FHS6BB

127 mm (5") PiggyBack Bag Holder (GRFHS-21 and GRFHS-PTT21 only)

FHS7BAG PT26-10BAG

PT26-8BOX

FHS-SH (scoop not included)

PT26-5BAG4BOX

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) FHS-CUT

Right- or Left-Hand Cutout for Fry Basket (Must specify side at time of order) (GRFHS-16, -21, -26 models only) Infinite Control (Metal sheathed GRFS models only)

INF

No Charge $33

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at anytime) 5PLTBOX 8PLTBAG FHS4BOX FHS5BAG FHS5BOX FHS6BB FHS7BAG PT26-8B0X PT26-10BAG PT26-5BAG4BOX 5BH 5PBH FHS-SH Sectional Dividers FHSDIV1 FHSDIV2 FHSDIV3 FHSDIV4 FHSDIV5

Five Pleat Hardcoated French Fry Box Ribbon – 489 W x 235 D x 51 H mm (19 1⁄4" x 9 1⁄4" x 2") Eight Pleat Hardcoated French Fry Bag Ribbon – 489 W x 235 D x 51 H mm (19 1⁄4" x 9 1⁄4" x 2") Four Pleat Hardcoated Fry Box Ribbon (GRFHS-16 & -26) – 273 W x 127 D x 45 H mm (10 3⁄4" x 5" x 1 3⁄4") Five Pleat Hardcoated Fry Bag Ribbon (GRFHS-16 & -26) – 299 W x 127 D x 48 H mm (11 1⁄4" x 5" x 1 7⁄8") Five Pleat Hardcoated Fry Box Ribbon (GRFHS-21) – 445 W x 127 D x 48 H mm (17 1⁄2" x 5" x 1 7⁄8") Six Pleat Hardcoated Fry Bag⁄Box Combo Ribbon (GRFHS-21) – 441 W x 127 D x 45 H mm (17 3⁄8" x 5" x 1 3⁄4") Seven Pleat Hardcoated Fry Bag Ribbon (GRFHS-21) – 454 W x 127 D x 48 H mm (17 7⁄8" x 5" x 1 7⁄8") Eight Pleat Hardcoated Fry Box Ribbon (GRFHS-PT26) – 546 W x 127 D x 45 H mm (21 1⁄2" x 5" x 1 3⁄4") Ten Pleat Hardcoated Fry Bag Ribbon (GRFHS-PT26) – 572 W x 127 D x 48 H mm (22 1⁄2" x 5" x 1 7⁄8") Nine Pleat Hardcoated Fry Bag⁄Box Combo Ribbon (GRFHS-PT26) – 559 W x 127 D x 48 H mm (22" x 5" x 1 7⁄8") 127 mm (5") Side-by-Side Bag Holder (GRFHS-21) 127 mm (5") Piggy Back Bag Holder (GRFHS-21 and -PTT21) Scoop Holder (Standard on GRFHS-PT26 and -PTT21) (GRFHS-16, -26) – 407 W x 83 H mm (16" x 3 1⁄4") (GRFHS-21) – 546 W X 83 H mm (21 1⁄2" x 3 1⁄4") (GRFHS-PT26 102 mm (4") base, and -PTT21) – 597 W X 83 H mm (23 1⁄2" x 3 1⁄4") (GRFHS-22) - 312 W X 83 H mm (12 1⁄4" x 3 1⁄4") (GRFHS-PT26 153 mm (6" base) – 572 W X 83 H mm (22 1⁄2" x 3 1⁄4")

$167 167 64 64 103 103 103 128 128 128 42 42 42 $20 20 20 20 20

Food Pans and Trivets – See Page 134 Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

57

Carving Stations Supermarkets & Delis Restaurants & Cafés • Clubs & Bars

DCSB400-R24-1 with standard Night SkyBase and optional Bright Brass post and shade pg. 59

DCSB400-R24-1 with optional Gray Granite base and standard Bright Nickel post and shade pg. 59

GRCSCL-24 with accessory left-hand sneeze guard, drip pan, and cutting board pg. 60

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Decorative Carving Station Providing proper food serving temperatures, the Decorative Carving Station combines the Hatco Decorative Heat Lamp with the Swanstone® Heated Base to create an attractive carving display.

These warmers are perfect for chef stations in restaurants, hotels, country clubs, casinos, and any catered event.

• Freestanding or with a rounded or rectangular heated stone base •P atented telescoping heated decorative lamp with a 30° shade pivot •H eated stone bases are made of foodsafe materials

•H eated base is controlled by an adjustable thermostat and power switch •U nits come with matching cutting board (except DCS400-1) keeping juices contained and tablecloths clean

DCSB400-R24-1 with standard Bermuda Sand Base and Bright Nickel posts and shade

DCS400-1 with optional Bright Brass post and shade

DCSB400-3624-2 with optional Sawgrass Base and standard Bright Nickel posts and shades

DECORATIVE CARVING STATIONS Model No. of Lamps Width DCS400-1 1 203 mm ( 8") DCSB400-R24-1 1 660 mm (26") DCSB400-2420-1 1 610 mm (24") DCSB400-3624-2 2 914 mm (36") ‡ 230V available with CE Mark, add $100.

Heated Base Surface Area WxD – 610 mm (24") diameter 610 x 508 mm (24" x 20") 914 x 610 mm (36" x 24")

Watts 250 600 750 1300

Ship Weight 15 kg (32 lbs.)

35 kg (75 lbs.)

48 kg (106 lbs.)

70 kg (154 lbs.)

List Price 120V 230V‡ $1073 $1123 2677 2727 2677 2727 3871 3971

All Decorative Carving Station Models Feature: ALL GLO-RAY BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST Voltage: 120, 230, single phase only.

BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR. Models Ship with: DCS400-1 One clear coated bulb and black base.

DCSB400-R24-1, -2420-1 One clear coated bulb, base heat, glass sneeze guard, and cutting board.

DCSB400-3624-2 Two clear coated bulbs, base heat, glass sneeze guard, and cutting board.

Telescoping Clear ance: DCS400-1 (bottom of shade to counter) 381 - 686 mm (15"- 27").

DCSB400-R24-1, -2420-1, -3624-2 (bottom of shade to top of cutting board) 356 - 660 mm (14"- 26").

Cord Location: D CS400-1 Base of unit, server side center.

DCSB400-R24-1, -2420-1, -3624-2 Base of unit, server side on left.

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at anytime)

Shade and post(s), No Additional Charge – Plated Finishes – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Bright Nickel Standard – BNICKEL Bright Nickel Standard BBRASS Bright Brass No Charge ABRONZE Antique Bronze No Charge Base and Cutting Board, No Additional Charge – Swanstone® (except DCS400-1) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Night Sky Standard – GGRAN Gray Granite No Charge BSAND Bermuda Sand No Charge SGRASS Sawgrass No Charge NSKY Night Sky Standard Post Base (Trim Ring), No Additional Charge – DCS400-1 only – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Night Sky Standard – GGRAN Gray Granite No Charge BSAND Bermuda Sand No Charge SGRASS Sawgrass No Charge NSKY Night Sky Standard

Cutting Board for DCSB400-R24-1, – Swanstone® (Unit comes standard with one cutting board) – CBR24GGRAN Gray Granite CBR24BSAND Bermuda Sand CBR24NSKY Night Sky CBR24SGRASS Sawgrass Cutting Board for DCSB400-2420-1, – Swanstone® (Unit comes standard with one cutting board) – CB2420GGRAN Gray Granite CB2420BSAND Bermuda Sand CB2420NSKY Night Sky CB2420SGRASS Sawgrass Cutting Board for DCSB400-3624-2, – Swanstone® (Unit comes standard with one cutting board) – CB3624GGRAN Gray Granite CB3624BSAND Bermuda Sand CB3624NSKY Night Sky CB3624SGRASS Sawgrass

Catalog Stations Section Carving Header Here

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)

$490 490 490 490 $392 392 392 392 $564 564 564 564

colors AND finishes – inside back cover DCSBXXX-XXXX-X Decorative Carving Station Heated Base Shade Style Number

Quantity Overhead Heat Lamps Depth of Heated Base (inches) (Diameter for Round Headed Base) Width of Heated Base (inches) (R=Round Heated Base)

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

59

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Glo-Ray® Carving Station An excellent addition to extend food holding times during serving periods is the Glo-Ray Carving Station.

Create a complete serving station for buffets by adding it to Hatco’s Flav-R-Savor® Holding Cabinet.

• Overhead ceramic heating elements project high intensity radiant heat over entire target area • Adjustable clearance of 445 to 570 mm (171⁄2" to 231⁄2") • Portable – includes a 1829 mm (72") cord and plug • Shatter-resistant incandescent lights illuminate holding area • Drip pan and cutting board available • Optional heated base

GRCSCLH-24 with accessory left-hand sneeze guard, drip pan, and cutting board

GRCSCL-24 with accessory left-hand sneeze guard, drip pan, and cutting board

carving stations

Catalog Section Carving Header Stations Here

Dimensions Model No. of Bulbs W x D x H~ GRCSCL-24 4 660 x 711 x 572-724 mm (26" x 28" x 22 1⁄2"-28 1⁄2") 4 660 x 711 x 572-724 mm (26" x 28" x 22 1⁄2"-28 1⁄2") GRCSCLH-24G ~ Width includes accessory left-hand sneeze guard. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $15.

G “H” in model name indicates base heat.

All Carving Station Models Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

Models Shipped with: Right-hand sneeze guard.

Cord Location: Back side on base.

Watts 990 1290

Ship Weight 26 kg (57 lbs.)

26 kg (57 lbs.)

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $2838 $2863 3207 3232

ALL CERAMIC AND BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at anytime) CSCLB/PACC CSCL-PAN

Left-Hand Sneeze Guard Kit (1 kg [3 lbs.])

Stainless Steel Custom Drip Pan 508 x 679 x 25 mm (20" x 26 3⁄4" x 1") (4 kg [9 lbs.])

Approved Foodsafe Cutting Board 457 x 610 x 44 mm (18" x 24" x 1 3⁄4") (9 kg [19 lbs.])

CSCL-BOARD

CSCLB/PACC Accessory

CSCL-PAN Accessory

GRCSCLH-XX Glo-Ray Carving Station Ceramic Heat

60

$210 221 205

CSCL-BOARD Accessory

Depth of Heated Base (inches) Heated Base Incandescent Light

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Portable Warmers Cafeterias • Buffets • Convenience Stores Supermarkets & Delis • Restaurants & Cafés Clubs & Bars • Catering • Concessions

LW-2 in Standard Gray Granite with accessory food pans pg. 62

GRSR-17 with optional Designer Navy Blue color and accessory pan pg. 63

GRS-72-I with accessory food pans pg. 64

GR2S-30 with Designer Hunter Green inset panels and accessory pizza pans pg. 66

GRSSR with 76 or 127 mm (3" or 5") risers pg. 67

GRSSR20-DL77516 with Night Sky Decorative Stone pg. 67

GRSS-3618 in Bermuda Sand Decorative Stone with accessory Designer Black powdercoated handles pg. 69

HBG-2418’s pg. 70

SRBW-1 pg. 72

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Portable Lamp Warmer The portable powdercoated Hatco Lamp Warmer has a specially designed stand that keeps food holding pans above the countertop and provides insulation to extend holding times.

• Features two vented lamps with heavy-duty sockets • Adjustable stand from 619 to 772 mm (243/8" to 303/8") in height • Cord and plug with in-line power switch

• Optional Designer colors: Warm Red, Black, Gray Granite, White Granite, Navy Blue, Hunter Green, Antique Copper. Non-standard colors are non-returnable • Holds food pans, wire trivets and fry ribbons

LW-2 with optional Designer color and accessory food pans

LAMP WARMER Dimensions Model WxDxH LW-2 314 x 548 x 619-772 mm (12 3⁄8" x 21 5⁄8" x 24 3⁄8-30 3⁄8") ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, no added charge.

Watts 500

Ship Weight 8 kg (18 lbs.)

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $539 $597

All Lamp Warmers Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

Bulbs: Two, 250 watt clear bulbs, uncoated.

Cord Location: Back of adjustable stand near top.

Lamp Distance: 267 x 419 mm (10 1⁄2"-16 1⁄2") space from bottom of lamp to base.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)

Portable Warmers

Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Gray Granite Standard – RED Warm Red No Charge BLACK Black No Charge GRAY Gray Granite Standard WHITE White Granite No Charge NAVY Navy Blue No Charge GREEN Hunter Green No Charge COPPER Antique Copper No Charge

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) WHITE-CTD-240 WHITE-CTD-120 RED-UCTD-120 RED-CTD-120

250 Watt Clear Bulb, Coated (unit accommodates 2 bulbs) 250 Watt Clear Bulb, Coated (unit accommodates 2 bulbs) 250 Watt Red Bulb, Uncoated (unit accommodates 2 bulbs) 250 Watt Red Bulb, Coated (unit accommodates 2 bulbs)

each $54 each 25 each 23 each 32

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – SEE PAGE 134 colors AND finishes – inside back cover Fry Ribbons – see page 57 LW-X Lamp Warmer

62

Quantity of Heat Lamps

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Round Heated Shelves

• Available as a drop-in unit (cutout dimensions are below, left) • Uniform heat distribution with blankettype element • Thermostatically-controlled heated base • Available in three sizes to hold standard 381, 432, or 483 mm (15", 17", or 19") diameter pans • Optional stainless steel trim

The contemporary-styled Round Heated Shelf keeps hot food at serving temperatures. Ideal when used for wrapped product or for use behind a sneeze guard with unwrapped food like pizza, biscuits, muffins and cookies.

C a n B en Built-i GRSR-17 with optional Designer color and accessory pan

ith optional GRSR-19 w Designer color and accessory pizza pan

ROUND HEATED SHELF Dimensions Model Dia. x H Max. Pan Size GRSR-15 425 x 98 mm (16 3⁄4" x 3 7⁄8") 381 mm (15") Dia. 432 mm (17") Dia. GRSR-17 476 x 98 mm (18 3⁄4" x 3 7⁄8") 483 mm (19") Dia. GRSR-19 527 x 98 mm (20 3⁄4" x 3 7⁄8") ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, no added charge.

All Round Heated Shelves Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

Cord Location: Underneath.

Watts 250 325 400

Ship Weight 8 kg (17 lbs.)

9 kg (19 lbs.)

10 kg (21 lbs.)

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $706 $726 746 766 788 808

ALL HATCO BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

Portable Round Heated Shelves COUNTERTOP CUTOUT DIMENSIONS (For Built-In Applications) Model GRSR-15 GRSR-17 GRSR-19

Minimum Diameter 410 mm (16 1⁄8") 460 mm (18 1⁄8") 511 mm (20 1⁄8")

Maximum Diameter 413 mm (16 1⁄4") 464 mm (18 1⁄4") 514 mm (20 1⁄4")

Below Counter 137 mm (5 3⁄8") 137 mm (5 3⁄8") 137 mm (5 3⁄8")

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – SEE PAGE 134

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Portable Warmers

Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard – RED Warm Red No Charge BLACK Black Standard GRAY Gray Granite No Charge WHITE White Granite No Charge NAVY Navy Blue No Charge GREEN Hunter Green No Charge COPPER Antique Copper No Charge SS SIDE Stainless Steel Side No Charge

colors AND finishes – inside back cover

GRSR-XX Glo-Ray Heated Shelf

Round

Max. Pan Size (inches)

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

63

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Glo-Ray® Portable Heated Shelves Hatco’s full line of Glo-Ray® Heated Shelf options can help you. Using a blanket heating element for an even temperature, the thermostatically-controlled base safely extends the holding time of your food.

Portable Warmers

PORTABLE HEATED SHELF

GRS-60-I

PORTABLE HEATED SHELF

List Price Dimensions 220, Model WxH Watts Ship Weight 120V 240V‡ 495 mm (19 1⁄2") Depth – Standard 495 mm (19 1⁄2") Depth accommodates 305 x 508 mm (12" x 20") steam table pans GRS-18-I 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 272 7 kg (16 lbs) $ 701 $ 721 757 777 GRS-24-I 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 380 9 kg (20 lbs) GRS-30-I 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 490 11 kg (25 lbs) 820 840 875 895 GRS-36-I 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 598 13 kg (28 lbs) 1 974 994 GRS-42-I 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 ⁄4") 652 15 kg (32 lbs) GRS-48-I 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 760 16 kg (36 lbs) 1030 1050 GRS-54-I 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 870 19 kg (42 lbs) 1092 1112 GRS-60-I 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 980 20 kg (44 lbs) 1149 1169 GRS-66-I 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 1088 23 kg (50 lbs) 1205 1225 GRS-72-I 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 1196 25­­­ kg (56 lbs) 1262 1282 197 mm (7 3⁄4") Depth GRS-18-B 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 109 5 kg (10 lbs) $531 $551 GRS-24-B 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 136 5 kg (12 lbs) 560 580 GRS-30-B 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 163 6 kg (14 lbs) 590 610 GRS-36-B 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 190 7 kg (16 lbs) 617 637 GRS-42-B 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 245 9 kg (19 lbs) 679 699 GRS-48-B 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 272 9 kg (20 lbs) 701 721 GRS-54-B 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 299 10 kg (22 lbs) 723 743 GRS-60-B 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 326 11 kg (24 lbs) 749 769 GRS-66-B 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 353 12 kg (26 lbs) 771 791 GRS-72-B 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 380 13 kg (28 lbs) 807 827 324 mm (12") Depth GRS-18-D 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 218 5 kg (12 lbs) $581 $601 GRS-24-D 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 272 6 kg (14 lbs) 623 643 GRS-30-D 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 326 8 kg (17 lbs) 661 681 GRS-36-D 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 380 9 kg (20 lbs) 693 713 GRS-42-D 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 490 10 kg (23 lbs) 771 791 GRS-48-D 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 544 12 kg (26 lbs) 812 832 GRS-54-D 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 598 13 kg (29 lbs) 847 867 GRS-60-D 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 652 15 kg (32 lbs) 883 903 GRS-66-D 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 706 16 kg (35 lbs) 919 939 GRS-72-D 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 760 17 kg (37 lbs) 954 974 394 mm (15 1⁄2") Depth GRS-18-F 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 218 6 kg (14 lbs) $ 617 $ 637 661 681 GRS-24-F 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 272 8 kg (17 lbs) 707 727 GRS-30-F 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 326 10 kg (21 lbs) 749 769 GRS-36-F 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 380 11 kg (25 lbs) GRS-42-F 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 490 13 kg (29 lbs) 847 867 1 890 910 GRS-48-F 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 ⁄4") 544 15 kg (33 lbs) 1 939 959 GRS-54-F 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 ⁄4") 598 17 kg (37 lbs) 988 1008 GRS-60-F 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 652 18 kg (40 lbs) GRS-66-F 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 706 19 kg (42 lbs) 1030 1050 GRS-72-F 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 760 20 kg (43 lbs) 1078 1098 ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, no added charge.

Dimensions WxH

Model Watts Ship Weight 152 mm (6") Depth GRS-18-A 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 109 5 kg (10 lbs) GRS-24-A 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 136 5 kg (12 lbs) GRS-30-A 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 163 6 kg (14 lbs) GRS-36-A 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 190 7 kg (16 lbs) GRS-42-A 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 245 9 kg (19 lbs) GRS-48-A 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 272 9 kg (20 lbs) GRS-54-A 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 299 10 kg (22 lbs) GRS-60-A 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 326 11 kg (24 lbs) GRS-66-A 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 353 12 kg (26 lbs) GRS-72-A 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 380 13 kg (28 lbs) 248 mm (9 3⁄4") Depth GRS-18-C 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 136 5 kg (10 lbs) GRS-24-C 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 190 5 kg (12 lbs) GRS-30-C 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 245 6 kg (14 lbs) GRS-36-C 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 299 7 kg (16 lbs) GRS-42-C 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 326 9 kg (19 lbs) GRS-48-C 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 380 9 kg (20 lbs) GRS-54-C 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 435 10 kg (22 lbs) GRS-60-C 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 490 11 kg (24 lbs) GRS-66-C 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 544 12 kg (26 lbs) GRS-72-C 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 598 13 kg (28 lbs) 349 mm (13 3⁄4") Depth GRS-18-E 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 218 6 kg (13 lbs) GRS-24-E 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 272 7 kg (16 lbs) GRS-30-E 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 326 9 kg (19 lbs) GRS-36-E 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 380 10 kg (22 lbs) GRS-42-E 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 490 11 kg (25 lbs) GRS-48-E 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 544 13 kg (28 lbs) GRS-54-E 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 598 14 kg (31 lbs) GRS-60-E 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 652 15 kg (34 lbs) GRS-66-E 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 706 17 kg (37 lbs) GRS-72-E 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 760 18 kg (40 lbs) 400 (15 3⁄4") Depth GRS-18-G 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 245 6 kg (14 lbs) GRS-24-G 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 326 8 kg (17 lbs) GRS-30-G 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 408 10 kg (21 lbs) GRS-36-G 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 489 11 kg (25 lbs) GRS-42-G 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 571 13 kg (29 lbs) GRS-48-G 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 652 15 kg (33 lbs) GRS-54-G 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 734 17 kg (37 lbs) GRS-60-G 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 816 18 kg (40 lbs) GRS-66-G 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 897 19 kg (42 lbs) GRS-72-G 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 978 20 kg (43 lbs) ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, no added charge.

All Portable Heated Shelves Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

Pan Capacity (305 x 508 mm [12" x 20"]): GRS-18-I, -24-I = 1-Pan, GRS-30-I, -36-I = 2-Pan, GRS-42-I, -48-I = 3-Pan, GRS-54-I, -60-I = 4-Pan, GRS-66-I, -72-I = 5-Pan. Cord Location: Center of side with controls.

List Price 220, 120V 240V‡ $520 539 560 581 643 661 679 693 712 729

$540 559 580 601 663 681 699 713 732 749

$560 590 623 653 723 749 777 820 847 875

$580 610 643 673 743 769 797 840 867 895

$ 603 643 687 729 812 855 898 939 974 1023

$ 623 663 707 749 832 875 918 959 994 1043

$ 623 666 712 757 862 904 954 1003 1053 1092

$ 643 686 732 777 882 924 974 1023 1073 1112

ALL GLO-RAY BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 66

Glo-Ray Heated Shelf Width of Model (inches)

64

GRS-XX-X

Depth of Unit I = 495 mm (19½") A = 152 mm (6") B = 197 mm (7¾") C = 248 mm (9¾")

D = 324 mm (12") E = 349 mm (13¾") F = 394 mm (15½") G = 400 mm (15¾")

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Glo-Ray® Portable Heated Shelves PORTABLE HEATED SHELF List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $ 653 701 749 812 911 961 1014 1078 1128 1176

$ 673 721 769 832 931 981 1034 1098 1148 1196

$ 729 800 862 924 1030 1099 1164 1227 1296 1361

$ 749 820 882 944 1050 1119 1184 1247 1316 1381

$ 771 840 904 974 1092 1164 1233 1309 1380 1445

$ 791 860 924 994 1112 1184 1253 1329 1400 1465

$ 800 875 945 1023 1149 1227 1304 1380 1458 1535

$ 820 895 965 1043 1169 1247 1324 1400 1478 1555

All Portable Heated Shelves Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

Pan Capacity (305 x 508 mm [12" x 20"]): GRS-18-I, -24-I = 1-Pan, GRS-30-I, -36-I = 2-Pan, GRS-42-I, -48-I = 3-Pan, GRS-54-I, -60-I = 4-Pan, GRS-66-I, -72-I = 5-Pan. Cord Location: Center of side with controls.

GRAH-36 with optional Designer color, infinite switch and accessory C-leg stand over Heated Shelf GRS-30-I in optional Designer color with accessory food pans

ALL GLO-RAY BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 66

Glo-Ray Heated Shelf Width of Model (inches)

GRS-XX-X

Depth of Unit H = 445 mm (17½") J = 546 mm (21½") K = 597 mm (23½") L = 648 mm (25½")

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

65

Portable Warmers

Dimensions Model WxH Watts Ship Weight 445 mm (17 1⁄2") Depth GRS-18-H 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 245 7 kg (16 lbs) GRS-24-H 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 326 9 kg (20 lbs) GRS-30-H 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 408 11 kg (24 lbs) GRS-36-H 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 489 12 kg (27 lbs) GRS-42-H 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 571 14 kg (31 lbs) GRS-48-H 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 652 16 kg (35 lbs) GRS-54-H 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 734 18 kg (39 lbs) GRS-60-H 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 816 20 kg (43 lbs) GRS-66-H 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 897 21 kg (47 lbs) GRS-72-H 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 978 23 kg (51 lbs) 546 mm (21 1⁄2") Depth GRS-18-J 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 327 9 kg (20 lbs) GRS-24-J 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 408 12 kg (26 lbs) GRS-30-J 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 489 14 kg (30 lbs) GRS-36-J 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 570 15 kg (33 lbs) GRS-42-J 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 735 16 kg (35 lbs) GRS-48-J 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 816 17 kg (38 lbs) GRS-54-J 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 897 20 kg (43 lbs) GRS-60-J 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 978 22 kg (48 lbs) GRS-66-J 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 1059 24 kg (53 lbs) GRS-72-J 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 1140 26 kg (58 lbs) 597 mm (23 1⁄2") Depth GRS-18-K 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 354 9 kg (20 lbs) GRS-24-K 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 462 12 kg (26 lbs) GRS-30-K 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 571 14 kg (30 lbs) GRS-36-K 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 679 15 kg (33 lbs) GRS-42-K 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 816 16 kg (35 lbs) GRS-48-K 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 924 17 kg (38 lbs) GRS-54-K 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 1033 20 kg (43 lbs) GRS-60-K 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 1142 22 kg (48 lbs) GRS-66-K 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 1250 24 kg (53 lbs) GRS-72-K 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 1358 26 kg (58 lbs) 648 (25 1⁄2") Depth GRS-18-L 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 381 9 kg (20 lbs) GRS-24-L 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 516 12 kg (26 lbs) GRS-30-L 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 653 15 kg (33 lbs) GRS-36-L 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 788 17 kg (37 lbs) GRS-42-L 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 897 20 kg (43 lbs) GRS-48-L 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 1032 23 kg (50 lbs) GRS-54-L 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 1169 25 kg (54 lbs) GRS-60-L 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 1306 27 kg (59 lbs) GRS-66-L 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 1441 29 kg (64 lbs) GRS-72-L 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 1576 31 kg (69 lbs) ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, no added charge.

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Glo-Ray® Portable Designer Heated Shelves Using a blanket heating element for an even temperature, the thermostatically-controlled base safely extends the holding time of your food.

Hatco’s Designer Portable Heated Shelves can blend into any décor.

• Built-in adjustable thermostatic controls • Model widths from 768 x 1988 mm (301⁄4" to 781⁄4") • Rounded edges and hardcoated aluminum surfaces offer a modern style for front-of-the-house applications

• Accessory 102 mm (4") legs, standard on 1226 mm (42") and wider models

GR2S-30 with optional Designer color inset panels and accessory pizza pans

DESIGNER PORTABLE HEATED SHELF Dimensions WxDxH Watts Ship Weight Model6 GR2S-24 768 x 686 x 101 mm (30 1⁄4" x 27" x 4") 350 15 kg (32 lbs.)

450 18 kg (39 lbs.)

GR2S-30 921 x 686 x 101 mm (36 1⁄4" x 27" x 4") 550 19 kg (42 lbs.)

GR2S-36 1073 x 686 x 101 mm (42 1⁄4" x 27" x 4") 600 23 kg (51 lbs.)

GR2S-42 1226 x 686 x 178 mm (48 1⁄4" x 27" x 7") 1 700 25 kg (55 lbs.)

GR2S-48 1378 x 686 x 178 mm (54 ⁄4" x 27" x 7") 1 GR2S-54 1530 x 686 x 178 mm (60 ⁄4" x 27" x 7") 800 27 kg (59 lbs.)

900 29 kg (64 lbs.)

GR2S-60 1683 x 686 x 178 mm (66 1⁄4" x 27" x 7") 1000 31 kg (68 lbs.)

GR2S-66 1835 x 686 x 178 mm (72 1⁄4" x 27" x 7") 1100 34 kg (74 lbs.)

GR2S-72 1988 x 686 x 178 mm (78 1⁄4" x 27" x 7") 6 When no color is specified, color inset panels and corner caps will be black. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, no added charge.

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $1600 $1620 1718 1738 1840 1860 2030 2050 2152 2172 2268 2288 2391 2411 2509 2529 2631 2651

Portable Warmers

All Designer Portable Heated Shelves Feature – Non-standard colors are non-returnable: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

Pan Capacity (305 x 508 mm [12" x 20"]): GR2S-24 = 1-Pan, GR2S-30, -36 = 2-Pan, GR2S-42, -48 = 3-Pan, GR2S-54, -60 = 4-Pan, GR2S-66, -72 = 5-Pan. Usable Heated Shelf Space: Width of unit minus 162 x 552 D mm (6 3⁄8" x 21 3⁄4").

Cord Location: Center of bottom on control side.

ALL GLO-RAY BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time)

Designer Colors (Top surface not painted) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Clear Anodized Standard – RED Warm Red $136 BLACK Black 136 GRAY Gray Granite 136 WHITE White Granite 136 NAVY Navy Blue 136 GREEN Hunter Green 136 COPPER Antique Copper 136 Designer Inset Panel Colors (GR2S models) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard – RED Warm Red No Charge BLACK Black Standard GRAY Gray Granite No Charge WHITE White Granite No Charge NAVY Navy Blue No Charge GREEN Hunter Green No Charge COPPER Antique Copper No Charge Designer Corner Caps, GR2S Models – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard –

GRS-LEGS

BLACK Black Corner Caps Standard DKGRAY Dark Gray Corner Caps No Charge Hardcoated Surface in lieu of Stainless Steel on Standard 495 mm (19 1⁄2") Deep GRS Models – HC 18-42 GRS-18 through GRS-42 $163 HC 48-72 GRS-48 through GRS-72 275

102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs (GRS models only, standard on units GRS-42 and larger) GRS-SLANT Slant Leg Kit for Models 305 mm (12") Deep or Deeper (GRS models only) 2SD-LEGS 102 mm (4") Designer Legs (GR2S models only, standard on units GR2S-42 and larger) Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Pan Rail (for 495 mm (19 1⁄2") GRS models only) – 2 RAIL 2-Pan 3 RAIL 3-Pan 4 RAIL 4-Pan 5 RAIL 5-Pan

21 80 $143 153 286 296

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – SEE PAGE 134 colors AND finishes – inside back cover

GRS-SLANT Accessory

2SD-LEGS Accessory

3 Rail Accessory

2 Rail Accessory

GR2S-XX Glo-Ray Designer

66

$42

Width of Heated Surface (inches) Heated Shelf

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Glo-Ray® Portable Round Heated Stone* Shelves Hatco’s Glo-Ray® Portable Heated Stone Shelves are made of foodsafe materials and come in four standard colors. These unique warmers will safely hold food hot while blending in with your décor and are are ideal for buffet lines or as hors d'oeuvres displays.

• Hatco Heated Stone Shelves are made of approved foodsafe materials • Features a lighted rocker switch and thermostatically-controlled heated base to help hold your food hot and delicious

GRSSR-18 i n Night Sky Decorative Stone with optional 127 mm (5") Riser in Designer color

GRSSR20-DL77516 in Night Sky Decorative Stone.

GRSSR-16 i n Night Sky Decorative Stone with optional 76 mm (3") Riser in Designer color

GRSSR-20 i n Night Sky Decorative Stone

Portable ROUND HEATED STONE* SHELF Dimensions Dia. x H 406 x 67 mm (16" x 2 5⁄8") 457 x 67 mm (18" x 2 5⁄8") 508 x 67 mm (20" x 2 5⁄8")

Model GRSSR-16 GRSSR-18 GRSSR-20

Watts 250 325 400

Amps 2.1 2.7 3.3

Ship Weight 6 kg (14 lbs.)

7 kg (16 lbs.)

8 kg (18 lbs.)

List Price 120V, 220, 240V‡ $ 911 973 1032

Portable ROUND HEATED STONE* SHELF WITH DISPLAY LAMP Dimensions Model WxDxH GRSSR20-DL77516 508 x 572 x 914 mm (20" x 22 1⁄2" x 36") ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, add $20.

Watts 650

Ship Weight 18 kg (40 lbs.)

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $1510 $1555

Portable Warmers

All Round Heated Stone Shelves with Display Lamps Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, 240 single phase only.

Bulb: One, 250 watt clear bulb, uncoated.

Temperature Range: 38°-93°C (100°-200°F).

Cord Location: Back side on base.

Lamp Distance: 406 mm (16") space from bottom of lamp to base.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – see page 68

* Simulated Stone GRSSR-XX Glo-Ray Stone Shelf

Diameter of Shelf (inches) Round

GRSSR20-DL77516 Glo-Ray Stone Shelf Round Diameter (inches)

Distance between Upper Lamp and Heated Base (inches)

Shade Style Decorative Lamp

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

67

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Two GRSSR20-DL77516 in Sawgrass Decorative Stone

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors (GRSSR20-DL77516 Model and GRSSR Base only) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard – RED Warm Red No Charge BLACK Black Standard GRAY Gray Granite No Charge WHITE White Granite No Charge NAVY Navy Blue No Charge GREEN Hunter Green No Charge COPPER Antique Copper No Charge Stone Color– Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Night Sky Standard – SS-GGRAN Gray Granite No Charge SS-BSAND Bermuda Sand No Charge SS-NSKY Night Sky Standard SS-SGRASS Sawgrass No Charge 76 mm (3") Risers–Available in Designer Colors and Stainless Steel – (Not available on the GRSSR20-DL77516) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – 3RISER16 GRSSR-16 $47 3RISER18 GRSSR-18 47 3RISER20 GRSSR-20 47 127 mm (5") Risers–Available in Designer Colors and Stainless Steel – (Not available on the GRSSR20-DL77516) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – 5RISER16 GRSSR-16 $62 5RISER18 GRSSR-18 62 5RISER20 GRSSR-20 62

CB-18-BSAND Accessory

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time)

Portable Warmers

WHITE-CTD-240 250 Watt Clear Bulb, Coated (GRSSR20-DL77516 accommodates one bulb) WHITE-CTD-120 250 Watt Clear Bulb, Coated (GRSSR20-DL77516 accommodates one bulb) RED-UCTD-120 250 Watt Red Bulb, Uncoated (GRSSR20-DL77516 accommodates one bulb) RED-CTD-120 250 Watt Red Bulb, Coated (GRSSR20-DL77516 accommodates one bulb) Curved Swanstone® Cutting Board with Juice Groove – All cutting boards are non-returnable 432 W x 299 D x 25 H mm (17" x 11 3⁄4" x 1") – (GRSSR-16 only) CB-16-GGRAN Gray Granite CB-16-BSAND Bermuda Sand CB-16-NSKY Night Sky CB-16-SGRASS Sawgrass 483 W x 349 D x 25 H mm (19" x 13 3⁄4" x 1") – (GRSSR-18 only) CB-18-GGRAN Gray Granite CB-18-BSAND Bermuda Sand CB-18-NSKY Night Sky CB-18-SGRASS Sawgrass 533 W x 400 D x 25 H mm (21" x 15 3⁄4" x 1") – GRSSR-20 and GRSSR20-DL77516 only) CB-20-GGRAN Gray Granite CB-20-BSAND Bermuda Sand CB-20-NSKY Night Sky CB-20-SGRASS Sawgrass

each $54 each 25 each 23 each 32

$345 345 345 345 $345 345 345 345 $345 345 345 345

colors AND finishes – inside back cover

68

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Glo-Ray® Portable Rectangular Heated Stone* Shelves Match the heat zone to your countertops with Hatco’s Glo-Ray® Heated Stone Shelves. These portable foodsafe shelves come in four standard colors and are ideal for buffet lines or as hors d’oeuvre displays. These unique warmers will safely hold food hot while blending in with your décor.

• Hatco Heated Stone Shelves are made of foodsafe materials • Features a lighted rocker switch and thermostatically-controlled heated base to help hold your food hot and delicious

GRSS-3618 in Night Sky Decorative Stone

Rectangular PORTABLE HEATED STONE* SHELF Dimensions Model WxDxH GRSS-2418 610 x 457 x 64 mm (24" x 18" x 2 1⁄2") GRSS-3018 762 x 457 x 64 mm (30" x 18" x 2 1⁄2") GRSS-3618 914 x 457 x 64 mm (36" x 18" x 2 1⁄2") GRSS-4818• 1219 x 457 x 159 mm (48" x 18" x 6 1⁄4") GRSS-6018• 1524 x 457 x 159 mm (60" x 18" x 6 1⁄4") GRSS-7218• 1829 x 457 x 159 mm (72" x 18" x 6 1⁄4") ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, add $20.

• Height includes standard 102 mm (4") legs.

Watts 635 780 930 1270 1560 1860

Ship Weight 13 kg (27 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

16 kg (35 lbs.)

22 kg (45 lbs.)

26 kg (56 lbs.)

31 kg (68 lbs.)

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $1344 $1364 1408 1428 1469 1489 1589 1609 1713 1733 1834 1854

All Portable Heated Stone Shelves Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240V, single phase only.

Cord Location: Center of side with switch.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Stone Color – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Night Sky Standard – SS-GGRAN Gray Granite SS-BSAND Bermuda Sand SS-NSKY Night Sky SS-SGRASS Sawgrass

No Charge No Charge Standard No Charge

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) HANDLE-18-BLK

Designer Black Powdercoated Rounded Stainless Steel Handles

1 pair $150

colors AND finishes – inside back cover

Portable Warmers

* Simulated Stone Glo-Ray Heated Shelf Stone

GRSS-XXXX Depth of Shelf (inches) Width of Shelf (inches)

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

69

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Portable Rectangular Heated Black Glass Shelves

• Shelves are made of approved foodsafe materials • Lighted On/Off rocker switch • Equipped with a trim ring that is available in stainless steel (standard) or Designer Black • Availabl­­­e with accessory Designer Black powdercoated and plastic handles

Hatco’s Heated Black Glass Shelves have a heated ceramic glass surface to create uniform heat across the entire surface and are made of approved foodsafe materials.

Adjustable thermostatic controls allow surface temperature to be controlled easily.

HBG-FS-24 accessory (close-up view) HBG-2418 with accessory Designer Black powdercoated handles

PORTABLE RECTANGULAR HEATED BLACK GLASS SHELF Dimensions WxDxH Watts Ship Weight 619 x 467 x 64 mm (24 3⁄8" x 18 3⁄8" x 2 1⁄2") 425 13 kg (29 lbs.)

772 x 467 x 64 mm (30 3⁄8" x 18 3⁄8" x 2 1⁄2") 525 15 kg (33 lbs.)

630 17 kg (36 lbs.)

924 x 467 x 64 mm (36 3⁄8" x 18 3⁄8" x 2 1⁄2") 1229 x 467 x 156 mm (48 3⁄8" x 18 3⁄8" x 6 1⁄8") 850 20 kg (42 lbs.)

3 3 1 1534 x 467 x 156 mm (60 ⁄8" x 18 ⁄8" x 6 ⁄8") 1050 25 kg (60 lbs.)

1838 x 467 x 156 mm (72 3⁄8" x 18 3⁄8" x 6 1⁄8") 1260 31 kg (68 lbs.) ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, add $20.

• Height includes standard 102 mm (4") legs.

B Units 1219 mm (48") and larger are constructed of two equal size pieces of glass which create a seam.

List Price 120V, 220, 240V‡ $1968 2058 2148 2327 2506 2684

Model HBG-2418 HBG-3018 HBG-3618 HBG-4818•B HBG-6018•B HBG-7218•B

All Portable Heated Black Glass Shelves Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, 240 single phase only.

Cord Location: Center of side with switch.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) HBG-FS-24 HBG-FS-30 HBG-FS-36 HBG-FS-48 HBG-FS-60 HBG-FS-72

610 mm (24") Angled Food Stop Keeps Product on the Heat Zone 672 mm (30") Angled Food Stop Keeps Product on the Heat Zone 914 mm (36") Angled Food Stop Keeps Product on the Heat Zone 1219 mm (48") Angled Food Stop Keeps Product on the Heat Zone 1524 mm (60") Angled Food Stop Keeps Product on the Heat Zone 1829 mm (72") Angled Food Stop Keeps Product on the Heat Zone

$102 122 143 163 184 204

Portable Warmers

ACCESSORIES HANDLE-18-BLK

Designer Black Powdercoated Rounded Stainless Steel Handles

1 pair $150

colors AND finishes – inside back cover

HBG-XXXX Heated Black Glass

70

Depth (inches) Width (inches)

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Glo-Ray® Mini-Merchandisers Hatco’s convenient Mini‑Merchandisers create impulse sales by placing fresh product in front of customers. Using a limited amount of valuable counterspace, these flexible warmers come in a variety of shapes, sizes, and colors to hold food samples, hors d’oeuvres, and packaged product at just the right temperature.

• Ideal for delis, supermarkets, convenience stores, kiosks, or concession stands where counterspace is limited •S turdy sneeze guard safeguards food serving areas •L ighted rocker switch for easy On/Off •S hatter-resistant incandescent lights enhance product displays while safeguarding food from bulb breakage

• Thermostatically-controlled heated base to extend holding times of most foods • Prefocused infrared top heat directs heat to the outer edges where heat loss is greatest • Optional hardcoated surface and infinite switch available • Food stop, 102 mm (4") food bins, and sign holder standard (GRHW-1SG only)

GRHW-1SG with accessory sign holder (sign not included)

GRHW-2P with 102 mm (4") legs and accessory food pans

MINI-MERCHANDISER Dimensions WxDxH (Includes Sneeze Guard) GRHW-1P 2 565 x 486 x 451 mm (22¼" x 191⁄8" x 17¾") GRHW-2P 4 1099 x 486 x 527 mm (43¼" x 191⁄8" x 20¾") GRHW-1SG 2 565 x 486 x 632 mm (22¼" x 191⁄8" x 247⁄8") ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $15.

Model

No. of Bulbs

Watts

Base Dimensions WxD

Ship Weight

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡

820 1640 820

565 x 349 (22¼" x 13¾") 1099 x 349 (43 1⁄4" x 13 3⁄4") 565 x 349 (22 1⁄4" x 13 3⁄4")

16 kg (35 lbs.)

31 kg (67 lbs.)

17 kg (37 lbs.)

$1350 1791 1617

ll Mini-Merchandisers Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

Included with Merchandiser: Thermostatically-controlled base, sneeze guard, display lights, 25 mm (1") rubber legs (except GRHW-2P has 4" legs), five 102 mm (4") bins (GRHW-1SG only), 1829 mm (72") cord and plug.

Sign Dimensions: GRHW-1SG: 533 W x 241 H mm (21" x 9 1⁄2").

Cord Location: Base end plate, same side as switch.

ALL GLO-RAY METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time)

Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard – RED Warm Red $328 BLACK Black 328 GRAY Gray Granite 328 WHITE White Granite 328 NAVY Navy Blue 328 GREEN Hunter Green 328 COPPER Antique Copper 328 HC Hardcoated Surface $109 INF Infinite Switch for Top Heat only 33 PANEL Plexi-glass side panels 72

GRHW-9.5SIGN

1SG-BIN 1SG-SIGN-4

isplay Sign Holder, Top Shelf Only (Requires 533 W x 241 D H x 2 D mm (21" x 9 1⁄2" x 1⁄16") sign, not included) (Adds 165 mm (6 1⁄2") to height of unit) (GRHW-1SG only) 102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs (GRHW-1P, -1SG only) (Standard on GRHW-2P) Hardcoated Bin 102 W x 337 D x 25 H mm (4" x 13 1⁄4" x 1") (GRHW-1SG only) 4-Sided Sign (Two at 533 W x 229 H x 2 D mm (21" x 9" x 1 ⁄16"), two at 267 W x 232 H x 2 D mm (10 1⁄2" x 9 1⁄8" x 1⁄16") (Adds 165 mm (6 1⁄2") to height of unit) (GRHW-1SG only)

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – SEE PAGE 134 colors AND finishes – inside back cover

$ 74 42 29 292

Portable Warmers

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)

4"LEGS

$1390 1831 1657

1SG-BIN Accessory

GRHW-XP Glo-Ray Hors D’oeuvres Warmer/ Mini-Merchandiser Quantity of Pans

P = Pans SG = Single Horizontal Shelf SGS = Single Slanted Shelf SGD = Dual Horizontal Shelf with Heated Glass Upper Shelf SGDS = Dual Slanted Shelf with Heated Glass Upper Shelf

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

71

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Serv-Rite® Portable Buffet Warmers The Hatco Serv-Rite® Portable Buffet Warmers are designed to keep prepared foods at optimum serving temperatures without affecting quality. They are perfect for self-serve buffet areas and customer serving points.

SRSSBW-1 in standard Designer Black finish, Night Sky Swanstone, Smoked Sneeze Guard, and Extended Shelf

SRBW-1 w ith optional Anodized Nickel Gloss finish and single sided clear glass sneeze guard and accessory food pans

• Base is thermostatically controlled with digital temperature indicating display • Available with halogen lighting in models SRBW, SRGBW, and SRSSBW • SRSS-1 and SRSSBW-1 come in four simulated stone colors, non-standard colors are non-returnable • SRB-1 and SRBW-1 include one 64 mm (21/2") high full size food pan

• Standard models equipped with removable utensil tray for easy cleaning • Optional single sided clear or smoked glass sneeze guard available

SRSS-1 in standard Designer Black and Gray Granite Swanstone

SRGBW-1 shown in standard Designer Black, smoked glass sneeze guard and food pans (not available)

SRG-1 with optional Anodized Nickel Gloss finish, and food pans (not available)

SRB-1 s hown in optional Anodized Nickel Gloss finish, with 64 mm (21/2") high food pan (included)

serv-rite® PORTABLE buffet warmer

Portable Warmers

Dimensions Model Descripton SRB-1 pan(s) and utensil tray SRBW-1 pan(s), utensil tray, and overhead SRG-1 heated glass and utensil tray SRGBW-1 heated glass, utensil tray, overhead SRSS-1 heated stone and utensil tray SRSSBW-1 heated stone, utensil tray, overhead ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20.

WxDxH 804 x 560 x 161 mm (31 5⁄8" x 22 1⁄8" x 6 3⁄8") 820 x 660 x 581 mm (32 3⁄8" x 26" x 22 7⁄8") 804 x 560 x 161 mm (31 5⁄8" x 22 1⁄8" x 6 3⁄8") 820 x 660 x 581 mm (32 3⁄8" x 26" x 22 7⁄8") 804 x 560 x 161 mm (31 5⁄8" x 22 1⁄8" x 6 3⁄8") 820 x 660 x 581 mm (32 3⁄8" x 26" x 22 7⁄8")

All Portable Buffet Warmers Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, 240V single phase only.

Temperature Range: 38°- 93°C­­(100°-200°F).

Cord Location: Control side.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 73

Watts 500 800 350 650 350 650

Ship Weight 23 kg ( 50 lbs.)

47 kg (104 lbs.)

21 kg ( 46 lbs.)

49 kg (108 lbs.)

22 kg ( 48 lbs.)

46 kg (102 lbs.)

List Price 120, 220, 240V‡ $1416 2548 1416 2548 1443 2576

SRXXX-1 Serv-Rite

1-Pan Capacity

B = Heated Shelf G = Heated Glass Shelf SS = Heated Stone Shelf BW = Heated Shelf Buffet Warmer GBW = Heated Glass Shelf Buffet Warmer SSBW = Heated Stone Shelf Buffet Warmer

72

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

SRBW-1 shown in standard Designer Black, and two-sided sneeze guards. 64 mm (2 1⁄2") high food pan (included)

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)

ACCESSORIES

(available for purchase at any time) SRCARVING

SRBOARD

ST PAN 1/2

Carving Station Pan (removable spiked perforated insert, frame, and juice collection tray) (SRB-1 and SRBW-1 models only) (4 kg (9 lbs.))

Carving Station Board (removable cutting board, frame, and juice collection tray) (SRB-1 and SRBW-1 models only) (4.5 kg (10 lbs.))

Half-Size Stainless Steel Pan – 324 W x 264 D x 64 H mm (12 3⁄4"W x 10 3⁄8"D x 2 1⁄2"H)

$240

328 52

SRCARVING Accessory

Portable Warmers

Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard – RED Warm Red No Charge BLACK Black Standard GRAY Gray Granite No Charge WHITE White Granite No Charge NAVY Navy Blue No Charge GREEN Hunter Green No Charge Gloss Finish – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – BBLACK Bold Black $328 Gloss Finish – SRB, SRG, and SRSS models – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – NICKEL Anodized Nickel $150 Gloss Finish – SRBW, SRGBW, and SRSSBW models – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – NICKEL Anodized Nickel $216 Stone Color – SRSS-1 and SRSSBW-1 models – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Night Sky Standard – SS-GGRAN Gray Granite No Charge SS-BSAND Bermuda Sand No Charge SS-NSKY Night Sky Standard SS-SGRASS Sawgrass No Charge BW-1/2 Single sided Clear Glass Sneeze Guard (food shield) in lieu of two-sided Clear Glass Sneeze Guard (BW models only) No Charge BW-S Smoked Glass Sneeze Guard (food shield) in lieu of two-sided Clear Glass Sneeze Guard (BW models only) $160 BW-1/2S Single Sided Smoked Glass Sneeze Guard (food shield) in lieu of two-sided Clear Glass Sneeze Guard (BW models only) 80 SRG-EXT Full Glass Heated Base, in lieu of utensil tray (SRG, SRGBW models only) (adds 90 watts to unit) 50 SRSS-EXT Full Swanstone Heated Base, in lieu of utensil tray (SRSS, SRSSBW models only) (adds 90 watts to unit) 75 BW-DIM Dimmer Switch, in lieu of toggle switch, for overhead lights (BW models only) 180 BW-HW Two 300 watt bulbs in lieu of two 150 watt bulbs (BW models only) (adds 300 watts to unit) 54

SRBOARD Accessory

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – SEE PAGE 134 colors AND finishes – inside back cover Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

73

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Glo-Ray® Buffet Warmers Hold hot food at optimum serving temperatures on buffet lines or at temporary serving areas with Hatco Glo-Ray® Buffet Warmers. Choose from either standard or Designer style models in many lengths to fit your operation.

• Standard and Designer models available • Thermostatically-controlled heated base of 27°- 93°C (80°- 200°F) extends holding times of most foods • Prefocused infrared top heat directs heat to the outer edges where heat loss is greatest • Sturdy plexi-glass sneeze guard

• Shatter-resistant incandescent lights enhance product displays while safeguarding food from bulb breakage • Available in a variety of lengths from 638-1988 mm (251⁄8"- 781⁄4")

GR2BW-30 in optional Designer color and plexi-glass side enclosures and accessory food pans

GRBW-30 w ith optional Designer color and accessory food pans

BUFFET WARMER Dimensions Model No. of Bulbs W x D x H (Includes sneeze guard) GRBW-24 2 635 x 572 x 451 mm (25" x 22 1⁄2" x 17 3⁄4") GRBW-30 2 787 x 572 x 451 mm (31" x 22 1⁄2" x 17 3⁄4") GRBW-36 3 940 x 572 x 451 mm (37 " x 22 1⁄2" x 17 3⁄4") GRBW-42 3 1092 x 572 x 527 mm (43 " x 22 1⁄2" x 20 3⁄4") GRBW-48 4 1245 x 572 x 527 mm (49 " x 22 1⁄2" x 20 3⁄4") 4 1397 x 572 x 527 mm (55 " x 22 1⁄2" x 20 3⁄4") GRBW-54D 5 1549 x 572 x 527 mm (61" x 22 1⁄2" x 20 3⁄4") GRBW-60D 5 1702 x 572 x 527 mm (67 " x 22 1⁄2" x 20 3⁄4") GRBW-66D 5 1854 x 572 x 527 mm (73 " x 22 1⁄2" x 20 3⁄4") GRBW-72D ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20.

D Not available in 120V.

Maximum Pan Capacity 1 Full Size Pan 2 Full Size Pans 2 Full Size Pans 3 Full Size Pans 3 Full Size Pans 4 Full Size Pans 4 Full Size Pans 5 Full Size Pans 5 Full Size Pans

Watts 970 1230 1530 1730 2040 2290 2600 2860 3125

Ship Weight 22 kg ( 48 lbs.)

24 kg ( 52 lbs.)

26 kg ( 58 lbs.)

31 kg ( 68 lbs.)

34 kg ( 74 lbs.)

37 kg ( 81 lbs.)

41 kg ( 90 lbs.)

44 kg ( 96 lbs.)

49 kg (107 lbs.)

List Price 120, 120/208, 120/240V 220, 240V‡ $1471 $1511 1631 1671 1789 1829 1938 1978 2105 2145 2251 2291 2416 2456 2568 2608 2719 2759

Ship Weight 34 kg ( 76 lbs.)

39 kg ( 85 lbs.)

44 kg ( 97 lbs.)

50 kg (110 lbs.)

57 kg (125 lbs.)

59 kg (130 lbs.)

70 kg (154 lbs.)

77 kg (169 lbs.)

84 kg (186 lbs.)

List Price 120, 120/208, 120/240V 220, 240V‡ $2631 $2671 2886 2926 3138 3178 3478 3518 3812 3852 4217 4257 4624 4664 4958 4998 5282 5322

All Buffet Warmers Feature: Voltage: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.

GRBW Base Dimensions: 635-1854 W x 495 D mm (25 "-73 " x 19 1⁄2").

Cord Location: Base end plate, same side as switch.

Portable Warmers

DESIGNER BUFFET WARMER Dimensions No. of Bulbs W x D x H (Includes sneeze guard) Model6 GR2BW-24 2 768 x 686 x 483 mm (30 1⁄4" x 27" x 19") 921 x 686 x 483 mm (36 1⁄4" x 27" x 19") GR2BW-30 2 GR2BW-36 2 1073 x 686 x 483 mm (42 1⁄4" x 27" x 19") GR2BW-42 4 1226 x 686 x 559 mm (48 1⁄4" x 27" x 22") GR2BW-48 4 1378 x 686 x 559 mm (54 1⁄4" x 27" x 22") GR2BW-54 4 1530 x 686 x 559 mm (60 1⁄4" x 27" x 22") 6 1683 x 686 x 559 mm (66 1⁄4" x 27" x 22") GR2BW-60D GR2BW-66D 6 1835 x 686 x 559 mm (72 1⁄4" x 27" x 22") 6 1988 x 686 x 559 mm (78 1⁄4" x 27" x 22") GR2BW-72D 6 When no color is specified, color inset panels and corner caps will be black. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20.

D Not available in 120V.

Maximum Pan Capacity 1 Full Size Pan 2 Full Size Pans 2 Full Size Pans 3 Full Size Pans 3 Full Size Pans 4 Full Size Pans 4 Full Size Pans 5 Full Size Pans 5 Full Size Pans

All Designer Buffet Warmers Feature: Voltage: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.

Usable Heated Shelf Space: Width of unit minus 165 x 552 D mm (6 1⁄2" x 21 3⁄4").

Cord Location: Center of bottom on control side.

Watts 970 1230 1470 1790 2040 2290 2660 2920 3185

ALL GLO-RAY METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 75 GRBW-XX Glo-Ray Buffet Warmer

74

Width of unit (inches)

Glo-Ray Designer Buffet Warmer

GR2BW-XX Width of unit (inches)

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

GRBW-30 with accessory food pans

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time)

Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – RED Warm Red $328 BLACK Black 328 GRAY Gray Granite 328 WHITE White Granite 328 NAVY Navy Blue 328 GREEN Hunter Green 328 COPPER Antique Copper 328 Designer Inset Panel Colors, GR2BW Models – Non-standard colors are non-returnable Black Standard – RED Warm Red No Charge BLACK Black Standard GRAY Gray Granite No Charge WHITE White Granite No Charge NAVY Navy Blue No Charge GREEN Hunter Green No Charge COPPER Antique Copper No Charge Designer Corner Caps, GR2BW Models – Non-standard colors are non-returnable Black Standard – BLACK Black Corner Caps Standard DKGRAY Dark Gray Corner Caps No Charge Acrylic Front and Two Side Enclosures (Available for GRBW-24, -30, -36, -42, and -48 models only) in lieu of Sneeze Guards – FRTENCL-24, -30 GRBW-24 & -30 models $300 FRTENCL-36, -42, -48 GRBW-36, -42, & -48 models 343 SIDE-ENCL Two Plexi-Glass Side Enclosures (GRBW models only) 204 SIDE-ENCL2 Two Plexi-Glass Side Enclosures (GR2BW models only) 204 HC 24-42 GRBW-24 through GRBW-42 107 HC 48-72 GRBW-48 through GRBW-72 214 INF Infinite Control for Top Heat Only (GRBW-24 through GRBW-60 and GR2BW-24 through GR2BW-60 models only) 33 9.375BP 238 mm (9 3⁄8") Sneeze Guard in lieu of Standard 191 mm (7 1⁄2") (GRBW models only) add per 305 mm (12") per side 5 14BP 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard in lieu of Standard add per 305 mm (12") per side 16 191 mm (7 1⁄2")

GRBW-LEGS

102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs ( GRBW models only, standard on units GRBW-42 or larger) 2SD-LEGS 102 mm (4") Designer Legs (GR2BW models only, standard on units GR2BW-42 or larger) Pan Rail GRBW Models (Cannot use with Acrylic Front Enclosure) 2 RAIL 2-Pan 3 RAIL 3-Pan 4 RAIL 4-Pan 5 RAIL 5-Pan

$42 80 $143 153 286 296

2SD-LEGS Accessory 2 Rail Accessory

Portable Warmers

3 Rail Accessory

Buffet Warmer Maximum Pan Capacities Model GRBW-24, GR2BW-24: GRBW-30, -36, GR2BW-30, -36: GRBW-42, -48, GR2BW-42, -48: GRBW-54, -60, GR2BW-54, -60: GRBW-66, -72, GR2BW-66, -72:

Pan Capacity 1 Full Size Pan 2 Full Size Pans 3 Full Size Pans 4 Full Size Pans 5 Full Size Pans

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – SEE PAGE 134 colors AND finishes – inside back cover Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

75

Built-In Warmers Cafeterias • Buffets Supermarkets & Delis • Restaurants & Cafés

GRSSB-3618 in Night Sky decorative stone pg. 77

GRSSB-3618 in Bermuda Sand built into a Bermuda Sand Swanstone® countertop pg. 77

HBGB-3618 shown below a GR2AHL-42 with Designer non-adjustable stands, optional sneeze guards built into a Swanstone® countertop pg. 78

GRSB-30-I Glo-Ray® Heated Shelf with accessory pans shown below a GRAHL-36 with optional sneeze guards and adjustable tubular stands pg. 79

GRSB-54-I with recessed top and accessory pans shown below a GRAL-96D with optional sneeze guard pg. 79

GRSBF-60-O Built-in Glo-Ray® Heated Shelf with flush top, built into a Bermuda Sand Swanstone® countertop with accessory pans shown below a GR2AL-96D in Designer color with optional sneeze guards pg. 80

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Glo-Ray® Built-In Rectangular Heated Stone* Shelves

• Shelves are made of approved foodsafe materials • Features a lighted rocker switch and thermostatically-controlled heated base

Match the heat zone to your countertops with Hatco’s Glo-Ray® Heated Stone Shelves. The built-in foodsafe shelves are ideal for buffet lines or as hors d’oeuvre displays.

These unique warmers will safely hold food hot while blending in with your décor.

GRSSB-3618 i n Bermuda Sand decorative stone built into a Swanstone® countertop Standard c ontrol box

BUILT-IN Rectangular HEATED STONE* SHELF Dimensions List Price Model^ WxDxH Watts Ship Weight 120 220, 240V‡ GRSSB-2418 651 x 498 x 57 mm (25 5⁄8" x 19 5⁄8" x 2 1⁄4") 635 14 kg (30 lbs.) $1438 $1458 780 16 kg (35 lbs.)

1498 1518 GRSSB-3018 803 x 498 x 57 mm (31 5⁄8" x 19 5⁄8" x 2 1⁄4") 930 19 kg (40 lbs.)

1560 1580 GRSSB-3618 956 x 498 x 57 mm (37 5⁄8" x 19 5⁄8" x 2 1⁄4") 5 5 1 GRSSB-4818 1260 x 498 x 57 mm (49 ⁄8" x 19 ⁄8" x 2 ⁄4") 1270 24 kg (51 lbs.)

1713 1733 5 5 1 1560 26 kg (56 lbs.)

1834 1854 GRSSB-6018 1565 x 498 x 57 mm (61 ⁄8" x 19 ⁄8" x 2 ⁄4") 1860 32 kg (70 lbs.)

1957 1977 GRSSB-7218 1870 x 498 x 57 mm (73 5⁄8" x 19 5⁄8" x 2 1⁄4") ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, add $20. ^ Recommended for use in a metallic countertop. For other surfaces, verify that the material is suitable for temperatures up to 93°C (200°F).

All Built-in Rectangular Heated Stone Shelves Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase only.

Cord Location: End of remote enclosure.

NOTE: For any size GRSSB, the next larger size GRA or GR2A will fit over the top. For example, a GRSSB-3018 will require a GRA-36, or GR2A-36. The GRA will have a tight fit to the frame of the base. The GR2A will have approximately a 4" space.

ALL GLO-RAY BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors (Flush Mount Control Box Bezel) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green Stone Color – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Night Sky Standard – SS-BSAND Bermuda Sand SS-GGRAN Gray Granite SS-NSKY Night Sky SS-SGRASS Sawgrass GRSSB-FLUSH-ITC Flush Mount Electronic Control Box with Lighted Power Switch GRSSB-FLUSH-TSTAT Flush Mount Thermostatic Control Box with Lighted Power Switch COND-6 1829 mm (6') conduit in lieu of standard 914 mm (3'), (used with Flush Mount ITC Control Box) COND-10 3048 mm (10') conduit in lieu of standard 914 mm (3') (used with Flush Mount ITC Control Box) GRSSB-REC Built-in Heated Stone Shelf with Recessed Top

$33 No Charge $125 No Charge 30 60 No Charge

colors AND finishes – inside back cover

Optional flush mount recessed thermostatic control box with lighted On/Off rocker switch and angled recessed controls Optional flush mount recessed electronic control box with lighted On/Off rocker switch and angled recessed controls

Built-In RECTANGULAR Heated Stone* Shelves Countertop Cutout Dimensions Model GRSSB-2418 GRSSB-3018 GRSSB-3618 GRSSB-4818 GRSSB-6018 GRSSB-7218

Minimum Width 625 mm (24 5⁄8") 778 mm (30 5⁄8") 930 mm (36 5⁄8") 1235 mm (48 5⁄8") 1540 mm (60 5⁄8") 1845 mm (72 5⁄8")

Maximum Width 632 mm (24 7⁄8") 784 mm (30 7⁄8") 937 mm (36 7⁄8") 1241 mm (48 7⁄8") 1546 mm (60 7⁄8") 1851 mm (72 7⁄8")

Minimum Depth 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8")

Maximum Depth 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8")

Below Counter 57 mm (2 1⁄4") 57 mm (2 1⁄4") 57 mm (2 1⁄4") 57 mm (2 1⁄4") 57 mm (2 1⁄4") 57 mm (2 1⁄4")

Optional Control Box CUTOUT DIMENSIONS Model GRSSB-FLUSH-ITC GRSB-FLUSH-ITC GRSSB-FLUSH-TSTAT GRSB-FLUSH-TSTAT

Width

Height

Depth

149 mm (5 7⁄8")

174 mm (6 3⁄8")

121 mm (4 3⁄4")

149 mm (5 7⁄8")

174 mm (6 3⁄8")

102 mm (4 ")

*S imulated Stone Depth of Shelf (inches) Width of Shelf (inches)

Heated Shelf Stone

B= Built-In Rectangular

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

77

Built-In Warmers

GRSSB-XXXX Glo-Ray

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Built-In Rectangular Heated Black Glass Shelves Hatco Heated Black Glass Shelves have a heated ceramic glass top to create uniform heat across the entire surface and are made of approved foodsafe materials. Adjustable thermostat controls allow surface temperature to be controlled easily.

• Shelves are made of approved foodsafe materials • Equipped with an attached stainless steel trim mounting ring­ • Lighted On/Off rocker switch HBGB-2418 with Designer Black Trim RIng Standard control box

BUILT-IN RECTANGULAR HEATED BLACK GLASS SHELF

HBGBH-XXXX

Model^ Dimensions W x D x H Watts Ship Weight List Price‡ Heated Depth of shelf (inches) Black Glass HBGB-2418 654 x 502 x 57 mm (25 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 425 15 kg (32 lbs.) $2103 Width of shelf 3 3 1 Built-In 525 17 kg (37 lbs.)

2192 HBGB-3018 806 x 502 x 57 mm (31 ⁄4" x 19 ⁄4" x 2 ⁄4") (inches) 630 19 kg (40 lbs.)

2284 HBGB-3618 959 x 502 x 57 mm (37 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") No Character = Standard Watt 1264 x 502 x 57 mm (49 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 850 23 kg (50 lbs.)

2506 HBGB-4818B H = High Watt 1568 x 502 x 57 mm (61 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 1050 29 kg (63 lbs.)

2684 HBGB-6018B 1873 x 502 x 57 mm (73 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 1260 34 kg (74 lbs.)

2864 HBGB-7218B ^ Recommended for use in a metallic countertop. For other surfaces, verify that the material is suitable for temperatures up to 93°C (200°F). ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, no added charge.

B Units 1219 mm (48") and larger are constructed of two equal size pieces of glass which create a seam.

All Built-in Heated Black Glass Shelves Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, 240 single phase only. Cord Location: End of remote enclosure.

Optional flush mount recessed thermostatic control box with lighted On/Off rocker switch and angled recessed controls

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors (Flush Mount Control Box Bezel) – BLACK Black $33 HBGB-TRIM-BLK Designer Black Powdercoated Trim Ring 33 HBGB-FLUSH-ITC Flush Mount Electronic Control Box with Lighted Power Switch 125 HBGB-FLUSH-TSTAT Flush Mount Thermostatic Control Box with Lighted Power Switch No Charge COND-6 1829 mm (6') conduit in lieu of standard 914 mm (3'), (used with Flush Mount ITC Control Box) 30 COND-10 3048 mm (10') conduit in lieu of standard 914 mm (3') (used with Flush Mount ITC Control Box) 60 HBGB-REC Built-in Heated Black Glass Shelf with Recessed Top No Charge

Optional flush mount recessed electronic control box with lighted On/Off rocker switch and angled recessed controls

BUILT-IN RECTANGULAR HIGH-WATT HEATED BLACK GLASS SHELF Model^ Dimensions W x D x H Watts Ship Weight List Price‡ HBGBH-2418 654 x 502 x 57 mm (25 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 635 14 kg (29 lbs.) $2340 806 x 502 x 57 mm (31 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 809 15 kg (32 lbs.)

2428 HBGBH-3018 984 18 kg (38 lbs.)

2520 HBGBH-3618 959 x 502 x 57 mm (37 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 1264 x 502 x 57 mm (49 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 1268 22 kg (47 lbs.)

2742 HBGBH-4818B 3 3 1 B 1568 x 502 x 57 mm (61 ⁄4" x 19 ⁄4" x 2 ⁄4") 1618 25 kg (55 lbs.)

2919 HBGBH-6018 3 3 1 B 1873 x 502 x 57 mm (73 ⁄4" x 19 ⁄4" x 2 ⁄4") 1968 29 kg (64 lbs.)

3101 HBGBH-7218 ^ Recommended for use in a metallic countertop. For other surfaces, verify that the material is suitable for temperatures up to 125°C (257°F). ‡ Available with CE mark, no added charge.

B Units 1219 mm (48") and larger are constructed of two equal sized pieces of glass which create a seam.

All Built-in Heated Black Glass High-Watt Shelves Feature: Voltage: 230V single phase only. Cord Location: End of remote enclosure. Conduit: 1829 mm (72").

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors (Flush Mount Control Box Bezel) – BLACK Black HBGB-TRIM-BLK Designer Black Powdercoated Trim Ring HBGBH-NO-TRIM Unit without Trim Ring

$33 33 No Charge

Standard flush mount recessed electronic control box with lighted On/Off rocker switch and angled recessed controls

Built-In Warmers

OPTIONAL Rectangular Heated Black Glass and High-Watt Heated Black Glass Shelf Countertop Cutout Dimensions

Model HBGB, HBGBH-2418 HBGB, HBGBH-3018 HBGB, HBGBH-3618 HBGB, HBGBH-4818 HBGB, HBGBH-6018 HBGB, HBGBH-7218

Minimum Width 625 mm (24 5⁄8") 778 mm (30 5⁄8") 930 mm (36 5⁄8") 1235 mm (48 5⁄8") 1540 mm (60 5⁄8") 1845 mm (72 5⁄8")

Control Box CUTOUT DIMENSIONS

Model HBGB-FLUSH-ITC HBGB-FLUSH-TSTAT

78

Width 149 mm (5 7⁄8") 149 mm (5 7⁄8")

Maximum Width 632 mm (24 7⁄8") 784 mm (30 7⁄8") 937 mm (36 7⁄8") 1241 mm (48 7⁄8") 1546 mm (60 7⁄8") 1851 mm (72 7⁄8")

Height 174 mm (6 3⁄8") 174 mm (6 3⁄8")

Minimum Depth 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8")

Maximum Depth 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8")

Below Counter 57 mm (2 1⁄4") 57 mm (2 1⁄4") 57 mm (2 1⁄4") 57 mm (2 1⁄4") 57 mm (2 1⁄4") 57 mm (2 1⁄4")

Depth 121 mm (4 3⁄4") 102 mm (4 ")

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Glo-Ray® Built-in Rectangular Heated Shelves Let Hatco add heat to your serving surface with the Glo-Ray® Built-in Rectangular Heated Shelf. This 13 mm (1⁄2") recessed top foodwarmer has a hardcoated aluminum surface and blanket-type element for uniform heat to extend your food holding time.

• Uniform heat distribution with hardcoated aluminum surface and blanket-type element • 914 mm (36") flexible conduit channels power lines from the shelf to a remote control enclosure

•E nclosure includes control thermostat, an illuminated power switch and mounting brackets •T hermostatically-controlled heated base

Standard c ontrol box

NOTE: For any size GRSB, the next larger size GRA or GR2A will fit over the top. For example, a GRSB-30 will require a GRA-36 or GR2A-36. The GRA will have a tight fit to the frame of the base.

The GR2A will have approximately a 102 mm (4") space.

GRSB-24-I

BUILT-IN Rectangular HEATED SHELF WITH RECESSED TOP Dimensions Cut-Out Dimensions Model^ WxDxH Min.-Max. Width Min.-Max. Depth Watts Ship Weight GRSB-24-F 648 x 432 x 73 mm (25 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 7⁄8") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 420 9 kg (20 lbs.)

622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (16"-20 1⁄4") 550 10 kg (22 lbs.)

GRSB-24-I 648 x 533 x 73 mm (25 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 7⁄8") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 790 12 kg (26 lbs.)

GRSB-24-O 648 x 800 x 73 mm (25 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 7⁄8") GRSB-30-F 800 x 432 x 73 mm (31 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 7⁄8") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 505 10 kg (23 lbs.)

775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 665 11 kg (25 lbs.)

GRSB-30-I 800 x 533 x 73 mm (31 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 7⁄8") 1 1 7 1 3 1 3 775-781 mm (30 ⁄2"-30 ⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 ⁄2"-30 ⁄4") 950 13 kg (28 lbs.)

GRSB-30-O 800 x 800 x 73 mm (31 ⁄2" x 31 ⁄2" x 2 ⁄8") 927-933 mm (36 1⁄2"-36 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 590 12 kg (26 lbs.)

GRSB-36-F 953 x 432 x 73 mm (37 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 7⁄8") 927-933 mm (36 1⁄2"-36 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 780 13 kg (29 lbs.)

GRSB-36-I 953 x 533 x 73 mm (37 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 7⁄8") 927-933 mm (36 1⁄2"-36 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 1110 15 kg (32 lbs.)

GRSB-36-O 953 x 800 x 73 mm (37 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 7⁄8") 1080-1086 mm (42 1⁄2"-42 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 685 13 kg (29 lbs.)

GRSB-42-F 1105 x 432 x 73 mm (43 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 7⁄8") GRSB-42-I 1105 x 533 x 73 mm (43 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 7⁄8") 1080-1086 mm (42 1⁄2"-42 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 885 15 kg (32 lbs.)

1 1 7 1 3 1 3 GRSB-42-O 1105 x 800 x 73 mm (43 ⁄2" x 31 ⁄2" x 2 ⁄8") 1080-1086 mm (42 ⁄2"-42 ⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 ⁄2"-30 ⁄4") 1270 16 kg (35 lbs.)

1232-1238 mm (48 1⁄2"-48 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 770 15 kg (33 lbs.)

GRSB-48-F 1257 x 432 x 73 mm (49 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 7⁄8") 1232-1238 mm (48 1⁄2"-48 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 1000 16 kg (36 lbs.)

GRSB-48-I 1257 x 533 x 73 mm (49 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 7⁄8") GRSB-48-O 1257 x 800 x 73 mm (49 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 7⁄8") 1232-1238 mm (48 1⁄2"-48 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 1430 18 kg (39 lbs.)

1 7 1 3 1 1384-1391 mm (54 ⁄2"-54 ⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 ⁄4") 1110 20 kg (43 lbs.)

GRSB-54-I 1410 x 533 x 73 mm (55 ⁄2" x 21" x 2 ⁄8") 1537-1543 mm (60 1⁄2"-60 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 950 20 kg (45 lbs.)

GRSB-60-F 1562 x 432 x 73 mm (61 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 7⁄8") GRSB-60-I 1562 x 533 x 73 mm (61 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 7⁄8") 1537-1543 mm (60 1⁄2"-60 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 1220 23 kg (50 lbs.)

GRSB-60-O 1562 x 800 x 73 mm (61 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 7⁄8") 1537-1543 mm (60 1⁄2"-60 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 1750 25 kg (54 lbs.)

1689-1695 mm (66 1⁄2"-66 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 1330 25 kg (54 lbs.)

GRSB-66-I 1715 x 533 x 73 mm (67 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 7⁄8") 1842-1848 mm (72 1⁄2"-72 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 3⁄4") 1130 24 kg (52 lbs.)

GRSB-72-F 1867 x 432 x 73 mm (73 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 7⁄8") 1 7 1 3 1 1842-1848 mm (72 ⁄2"-72 ⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 ⁄4") 1440 26 kg (58 lbs.)

GRSB-72-I 1867 x 533 x 73 mm (73 ⁄2" x 21" x 2 ⁄8") 1 1 7 1 3 1 3 GRSB-72-O 1867 x 800 x 73 mm (73 ⁄2" x 31 ⁄2" x 2 ⁄ 8") 1842-1848 mm (72 ⁄2"-72 ⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 ⁄2"-30 ⁄4") 2070 29 kg (64 lbs.) ^ Recommended for use in a metallic countertop. For other surfaces, verify that the material is suitable for temperatures up to 93°C (200°F). ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, no added charge, except models GRSB-24-O, -30-O and -42-O.

List Price 120 220, 240V‡ $1260 $1280 1260 1280 1373 1393 1344 1364 1344 1364 1494 1514 1429 1449 1429 1449 1663 1683 1500 1520 1500 1520 1827 1847 1579 1599 1579 1599 1967 1987 1661 1681 1742 1762 1742 1762 2288 2308 1813 1833 1883 1903 1883 1903 2610 2630

All Built-In Heated Shelves Feature: Voltage: All models ending in -F and -I and models 610 through 1219 mm (24" through 48") wide ending in -O: 120, 220 or 240, single phase.

GRSB-60-O: 120, 220 or 240, single phase.

GRSB-72-O: 208, 220 or 240, single phase.

Usable Heated Shelf Space: Width of unit minus 38 mm (1 1⁄2") x depth of unit minus 38 mm (1 1⁄2").

Cord Location: End of remote enclosure.

GRSB-XX-X

ALL GLO-RAY BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

Glo-Ray Heated Shelf Built-In Model Width (inches)

GRSB Heated Depth F= 432 mm (17") I = 533 mm(21") O = 800 mm (31½")

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – SEE PAGE 134 colors AND finishes – inside back cover

Optional flush mount recessed electronic control box with lighted On/Off rocker switch and angled recessed controls

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

79

Built-In Warmers

Designer Colors (Flush Mount Control Box Bezel only) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – $33 RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green GRSB-FLUSH-ITC Flush Mount Electronic Control Box with Lighted Power Switch (not available with CE mark)* $125 GRSB-FLUSH-TSTAT Flush Mount Thermostatic Control Box with Lighted Power Switch* No Charge COND-10 3048 mm (10') conduit in lieu of standard 914 mm (3') (used with Flush Mount ITC Control Box) 60 * See page 77 for Control Box cutout dimensions

Optional fl ush mount recessed thermostatic control box with lighted On/ Off rocker switch and angled recessed controls

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Glo-Ray® Built-in Rectangular Heated Shelves Let Hatco add heat to your serving surface with the Glo-Ray® Built-in Rectangular Heated Shelf. This flush top foodwarmer has a hardcoated aluminum surface and blanket-type element for uniform heat to extend your food holding time.

• Uniform heat distribution with hardcoated aluminum surface and blanket-type element •9 14 mm (36") flexible conduit channels power lines from the shelf to a remote control enclosure •E nclosure includes control thermostat, an illuminated power switch and mounting brackets

• Thermostatically-controlled heated base • Model widths from: 648 to 1867 mm (251⁄2" to 731⁄2") • Optional stainless steel surface

Standard control box GRSBF-60-O Built-in Glo-Ray® Heated Shelf with flush top, built into a Swanstone® countertop with accessory pans shown below a GR2AL-96D in Designer color with optional sneeze guards

NOTE: For any size GRSBF, the next larger size GRA or GR2A will fit over the top. For example, a GRSBF-30 will require a GRA-36 or GR2A-36. The GRA will have a tight fit to the frame of the base. The GR2A will have approximately a 102 mm (4") space.

BUILT-IN Rectangular HEATED SHELF WITH FLUSH TOP Dimensions Cut-Out Dimensions List Price Model^ WxDxH Min.-Max. Width Min.-Max. Depth Watts Ship Weight 120 220, 240V‡ GRSBF-24-F 648 x 432 x 57 mm (25 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 1⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 420 9 kg (20 lbs.) $1260 $1280 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 550 10 kg (22 lbs.)

1260 1280 GRSBF-24-I 648 x 533 x 57 mm (25 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 1⁄4") 1 1 1 1 3 1 3 622-629 mm (24 ⁄2"-24 ⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 ⁄2"-24 ⁄4") 700 11 kg (24 lbs.)

1338 1358 GRSBF-24-S 648 x 648 x 57 mm (25 ⁄2" x 25 ⁄2" x 2 ⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 790 12 kg (26 lbs.)

1373 1393 GRSBF-24-O 648 x 800 x 57 mm (25 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 505 10 kg (23 lbs.)

1344 1364 GRSBF-30-F 800 x 432 x 57 mm (31 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 1⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 665 11 kg (25 lbs.)

1344 1364 GRSBF-30-I 800 x 533 x 57 mm (31 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 1⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 825 12 kg (26 lbs.)

1450 1470 GRSBF-30-S 800 x 648 x 57 mm (31 1⁄2" x 25 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 1 1 1 1 3 1 3 775-781 mm (30 ⁄2"-30 ⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 ⁄2"-30 ⁄4") 950 13 kg (28 lbs.)

1494 1514 GRSBF-30-O 800 x 800 x 57 mm (31 ⁄2" x 31 ⁄2" x 2 ⁄4") 927-933 mm (36 1⁄2"-36 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 590 12 kg (26 lbs.)

1429 1449 GRSBF-36-F 953 x 432 x 57 mm (37 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 1⁄4") 927-933 mm (36 1⁄2"-36 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 780 13 kg (28 lbs.)

1429 1449 GRSBF-36-I 953 x 533 x 57 mm (37 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 1⁄4") 927-933 mm (36 1⁄2"-36 3⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 950 14 kg (31 lbs.)

1615 1635 GRSBF-36-S 953 x 648 x 57 mm (37 1⁄2" x 25 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 927-933 mm (36 1⁄2"-36 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 1110 15 kg (32 lbs.)

1663 1683 GRSBF-36-O 953 x 800 x 57 mm (37 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 1080-1086 mm (42 1⁄2"-42 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 685 13 kg (29 lbs.)

1500 1520 GRSBF-42-F 1105 x 432 x 57 mm (43 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 1⁄4") 1 1 1 3 1 GRSBF-42-I 1105 x 533 x 57 mm (43 ⁄2" x 21" x 2 ⁄4") 1080-1086 mm (42 ⁄2"-42 ⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 ⁄4") 885 15 kg (32 lbs.)

1500 1520 1770 1790 GRSBF-42-S 1105 x 648 x 57 mm (43 1⁄2" x 25 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 1080-1086 mm (42 1⁄2"-42 3⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 1100 15 kg (34 lbs.)

1827 1847 GRSBF-42-O 1105 x 800 x 57 mm (43 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 1080-1086 mm (42 1⁄2"-42 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 1270 16 kg (35 lbs.)

1232-1238 mm (48 1⁄2"-48 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 770 15 kg (33 lbs.)

1579 1599 GRSBF-48-F 1257 x 432 x 57 mm (49 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 1⁄4") 1232-1238 mm (48 1⁄2"-48 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 1000 16 kg (36 lbs.)

1579 1599 GRSBF-48-I 1257 x 533 x 57 mm (49 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 1⁄4") 1 1 1 1 3 1 3 1902 1922 GRSBF-48-S 1257 x 648 x 57 mm (49 ⁄2" x 25 ⁄2" x 2 ⁄4") 1232-1238 mm (48 ⁄2"-48 ⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 ⁄2"-24 ⁄4") 1225 17 kg (38 lbs.)

1 1 1 1 3 1 3 1967 1987 GRSBF-48-O 1257 x 800 x 57 mm (49 ⁄2" x 31 ⁄2" x 2 ⁄4") 1232-1238 mm (48 ⁄2"-48 ⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 ⁄2"-30 ⁄4") 1430 18 kg (39 lbs.)

GRSBF-60-F 1562 x 432 x 57 mm (61 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 1⁄4") 1537-1543 mm (60 1⁄2"-60 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 950 20 kg (45 lbs.)

1742 1762 1537-1543 mm (60 1⁄2"-60 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 1220 23 kg (50 lbs.)

1742 1762 GRSBF-60-I 1562 x 533 x 57 mm (61 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 1⁄4") 2225 2245 GRSBF-60-S 1562 x 648 x 57 mm (61 1⁄2" x 25 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 1537-1543 mm (60 1⁄2"-60 3⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 1500 24 kg (53 lbs.)

1 1 1 1 3 1 3 2288 2308 GRSBF-60-O 1562 x 800 x 57 mm (61 ⁄2" x 31 ⁄2" x 2 ⁄4") 1537-1543 mm (60 ⁄2"-60 ⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 ⁄2"-30 ⁄4") 1750 25 kg (54 lbs.)

1842-1848 mm (72 1⁄2"-72 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 1130 24 kg (52 lbs.)

1883 1903 GRSBF-72-F 1867 x 432 x 57 mm (73 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 1⁄4") 1842-1848 mm (72 1⁄2"-72 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 1440 26 kg (58 lbs.)

1883 1903 GRSBF-72-I 1867 x 533 x 57 mm (73 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 1⁄4") 2506 2526 GRSBF-72-S 1867 x 648 x 57 mm (73 1⁄2" x 25 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 1842-1848 mm (72 1⁄2"-72 3⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 1750 28 kg (62 lbs.)

–– 2630 GRSBF-72-O 1867 x 800 x 57 mm (73 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 1842-1848 mm (72 1⁄2"-72 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 1⁄4") 2070 29 kg (64 lbs.) ^ Recommended for use in a metallic countertop. For other surfaces, verify that the material is suitable for temperatures up to 93°C (200°F). ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, no added charge, except models GRSBF-24-O, -30-O and -42-O. All Built-In Heated Shelves Feature: Voltage: All models ending in -F and -I and models 610 through 1219 mm GRSBF-XX-X (24" through 48") wide ending in -S and -O: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

GRSBF-60-S, Glo-Ray GRSBF-60-O and GRSBF-72-S: 120, 220 or 240, single phase.

GRSBF Heated Depth Heated Shelf GRSBF-72-O: 208, 220, or 240, single phase.

F = 432 mm (17") Built-In I = 533 mm (21") Usable Heated Shelf Space: Entire surface.

1 Flat Top S = 648 mm (25 ⁄2") ALL GLO-RAY BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS Cord Location: End of remote enclosure.

1

Built-In Warmers

WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors (Flush Mount Control Box Bezel only) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green GRSBF-SS Stainless Steel Surface in lieu of Hardcoated (GRSBF models only) GRSB-FLUSH-ITC Flush Mount Electronic Control Box with Lighted Power Switch (not available with CE mark)* GRSB-FLUSH-TSTAT Flush Mount Thremostatic Control Box with Lighted Power Switch* COND-10 3048 mm (10') conduit in lieu of standard 914 mm (3') (used with Flush Mount ITC Control Box) * See page 77 for Control Box cutout dimensions FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – SEE PAGE 134 colors AND finishes – inside back cover

80

O = 800 mm (31 ⁄2")

Model Width (inches)

$33 No Charge $125 No Charge 60

Optional flush mount recessed thermostatic control box with lighted On/Off rocker switch and angled recessed controls Optional flush mount recessed electronic control box with lighted On/Off rocker switch and angled recessed controls

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Drawer Warmers Cafeterias • Convenience Stores Restaurants & Cafés • Clubs & Bars • Concessions

CDW-3N pg. 82

HDW-2 with 152 mm (6") deep food pans pg. 83

HDW-2B in optional Designer Warm Red pg. 83

HDW-2B with 152 mm (6") deep food pans pg. 83

HDW-3 with 152 mm (6") deep food pans pg. 83

HDW-1N pg. 83

Drawer Warmers

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Drawer Warmers This Hatco unit is designed to keep a variety of food products hot and flavor-fresh until served. With a single non-humidified cavity and a single electronic temperature control, this unit provides even, dry heat for food products that do not require humidity. With insulated top, sides, and back, these drawer warmers provide excellent energy efficiency.

• Digital electronic controller for easy programming • Low velocity convected air system provides even temperature throughout the cabinet • Tough, solid chrome handles are angled to avoid contact from passing carts

•N arrow width fits most kitchen footprints •H eavy-duty drawer slides with nylon rollers • I ncludes three full size pans

CDW-3N

CONVECTED DRAWER WARMER Dimensions WxDxH Model‡ CDW-3N 421 x 774 x 762 mm (165/8" x 301/2" x 30") ‡ 230V available with CE Mark, at no added charge.

Watts 933

Ship Weight 81 kg (179 lbs.)

List Price 120V 230V‡ $3707 $3757

All Convected Models Feature: Voltage: 120, 230, single phase.

Models Shipped With: One 152 mm (6") deep food pan per drawer, low profile 51 mm (2") casters, 1829 mm (6') cord and plug.

Cord Location: Back of unit, top right corner.

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – SEE PAGE 134

CDW-XN Convected Drawer Warmer

82

Narrow Width Quantity of Drawers

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Drawer Warmers

• Standard and narrow widths • 1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-drawer freestanding or 1-, 2-, or 3-drawer built-in models • Completely insulated individual cavities provide maximum energy efficiency

Hold everything from meat to vegetables to rolls in the Hatco Drawer Warmers. Built for tough kitchen duty with rugged construction and heavy-duty hardware, these warmers keep a variety of foods hot and fresh until served.

HDW-3B

HDW-3 with optional casters

•E ach drawer has a recessed individual thermostatic control, temperature monitor, vent slides and power switch •S tainless steel construction throughout •1 2-gauge stainless steel heavy-duty drawer slides with nylon rollers

HDW-2N

HDW-2B

FREESTANDING DRAWER WARMER List Price Dimensions Ship Weight 120, 208V 120, 208V 220, 240V‡ w/Pans Model W x D x H (height does not include legs/casters) Watts (includes weight of pans) w/Pans w/o Pans HDW-1 749 x 575 x 279 mm (29 1⁄2" x 22 5⁄8" x 11") 450 44 kg ( 97 lbs.) $2030 $1980 $2070 900 76 kg (168 lbs.)

3448 3348 3488 HDW-2 749 x 575 x 537 mm (29 1⁄2" x 22 5⁄8" x 21 1⁄8") 1 5 1 1350 105 kg (232 lbs.)

4868 4718 4908 HDW-3 749 x 575 x 794 mm (29 ⁄2" x 22 ⁄8" x 31 ⁄4") 1800 134 kg (296 lbs.)

6425 6225 6465 HDW-4 749 x 575 x 1051 mm (29 1⁄2" x 22 5⁄8" x 41 3⁄8") 450 38 kg ( 83 lbs.)

2030 1980 2070 HDW-1N 530 x 686 x 279 mm (20 7⁄8" x 27" x 11") HDW-2N 530 x 686 x 537 mm (20 7⁄8" x 27" x 21 1⁄8") 900 76 kg (168 lbs.)

3448 3348 3488 1350 105 kg (232 lbs.)

4868 4718 4908 HDW-3N 530 x 686 x 794 mm (20 7⁄8" x 27" x 31 1⁄4") ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $40. For one drawer, $70. For two drawer, $100. For three drawer, $130. For four drawer models.

Not available with Optional Digital Temperature Control.

220, 240V‡ w/o Pans $2020 3388 4758 6265 2020 3388 4758

All Freestanding Models Feature: Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240, single phase.

Models w/Pans Shipped with: One 152 mm (6") deep food pan per drawer.

HDW-1, -2 and -3 and All Narrow Models Shipped with: 102 mm (4") plastic legs, 1829 mm (72") cord and plug.

HDW-4 Shipped with: 152 mm (6") stainless steel legs, 1829 mm (72") cord and plug.

Cord Location: Back of unit, lower left corner.

BUILT-IN DRAWER WARMER Dimensions Ship Weight 120, 208V Model W x D x H (excluding front mounting flange) Watts (includes weight of pans) w/Pans HDW-1B 714 x 568 x 248 mm (28 1⁄8" x 22 3⁄8" x 9 3⁄4") 450 40 kg ( 88 lbs.) $1953 900 72 kg (159 lbs.)

3303 HDW-2B 714 x 568 x 508 mm (28 1⁄8" x 22 3⁄8" x 20") 1350 101 kg (223 lbs.)

4650 HDW-3B 714 x 568 x 765 mm (28 1⁄8" x 22 3⁄8" x 30 1⁄8") 450 40 kg ( 88 lbs.)

1953 HDW-1BN 495 x 679 x 248 mm (19 1⁄2" x 26 3⁄4" x 9 3⁄4") 1 3 900 72 kg (159 lbs.)

3303 HDW-2BN 495 x 679 x 508 mm (19 ⁄2" x 26 ⁄4" x 20") 1350 101 kg (223 lbs.)

4650 HDW-3BN 495 x 679 x 765 mm (19 1⁄2" x 26 3⁄4" x 30 1⁄8") ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $40. For one drawer, $70. For two drawer, $100. For three drawer models.

All Built-In Models Feature: Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240, single phase, with 1219 mm (48") flexible conduit.

Models w/Pans Shipped with: One 152 mm (6") deep food pan per drawer.

Built-In Cutout Requirements Model Width Depth t 603 mm (23 3⁄4") HDW-1B 718 mm (28 1⁄4") 603 mm (23 3⁄4") HDW-2B 718 mm (28 1⁄4") 603 mm (23 3⁄4") HDW-3B 718 mm (28 1⁄4") 714 mm (28 1⁄8") HDW-1BN 502 mm (19 3⁄4") HDW-2BN 502 mm (19 3⁄4") 714 mm (28 1⁄8") 714 mm (28 1⁄8") HDW-3BN 502 mm (19 3⁄4") t Depth includes 38 mm (1 1⁄2") for conduit connector.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 84

Height 257 mm (10 1⁄8") 514 mm (20 1⁄4") 772 mm (30 3⁄8") 257 mm (10 1⁄8") 514 mm (20 1⁄4") 772 mm (30 3⁄8")

List Price 120, 208V 220, 240V‡ w/Pans w/o Pans $1903 $1993 3203 3343 4500 4690 1903 1993 3203 3343 4500 4690

220, 240V‡ w/o Pans $1943 3243 4540 1943 3243 4540

ALL Drawer warmer heating elements are warranted against burnout or breakage for two years.

ALL Drawer Slides and rollers are warranted against breakage for two years

HDW-XX Heated Drawer Warmer

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

B = Built-In N = Narrow Quantity of Drawers

83

Drawer Warmers

Drawer Warmers

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Drawer Warmer Options & Accessories OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Drawer Front Colors per Drawer – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Stainless Steel is standard RED Warm Red Black Black Gray Granite Gray White White Granite Navy Blue Navy Hunter Green Green Copper Antique Copper HDW-ITC Digital Temperature Control (Required on all drawers) OS-PAN Oversized Drawer Frame and Pan 508 x 381 x 127 mm (20" x 15" x 5") in lieu of Standard Drawer with Pan (Standard width models only) BIS DRAWER Biscuit Pan Drawer (Accommodates two 457 x 330 mm (18" x 13") Half-Size Sheet Pans – not included) in lieu of Standard Drawer with Pan (Standard width models only) HDW-CHIP Chip Guard (standard width models only)

$55 55 55 55 55 55 55 per Drawer $ 30

ITC - Digital emperature Control HDW-ITC- Option

per Drawer 111

No Charge per Drawer 37

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at anytime) HDW-TRIVET HDW 6" LEG HDW-CASTER-2 HDW-CASTER-3 HDW-CASTER-4 HDW-CASTER-5 HDW-SPILL HDW-SPLASH

Custom 445 x 242 x 13 mm (171⁄2" x 91⁄2" x 1⁄2") trivet raises food product 13 mm ( 1⁄2") off bottom of full size pan 152 mm (6") Adjustable Stainless Steel Legs (Standard on HDW-4) 51 mm (2") Dia. casters - all swivel, 2 lock - (Adds 57 mm (2 1⁄2") to height of unit) (HDW-1, -2, -3 models only) 76 mm (3") Dia. Locking Casters (Adds 108 mm (4 1⁄4") to height of unit) (HDW-1, -2, -3 models only) 102 mm (4") Dia. Locking Casters (Adds 133 mm (5 1⁄4") to height of unit) 127 mm (5") Dia. Locking Casters (Adds 159 mm (6 1⁄4") to height of unit) Water/Spillage Pan (One per drawer) Splash Baffle (One per drawer)

$ 40 147 187 187

Biscuit Pan Drawer (pans not included) BIS DRAWER Option

222 222 199 42

A

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – SEE PAGE 134 colors AND finishes – inside back cover

B C

HDW-TRIVET Accessory

Casters - Accessory HDW-CASTER-2 (Swivel) HDW-CASTER-3 (Locking) HDW-CASTER-4 (Locking) HDW-CASTER-5 (Locking)

HDW 6" LEG Accessory

Additional Humidity A. Stainless Steel Food Pan B. Splash Baffle HDW-SPLASH Accessory C. Water/Spillage Pan (add 6 mm (1⁄4") of water) HDW-SPILL Accessory

D E F

HDW-SPLASH Accessory

84

Prevents chips from reaching the element D. Heat Shield (included) E. Heating Element (included) F. Chip Guard HDW-CHIP- Option

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Merchandisers Cafeterias • Convenience Stores Supermarkets & Delis • Restaurants & Cafés Clubs & Bars • Catering • Concessions

GRPWS-4824T with base heat only, signs not included pg. 86

GRSDS-36D dual slant shelf pg. 88

GR2SDS-48D Designer Merchandiser pg. 90

GRCMW-1 and GRCMW-1D in optional Bermuda Sand Decorative Stone color pg. 92

GRCD-2PD in optional Designer Warm Red and flip-up doors pg. 93

GRHD-4PD with optional double side opening and accessory food pans pg.95

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Merchandisers

Glo-Ray® Pizza Warmers

• Box stop doubles as the sign holder, a standard feature (excluding base only unit) (signs not included) • Ideal for holding boxed products for high volume applications like stadiums, schools, convenience stores and amusement parks • Constructed of aluminum and stainless steel with tempered glass side panels

Convenient for self-serve and quick-serve areas. The Hatco Glo-Ray® Pizza Warmers with base heat only hold boxed or bagged pizzas. Available in three shelf configurations to showcase food in an easy pass-through display.

• Separate power switch for each thermostatically-controlled shelf • Incandescent lights with bright annealed reflectors illuminate the holding areas (excluding base only unit)

GRPWS-4824T with base heat only, signs not included

SLANT DISPLAY WARMER – TRIPLE SHELF Dimensions Model No. of Bulbs W x D x H (height includes legs) GRPWS-2424T 6 607 x 662 x 781 mm (23 7⁄8" x 26 1⁄8" x 30 3⁄4") GRPWS-3624T 9 911 x 662 x 781 mm (35 7⁄8" x 26 1⁄8" x 30 3⁄4") GRPWS-4824T 12 1216 x 662 x 781 mm (47 7⁄8" x 26 1⁄8" x 30 3⁄4") ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. t Only available in 120V. Q Only available in 120/208-240V. All Slant Models Feature: Voltage: See model above.

Usable Heated Shelf Space: Width of unit minus 34 x 605 mm D (1 3⁄8" x 23 3⁄4").

Cord Location: Control side at right base corner.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Stainless Steel Standard – RED Warm Red $328 BLACK Black 328 GRAY Gray Granite 328 WHITE White Granite 328 NAVY Navy Blue 328 GREEN Hunter Green 328 COPPER Antique Copper 328

COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER

Watts 1425 2013 2574

Ship Weight 53 kg (116 lbs.)

68 kg (150 lbs.)

103 kg (227 lbs.)

List Price 120, 120/208, 120/240V 220, 240V‡ $4197t $4247 4979Q 5049 5619Q 5709

ALL GLO-RAY BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

RECOMMENDED SIGN DIMENSIONS Model GRPWS-2424T: 565 x 60 x 3 mm (22 1⁄4" x 2 3⁄8" x 1⁄8") GRPWS-3624T: 870 x 60 x 3 mm (34 1⁄4" x 2 3⁄8" x 1⁄8") GRPWS-4824T: 1175 x 60 x 3 mm (46 1⁄4" x 2 3⁄8" x 1⁄8") Box Stop w/Sign Holder 64 mm (2-1/2″)

Sign

FRESH

HO T

PI ZZA

60 mm (2-3/8″)

Recommended Sign Thickness = 3 mm (1/8″) Glo-Ray Pizza Warmer Slanted Shelf

86

GRPWS-XXXXT T = Triple Shelf Depth of Unit (inches) Width of Unit (inches)

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Glo-Ray® Merchandising Warmers

GRSDS/H-36D with slant and horizontal shelf and optional 381 mm (15") clearance top shelf

• Prefocused infrared top heat directs heat to the outer edges where heat loss is greatest • Product divider rods and 102 mm (4") legs included • Shatter-resistant incandescent lights illuminate the holding areas and emphasize the product HIGH WATT MODELS: Top shelf overhead heat is designed to hold fries and sandwiches.

GRSDS/H-36DHW with slant and horizontal shelf

SLANT/HORIZONTAL DISPLAY WARMER – DUAL SHELF No. of Bulbs, Dimensions Model Divider Rods WxDxH GRSDS/H-30D 4, 12 762 x 616 x 851 mm (30" x 24 1⁄4" x 33 1⁄2") GRSDS/H-36D 4, 14 914 x 616 x 851 mm (36" x 24 1⁄4" x 33 1⁄2") GRSDS/H-41D 6, 16 1041 x 616 x 851 mm (41" x 24 1⁄4" x 33 1⁄2") 4, 12 762 x 616 x 851 mm (30" x 24 1⁄4" x 33 1⁄2") GRSDS/H-30DHW w 4, 14 914 x 616 x 851 mm (36" x 24 1⁄4" x 33 1⁄2") GRSDS/H-36DHW w 6, 16 1041 x 616 x 851 mm (41" x 24 1⁄4" x 33 1⁄2") GRSDS/H-41DHW w ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. t Only available in 120V. Q Only available in 120/208-240V, NEMA L14-20P. w High wattage on top shelf only, not available in 120 volt.

All Slant/Horizontal Shelf Models Feature: Voltage: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.

Cord Location: Control side at right base corner.

Watts 1530 1810 2120 2450 2910 3360

Ship Weight 64 kg (140 lbs.)

72 kg (158 lbs.)

81 kg (178 lbs.)

64 kg (140 lbs.)

72 kg (158 lbs.)

81 kg (178 lbs.)

List Price 120, 120/208, 120/240V 220, 240V‡ $4771 t $4851 5034t 5114 5388 Q 5468 4981 – 5244 – 5598 –

ALL GLO-RAY METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS. ALL GLO-RAY BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time)

Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are nonreturnable – Glossy Gray Standard – RED Warm Red BLACK Black GRAY Gray Granite WHITE White Granite NAVY Navy Blue GREEN Hunter Green COPPER Antique Copper 15SPACE 381 mm (15") Clearance for Top Shelf in lieu of Standard 305 mm (12") (add 76 mm (3") to height of unit)

GRSDS-DIV GRSDH-DIV

$328 328 328 328 328 328 328

COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER

$97

each $18 each 18

Additional Stainless Steel Divider Rods (Bottom shelf only) Additional Stainless Steel Divider Rods (Top shelf only)

GRSDS/H-XXDHW High Wattage

Glo-Ray

D = Dual Shelf

Sandwich Display

Width of Unit (inches) S/H = Base Slanted and

Center Horizontal Slelf

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

87

Merchandisers

Designed with both a slanted and horizontal shelf, Glo-Ray® Merchandising Warmers offer the convenience of customer self-serve with the efficiency of preparing and holding product in advance for peak serving periods.

• Warmer includes a slant and horizontal shelf for merchandising a variety of products like popcorn on the top shelf and nachos, boxed pizza, or wrapped food on the bottom • Standard Indicating Temperature Control enhances accuracy and provides digital readout of temperatures • Thermostatically-controlled hardcoated heated base to extend holding times

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Merchandisers

Glo-Ray® Merchandising Warmers Designed specifically for showcasing wrapped or boxed product, the Hatco Glo-Ray® Merchandising Warmers hold hot food safely at proper serving temperatures. These warmers offer the convenience of self-serve and the efficiency of kitchen-toserver holding.

• Available in single- or two-tier models • Horizontal or slant shelves • Product divider rods sort food displays • Thermostatically-controlled hardcoated heated base, with a temperature range of 85°- 93°C (185°- 200°F), to extend holding times

• Prefocused infrared top heat directs heat to the outer edges where heat loss is greatest • Shatter-resistant incandescent lights illuminate the holding areas and emphasize the product

GRSDS-24D dual slant shelf with accessory sign holders (signs not included)

GRSDH-30 horizontal single shelf

HORIZONTAL MERCHANDISING WARMER Model Single Shelf GRSDH-24t GRSDH-30t GRSDH-36t GRSDH-41t GRSDH-52t GRSDH-60Q† Dual Shelf GRSDH-24Dt GRSDH-30Dt GRSDH-36DQ GRSDH-41DQ GRSDH-52DQ ✜ GRSDH-60DQ†9

List Price 120, 120/208, 120/240V 220, 240V‡

No. of Bulbs, Divider Rods

Dimensions W x D x H (height includes legs)

Watts

Ship Weight

2, 5 2, 6 2, 7 3, 8 4, 10 5, 12

610 x 495 x 303 mm (24" x 19 1⁄2" x 12") 762 x 495 x 303 mm (30" x 19 1⁄2" x 12") 914 x 495 x 303 mm (36" x 19 1⁄2" x 12") 1041 x 495 x 379 mm (41" x 19 1⁄2" x 15") 1321 x 495 x 379 mm (52" x 19 1⁄2" x 15") 1524 x 495 x 379 mm (60" x 19 1⁄2" x 15")

830 1060 1278 1462 1912 2100

23 kg ( 51 lbs.)

26 kg ( 58 lbs.)

30 kg ( 66 lbs.)

34 kg ( 74 lbs.)

39 kg ( 86 lbs.)

90 kg (198 lbs.)

$2126 2319 2512 2734 3192 3598

– $2359 2552 2774 3232 3638

4, 10 4, 12 4, 14 6, 16 8, 20 10, 24

610 x 495 x 643 mm (24" x 19 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8") 762 x 495 x 643 mm (30" x 19 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8") 914 x 495 x 643 mm (36" x 19 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8") 1041 x 495 x 643 mm (41" x 19 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8") 1321 x 495 x 643 mm (52" x 19 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8") 1524 x 495 x 643 mm (60" x 19 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8")

1660 2120 2556 2928 3824 4200

41 kg ( 90 lbs.)

45 kg (100 lbs.)

51 kg (112 lbs.)

57 kg (126 lbs.)

68 kg (150 lbs.)

122 kg (268 lbs.)

$3729 3869 4095 4351 5014 5525

– $3909 4135 4391 5054 5565

SLANT MERCHANDISING WARMER Model Single Shelf GRSDS-24 GRSDS-30 GRSDS-36 GRSDS-41 GRSDS-52 GRSDS-60

No. of Bulbs, Divider Rods

Dimensions W x D x H (height includes legs)

Watts

Ship Weight

2, 5 2, 6 2, 7 3, 8 4, 10 5, 12

610 x 616 x 469 mm (24" x 24 1⁄4" x 18 1⁄2") 762 x 616 x 469 mm (30" x 24 1⁄4" x 18 1⁄2") 914 x 616 x 545 mm (36" x 24 1⁄4" x 21 1⁄2") 1041 x 616 x 545 mm (41" x 24 1⁄4" x 21 1⁄2") 1321 x 616 x 545 mm (52" x 24 1⁄4" x 21 1⁄2") 1524 x 616 x 545 mm (60" x 24 1⁄4" x 21 1⁄2")

695 790 935 1090 1400 1715

33 kg ( 72 lbs.)

36 kg ( 80 lbs.)

42 kg ( 92 lbs.)

44 kg ( 96 lbs.)

46 kg (102 lbs.)

49 kg (108 lbs.)

1355 1530 1810 2120 2725 3340

58 kg (128 lbs.)

64 kg (140 lbs.)

72 kg (158 lbs.)

81 kg (178 lbs.)

93 kg (205 lbs.)

108 kg (238 lbs.)

Dual Shelf GRSDS-24Dt 4, 10 610 x 616 x 820 mm (24" x 24 1⁄4" x 32 3⁄8") 4, 12 762 x 616 x 820 mm (30" x 24 1⁄4" x 32 3⁄8") GRSDS-30Dt 4, 14 914 x 616 x 820 mm (36" x 24 1⁄4" x 32 3⁄8") GRSDS-36Dt 6, 16 1041 x 616 x 820 mm (41" x 24 1⁄4" x 32 3⁄8") GRSDS-41DQ 8, 20 1321 x 616 x 820 mm (52" x 24 1⁄4" x 32 3⁄8") GRSDS-52DQ GRSDS-60DQ ✜ 10, 24 1524 x 616 x 820 mm (60" x 24 1⁄4" x 32 3⁄8") ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. t Only available in 120V. Q Only available in 120/208 or 120/240V (120V for lights 208V or 240V for heat). † Ship weight includes crating.

9 No cap on 220V, 240V. ✜ No cap 240V. All Merchandising Warmers Feature: Voltage: See models above.

Usable Heated Shelf Space: Width of unit minus 32 x 559 D mm (1 1⁄4" x 22").

Cord Location: GRSDH Models: Left rear corner toward server side.

GRSDS Models: Control side at right base corner.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – PAGE 89

88

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $2548 $2588 2743 2783 2954 2994 3171 3211 3637 3677 3930 3970 120, 120/208, 120/240V 220, 240V‡ $3998 $4038 4241 4281 4519 4559 4859 4899 5645 5685 5995 6035

ALL GLO-RAY METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS. ALL GLO-RAY BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

GRSDX-XXD Glo-Ray Sandwich Display H = Horizontal Shelf S = Slanted Shelf

None = Single Shelf D = Dual Shelf Width of Unit (inches)

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Merchandisers

Two GRSDH-36D with dual horizontal shelves

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) ITC-S Indicating Temperature Control (LED) Single Shelf $240 ITC-D Indicating Temperature Control (LED) Dual Shelf 415 SSEND Stainless Steel End Panels in lieu of Glass End Panels per shelf 33 Sneeze Guard 127 mm (5") on Customer side (GRSDS one side GRSDH two sides) – GRSD24BP 610 mm (24") Wide Models per shelf $109 GRSD30BP 762 mm (30") Wide models per shelf 131 GRSD36BP 914 mm (36") Wide models per shelf 153 GRSD41BP 1041 mm (41") Wide models per shelf 175 GRSD52BP 1321 mm (52") Wide models per shelf 197 GRSD60BP 1524 mm (60") Wide models per shelf 281 GRSDFLIPLOCK1 Flip-up Door Locking Plate for GRSDS-xx, -xxD models 24 to 41 per shelf $10 GRSDFLIPLOCK2 Flip-up Door Locking Plates for GRSDS-xx, -xxD models 52 to 60 per shelf 30 Display Sign Holder (Signs not included) Color Matches Unit Color – Top or Intermediate Shelf – GRSDS-24SIGN 610 mm (24") Width. Requires 575 W x 100 H x 2 D mm Sign (22 5⁄8" x 3 7⁄8" x 1⁄16") each $63 GRSDS-30SIGN 762 mm (30") Width. Requires 727 W x 100 H x 2 D mm Sign each 63 (28 5⁄8" x 3 7⁄8" x 1⁄16") GRSDS-36SIGN 914 mm (36") Width. Requires 879 W x 100 H x 2 D mm Sign 5 7 1 (34 ⁄8" x 3 ⁄8" x ⁄16") each 77 GRSDS-41SIGN 1041 mm (41") Width. Requires 1006 W x 100 H x 2 D mm Sign each 77 (39 5⁄8" x 3 7⁄8" x 1⁄16") GRSDS-52SIGN 1321 mm (52") Width. Requires 1286 W x 100 H x 2 D mm Sign 5 7 1 each 89 (50 ⁄8" x 3 ⁄8" x ⁄16") GRSDS-60SIGN 1524 mm (60") Width. Requires 1489 W x 100 H x 2 D mm Sign each 89 (58 5⁄8" x 3 7⁄8" x 1⁄16")

OPTIONS

(available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Glossy Gray Standard – RED Warm Red $328 BLACK Black 328 GRAY Gray Granite 328 WHITE White Granite 328 NAVY Navy Blue 328 GREEN Hunter Green 328 COPPER Antique Copper 328

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) 4"LEGS

102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs (Standard on units GRSDH-41 and larger, GRSDS-36 and larger, and all duals) Set of 4 $42 Plexi-Glass flip-up doors on one side for GRSDS models – Not compatible with optional sneeze guards or accessory display sign holders in same opening – SDS24FLIP 610 mm (24") Wide models per shelf $155 SDS30FLIP 762 mm (30") Wide models per shelf 178 SDS36FLIP 914 mm (36") Wide models per shelf 197 1041 mm (41") Wide models per shelf 218 SDS41FLIP SDS52FLIP 1321 mm (52") Wide models, split doors per shelf 314 SDS60FLIP 1524 mm (60") Wide models, split doors per shelf 356 Plexi-Glass flip-up doors on one side for GRSDH models – Not compatible with optional sneeze guards or accessory display sign holders in same opening – SDH24FLIP 610 mm (24") Wide models per shelf $155 SDH30FLIP 762 mm (30") Wide models per shelf 178 SDH36FLIP 914 mm (36") Wide models per shelf 197 SDH41FLIP 1041 mm (41") Wide models per shelf 218 SDH52FLIP 1321 mm (52") Wide models, split doors per shelf 314 SDH60FLIP 1524 mm (60") Wide models, split doors per shelf 356 GRSDH-DIV Additional Stainless Steel Divider Rods – Horizontal Model each $18 GRSDS-DIV Additional Stainless Steel Divider Rods – Slant Model each 18

COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

89

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Merchandisers

Glo-Ray® Designer Merchandising Warmers Boost impulse sales by showcasing your hot foods in the Hatco Glo-Ray® Designer Merchandising Warmers. Designed specifically for displaying wrapped or boxed product, these warmers hold hot food safely at proper serving temperatures.

• Available in single- or two-tier models • Horizontal or slant shelves • Product divider rods sort food displays • Thermostatically-controlled hardcoated heated base extends holding times • Shatter-resistant incandescent lights illuminate the holding areas and emphasize the product

• Designer look for contemporary decors • Constructed of aluminum and stainless steel with tempered glass end panels • Prefocused infrared top heat directs heat to the outer edges where heat loss is greatest • Safely hold wrapped or boxed product at optimum serving temperatures • Convenient for self-serve or quick-serve areas

GR2SDS-30D in optional Designer black

GR2SDH-30 with optional Designer color inset panels and accessory flip-up plexi-glass door

DESIGNER HORIZONTAL DISPLAY WARMER Model6 Single Shelf GR2SDH-24 GR2SDH-30 GR2SDH-36 GR2SDH-42 GR2SDH-48 GR2SDH-54 GR2SDH-60 Dual Shelf GR2SDH-24D GR2SDH-30DQ GR2SDH-36DQ GR2SDH-42DQ GR2SDH-48DQ✜ GR2SDH-54DQ✙✜ GR2SDH-60DQ✙✜

No. of Bulbs, Divider Rods

Dimensions W x D x H (height includes legs)

Watts

Ship Weight

2, 5 2, 6 2, 7 4, 8 4, 9 4, 10 6, 12

768 x 686 x 459 mm (30 1⁄4" x 27" x 18 1⁄8") 921 x 686 x 459 mm (36 1⁄4" x 27" x 18 1⁄8") 1073 x 686 x 459 mm (42 1⁄4" x 27" x 18 1⁄8") 1226 x 686 x 459 mm (48 1⁄4" x 27" x 18 1⁄8") 1378 x 686 x 459 mm (54 1⁄4" x 27" x 18 1⁄8") 1530 x 686 x 459 mm (60 1⁄4" x 27" x 18 1⁄8") 1683 x 686 x 459 mm (66 1⁄4" x 27" x 18 1⁄8")

820 1020 1220 1490 1690 1890 2210

40 kg ( 87 lbs.)

55 kg (120 lbs.)

59 kg (129 lbs.)

63 kg (138 lbs.)

73 kg (160 lbs.)

78 kg (172 lbs.)

85 kg (187 lbs.)

4, 10 4, 12 4, 14 8, 16 8, 18 8, 20 12, 24

768 x 686 x 737 mm (30 1⁄4" x 27" x 29") 921 x 686 x 737 mm (36 1⁄4" x 27" x 29") 1073 x 686 x 737 mm (42 1⁄4" x 27" x 29") 1226 x 686 x 737 mm (48 1⁄4" x 27" x 29") 1378 x 686 x 737 mm (54 1⁄4" x 27" x 29") 1530 x 686 x 737 mm (60 1⁄4" x 27" x 29") 1683 x 686 x 737 mm (66 1⁄4" x 27" x 29")

1640 2040 2440 2980 3380 3780 4420

68 kg (150 lbs.)

81 kg (178 lbs.)

90 kg (198 lbs.)

99 kg (218 lbs.)

108 kg (238 lbs.)

117 kg (258 lbs.)

127 kg (280 lbs.)

List Price 120V $2747 2959 3176 3524 3874 4226 4555 120, 120/208, 120/240V $4547 4810 5053 5541 6020 6509 6974

220, 240V‡ $2787 2999 3216 3564 3914 4266 4595 220, 240V‡ $4587 4850 5093 5581 6060 6549 7014

DESIGNER SLANT DISPLAY WARMER No. of Bulbs, Dimensions Divider Rods W x D x H (height includes legs) Watts Ship Weight List Price Model6 Single Shelf 120V 220, 240V‡ GR2SDS-24 2, 5 768­x 680 x 579 mm (30 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 22 7⁄8") 820 47 kg (104 lbs.) $2971 $3011 1020 53 kg (116 lbs.)

3135 3175 GR2SDS-30 2, 6 921 x 680 x 579 mm (36 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 22 7⁄8") 1 3 7 1220 62 kg (136 lbs.)

3411 3451 GR2SDS-36 2, 7 1073 x 680 x 579 mm (42 ⁄4" x 26 ⁄4" x 22 ⁄8") 1490 70 kg (155 lbs.)

3757 3797 GR2SDS-42 4, 8 1226 x 680 x 579 mm (48 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 22 7⁄8") GR2SDS-48 4, 9 1378 x 680 x 579 mm (54 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 22 7⁄8") 1690 74 kg (164 lbs.)

4096 4136 1890 83 kg (182 lbs.)

4443 4483 4, 10 GR2SDS-54 1530 x 680 x 579 mm (60 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 22 7⁄8") 2210 92 kg (202 lbs.)

4761 4801 GR2SDS-60 6, 12 1683 x 680 x 579 mm (66 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 22 7⁄8") Dual Shelf 120, 120/208, 120/240V 220, 240V‡ GR2SDS-24D 4, 10 768 x 680 x 860 mm (30 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 33 7⁄8") 1640 74 kg (162 lbs.) $4629 $4669 4, 12 921 x 680 x 860 mm (36 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 33 7⁄8") 2040 79 kg (174 lbs.)

4957 4997 GR2SDS-30DQ 1 3 7 Q 4, 14 1073 x 680 x 860 mm (42 ⁄4" x 26 ⁄4" x 33 ⁄8") 2440 86 kg (190 lbs.)

5272 5312 GR2SDS-36D GR2SDS-42DQ 8, 16 1226 x 680 x 860 mm (48 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 33 7⁄8") 2980 99 kg (218 lbs.)

5760 5800 8, 18 1378 x 680 x 860 mm (54 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 33 7⁄8") 3380 109 kg (240 lbs.)

6237 6277 GR2SDS-48DQ✜ 8, 20 1530 x 680 x 860 mm (60 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 33 7⁄8") 3780 118 kg (260 lbs.)

6723 6763 GR2SDS-54DQ✙✜ 12, 24 1683 x 680 x 860 mm (66 1⁄4­“ x 26 3⁄4" x 33 7⁄8") 4420 135 kg (296 lbs.)

7187 7227 GR2SDS-60DQ✙✜ 6 When no color is specified, color inset panels and corner caps will be black. Non-standard colors are non-returnable. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge.

ALL GLO-RAY METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED Q Only available in 120/208 or 120/240V. AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS. ✜ No cap on 240V. NOTE: Designer Series Width dimensions are 9 No cap on 220V. ALL GLO-RAY BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST 6 1⁄4" greater than the number listed in model.

All Designer Models Feature: Voltage: Single Shelf Models: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

Dual Shelf Models: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.

Usable Heated Shelf Space: Width of unit minus 162 x 559 D mm (6 3⁄8" x 22").

Cord Location: Back center of base on control side.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – PAGE 91

90

BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

GR2SDH-XXD Glo-Ray Designer Sandwich Display

No Character = Single Shelf D = Dual Shelf

Heated Surface Width (inches) H = Horizontal Shelf S = Slant Shelf

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Merchandisers

GR2SDS-24D with optional Designer color inset panels

FSDT-1 with accessory food pans and decals

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) 127 mm (5") Sneeze Guard (Customer side only on slant models) GR2SD24BP 768 mm (30 1⁄4") Wide Models GR2SD30BP 921 mm (36 1⁄4") Wide Models GR2SD36BP 1073 mm (42 1⁄4") Wide Models GR2SD42BP 1226 mm (48 1⁄4") Wide Models GR2SD48BP 1378 mm (54 1⁄4") Wide Models GR2SD54BP 1530 mm (60 1⁄4") Wide Models GR2SD60BP 1683 mm (66 1⁄4") Wide Models Flip-up Doors on Front or Back 2SDS24FLIP 768 mm (30 1⁄4") Wide Models 2SDS30FLIP 921 mm (36 1⁄4") Wide Models 2SDS36FLIP 1073 mm (42 1⁄4") Wide Models 2SDS42FLIP 1226 mm (48 1⁄4") Wide Models Split Flip-up Doors on Front or Back 2SDS48FLIP 1378 mm (54 1⁄4") Wide Models 2SDS54FLIP 1530 mm (60 1⁄4") Wide Models 2SDS60FLIP 1683 mm (66 1⁄4") Wide Models 2SDHFRTGLS Front Glass in lieu of channel dividers and divider rods. Cannot have Sneeze Guards or Flip-up Doors (GR2SDH Series only) SS-ITC Indicating Temperature Control (LED) Single Shelf (adds 48 mm (1 7⁄8") to Horizontal model depth and 45 mm (1 3⁄4") to Slant model depth) DS-ITC Indicating Temperature Control (LED) Dual Shelf (adds 48 mm (1 7⁄8") to Horizontal model depth and 45 mm (1 3⁄4") to Slant model depth)

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) per shelf $ 88 per shelf 110 per shelf 132 per shelf 154 per shelf 176 per shelf 198 per shelf 220 per shelf $145 per shelf 168 per shelf 187 per shelf 208 per shelf $251 per shelf 294 per shelf 336 per shelf $ 80

Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Clear Anodized Aluminum Standard – RED Warm Red $328 BLACK Black 328 GRAY Gray Granite 328 WHITE White Granite 328 NAVY Navy Blue 328 GREEN Hunter Green 328 COPPER Antique Copper 328 Designer Inset Panel Colors – RED Warm Red No Charge BLACK Black Standard GRAY Gray Granite No Charge WHITE White Granite No Charge NAVY Navy Blue No Charge GREEN Hunter Green No Charge COPPER Antique Copper No Charge Designer Corner Caps – BLACK Black Corner Caps Standard DKGRAY Dark Gray Corner Caps No Charge

240 415

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) 2SD-DIV Additional Stainless Steel Divider Rods each $ 18 GR2SD CONT COV Flip-up Control Cover Single Shelf 54 GR2SDD CONT COV Flip-up Control Cover Dual Shelf 54 Display Sign Holder (Signs not included), Top Shelf Only (Slant or Horizontal models)­– GR2SD-24SIGN 610 mm (24") Width. Requires 760 W x 229 H x 2 D mm (29 15⁄16" x 9" x 1⁄16") Sign $173 GR2SD-30SIGN 762 mm (30") Width. Requires 727 W x 229 H x 2 D mm 184 (35 15⁄16" x 9" x 1⁄16") Sign GR2SD-36SIGN 914 mm (36") Width. Requires 879 W x 229 H x 2 D mm 194 (41 15⁄16" x 9" x 1⁄16") Sign GR2SD-42SIGN 914 mm (42") Width. Requires 879 W x 229 H x 2 D mm 206 (47 15⁄16" x 9" x 1⁄16") Sign GR2SD-48SIGN 1219 mm (48") Width. Requires 1370 W x 229 H x 2 D mm 216 (53 15⁄16" x 9" x 1⁄16") Sign GR2SD-54SIGN 1372 mm (54") Width. Requires 1522 W x 229 H x 2 D mm 15 1 (59 ⁄16" x 9" x ⁄16") Sign 227 GR2SD-60SIGN 1524 mm (60") Width. Requires 1675 W x 229 H x 2 D mm 238 (65 15⁄16" x 9" x 1⁄16") Sign

COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER

SS-ITC Optional

DS-ITC Optional

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

91

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Merchandisers

Glo-Ray® Curved Merchandising Warmers

•S ingle shelf and dual shelf units come standard with mirrored glass back panel •X enon lighting allows for optimal food product display • I ndividual thermostatically-controlled heated base maintains safe serving temperatures •H umidified dual shelf unit contains a 1.2 liter (five cup) capacity water reservoir­

Looking to add a touch of class to a new point of sale area or to change or upgrade an existing area? Hatco’s Glo-Ray® Curved Merchandising Warmer offers a unique and attractive solution.

CURVED MERCHANDISING WARMER

Dimensions WxDxH Model‡ Single Shelf GRCMW-1 562 x 545 x 505 mm (22 1⁄8" x 21 1⁄2" x 19 7⁄8") Dual Shelf GRCMW-1D 660 x 511 x 683 mm (26" x 20 1⁄8" x 26 7⁄8") Dual Shelf with Humidity – humidity on bottom shelf only GRCMW-1DH 660 x 511 x 683 mm (26" x 20 1⁄8" x 26 7⁄8") ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge.

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡

Watts

Ship Weight

670

25 kg ( 56 lbs.)

$2045

$2095

1540

43 kg ( 95 lbs.)

3918

3968

1660

45 kg (100 lbs.)

4191

4241

All Models Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240V, single phase.

Useable Heated Surface Space: GRMCW-1: Width of unit minus 524 x 356 D mm (20 5⁄8" x 14" D).

GRMCW-1D, -1DH top shelf: Width of unit minus 622 x 356 D mm (24 1⁄2" x 14").

GRMCW-1D, -1DH bottom shelf: Width of unit minus 546 x 356 D mm (21 1⁄2" x 14").

Water Reservoir Capacity (GRCMW-1DH Model only): 1.2 liters (5 cups).

Cord Location: Control side at right base corner.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) CMW1FLIP ­­CMWDBACKFLIP CMWDFLIPLOCK CMWDTOPFLIP BSKIRTCMW BSKIRTCMW-H UPSKIRTCMW CMWTOPSIGN CMWBOTSIGN CMWDTOPSIGN CMWDMIDSIGN CMWDBOTSIGN

Flip-up Door on Customer Side in lieu of Sneeze Guard (GRCMW-1 Model only) Top and Bottom Shelf Flip-up Doors on Server’s Side in lieu of Mirrored Back Panel (GRCMW-1D, -1DH Models only) Fixed front door panel, must be ordered with CMWDBACKFLIP, one per level, Customer Side (GRCMW-1D, -1DH Models only) Top Shelf Flip-up Door on Customer Side in lieu of Sneeze Guard (GRCMW-1D, -1DH Models only) Base Skirt (GRCMW-1, -1D model only) (Accommodates two half-size pans 64 mm (2.5"D)) Base Skirt (GRCMW-1DH model only) (Accommodates two half-size pans 64 mm (2.5"D)) Upper Shelf Skirt (GRCMW-1D, 1DH models only) (Accommodates two half-size or three third-size pans 64 mm (2.5"D)) Top Display Sign Holder (GRCMW-1 Model only). Must select from seven Designer colors and four stone colors (Sign not included).

Requires 556 W x 229 H x 2 D mm (21 15⁄16" x 9" x 1⁄16") Sign Bottom Display Sign Holder (GRCMW-1 Model only). Must select from seven Designer colors and four stone colors (Sign not included).

Requires 556 W x 102 H x 2 D mm (21 15⁄16" x 4" x 1⁄16") Sign Top Display Sign Holder (GRCMW-1D, -1DH Models only). Must select from seven Designer colors and four stone colors (Sign not included).

Requires 632 W x 229 H x 2 D mm (24 15⁄16" x 9" x 1⁄16") Sign Middle Display Sign Holder (GRCMW-1D, -1DH Models only). Must select from seven Designer colors and four stone colors (Sign not included). Requires 632 W x 51 H x 2 D mm (24 15⁄16" x 2" x 1⁄16") Sign Bottom Display Sign Holder. (GRCMW-1D, -1DH Models only). Must select from seven Designer colors and four stone colors (Sign not included). Requires 632 W x 102 H x 2 D mm (24 15⁄16" x 4" x 1⁄16") Sign

GRCMW-1DH in Designer Black with accessory food pans (not available)

GRCMW-1 in Designer Black with accessory food pans (not available)

ALL GLO-RAY METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS. ALL GLO-RAY BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) $125 250 125 125 83 83 83 33

Designer Colors (Unit’s painted surface) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – RED Warm Red No Charge BLACK Black Standard GRAY Gray Granite No Charge WHITE White Granite No Charge NAVY Navy Blue No Charge GREEN Hunter Green No Charge COPPER Antique Copper No Charge Stone Color (Unit’s painted surface and Swanstone decorative trim inserts, simulated stone) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – GGRAN Gray Granite $411 BSAND Bermuda Sand 411 NSKY Night Sky 411 SGRASS Sawgrass 411

33 33 33 33

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – PAGE 134 COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER GRCMW-1DH Glo-Ray Curved Merchandising Warmer

92

Humidity Dual Shelf Total Full-Size Pan Capacity of Each Shelf

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Glo-Ray® Designer Heated Display Cases

GRCD-2P with pan rail and optional Designer color and backlit sign holder (sign not included, 120V only), and accessory food pans

GRCD-2PD with optional pan skirt and Designer color, flip-up doors, and accessory food pans

• Constructed of aluminum and stainless steel with tempered glass • Curved glass front tilts forward for easy cleaning • Prefocused infrared top heat directs heat to the outer edges where heat loss is greatest • Shatter-resistant incandescent lights illuminate the food product

GRCDH-1P with pan skirt and optional Designer color and accessory food pans

GRCDH-3PD with pan skirt and optional Designer color and accessory sign holder (sign not included) and food pans

DESIGNER DISPLAY CASE Model

No. of Bulbs

Dimensions W x D x H (height includes legs)

Watts

Ship Weight

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡

Single Shelf 425 43 kg ( 95 lbs.) $3523 $3563 GRCD-1P 2 524 x 660 x 610 mm (20 5⁄8" x 26" x 24") GRCD-2P 3 826 x 660 x 610 mm (32 1⁄2" x 26" x 24") 780 55 kg (120 lbs.)

4027 4067 1 1005 69 kg (152 lbs.)

4531 4571 GRCD-3P 3 1156 x 660 x 610 mm (45 ⁄2" x 26" x 24") Dual Shelf 524 x 660 x 806 mm (20 5⁄8" x 26" x 31 3⁄4") GRCD-1PD 4 905 45 kg ( 98 lbs.) $4117 $4157 1030 77 kg (170 lbs.)

4693 4733 GRCD-2PD 6 826 x 660 x 806 mm (32 1⁄2" x 26" x 31 3⁄4") GRCD-3PD 6 1156 x 660 x 806 mm (45 1⁄2" x 26" x 31 3⁄4") 1434 99 kg (218 lbs.)

5411 5451 Single Shelf with Humidity H GRCDH-1P 2 524 x 660 x 610 mm (20 5⁄8" x 26" x 24") 697 44 kg ( 97 lbs.) $4027 $4067 1052 56 kg (124 lbs.)

4531 4571 GRCDH-2P 3 826 x 660 x 610 mm (32 1⁄2" x 26" x 24") 1255 71 kg (156 lbs.)

5036 5076 GRCDH-3P 3 1156 x 660 x 610 mm (45 1⁄2" x 26" x 24") H Dual Shelf with Humidity GRCDH-1PD 4 524 x 660 x 806 mm (20 5⁄8" x 26" x 31 3⁄4") 1177 45 kg (100 lbs.) $4622 $4662 1460 79 kg (174 lbs.)

5196 5236 GRCDH-2PD 6 826 x 660 x 806 mm (32 1⁄2" x 26" x 31 3⁄4") 1 3 GRCDH-3PD 6 1156 x 660 x 806 mm (45 ⁄2" x 26" x 31 ⁄4") 1960 101 kg (222 lbs.)

5916 5956 ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark. Add $40 for GRCD single shelf models. Add $80 for GRCDH single shelf models and GRCD dual shelf models. Add $120 for GRCDH dual shelf models.

H Humidity on bottom shelf only. Includes pan skirt on bottom shelf. Pan skirts accommodate 64 mm H (2 1⁄2") pans.

All Models Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

Usable Heated Shelf Space: Width of Unit minus 64 x 533 D mm (2 1⁄2" x 21"D).

Water Reservoir Capacity (Humidified models only): 3 liters (3 quarts).

Cord Location: Control side at right base corner.

ALL GLO-RAY METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS. ALL GLO-RAY BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – PAGE 94 GRCDH-XPD Glo-Ray Curved Display No Character = Non-Humidified H = Humidified

Dual Shelf Pan Full Size Pan Capacity on Bottom Shelf

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

93

Merchandisers

Our Designer series Glo-Ray® Heated Display Case with curved glass and incandescent lighting will display your offering with flare and elegance. We combine our thermostatically-controlled heated base and infrared overhead heating, to blanket your offering at the perfect temperature.

• The tempered curved glass design offers a great line of sight to draw in your customers • Exclusive cool base construction • Single or Dual shelf models • Rollerless sliding doors • Available with or without controlled humidity (bottom shelf only)

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Merchandisers

GRCD-2PD with optional flip-up doors and Designer color

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)

Backlit Base Sign Holder (Sign not included) CE Mark not available – BCKLIT SIGN 2-PAN 2-Pan Models, 11 kg (25 lbs.). Requires 816 W x 127 H x 2 D mm (32 1⁄8" x 5" x 1⁄16") Translucent Sign, 120V only BCKLIT SIGN 3-PAN 3-Pan Models, 13 kg (28 lbs.). Requires 1146 W x 127 H x 2 D mm (45 1⁄8" x 5" x 1⁄16") Translucent Sign, 120V only Self-Closing Flip-up Doors on Both Shelves on Customer Side in lieu of Glass Front (Adds 13 mm ( 1⁄2") depth to unit) – CD2PDFLIP 2-Pan Models CD3PDFLIP 3-Pan Model Pan Skirt on Bottom Shelf (Accommodates 64 mm D (2 1⁄2") pans – standard on humidified models) – SKIRT-1P 1-Pan Model in lieu of Pan Rail SKIRT-2P 2-Pan Model in lieu of Pan Rail SKIRT-3P 3-Pan Model in lieu of Pan Rail UPPERSKIRT-2P Pan Skirt for Upper Shelf of 2-Pan Models UPPERSKIRT-3P Pan Skirt for Upper Shelf of 3-Pan Models Mirrored Glass Doors in lieu of Glass Doors (Server side only) – Single Shelf Models – MIRROR -1P MIRROR -2P MIRROR -3P Dual Shelf Models – MIRROR -1PD MIRROR -2PD MIRROR -3PD

Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Stainless Steel Standard – RED Warm Red BLACK Black GRAY Gray Granite WHITE White Granite NAVY Navy Blue GREEN Hunter Green COPPER Antique Copper

$502 557 $ 579 1097 $ 38 70 104 74 148

$ 63 87 110 $126 174 220

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) Top Display Sign Holder (Sign not included – adds 210 mm (8 1⁄4") to height of unit) – GRCD-1SIGN 1-Pan Model. Requires 460 W x 241 H x 2 D mm (18 1⁄8" x 9 1⁄2" x 1⁄16") Sign GRCD-2SIGN 2-Pan Model. Requires 759 W x 241 H x 2 D mm (29 7⁄8" x 9 1⁄2" x 1⁄16") Sign GRCD-3SIGN 3-Pan Model. Requires 1089 W x 241 H x 2 D mm (42 7⁄8" x 9 1⁄2" x 1⁄16") Sign

$160 193 239

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – PAGE 134 COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER HEATED DISPLAY CASE MAXIMUM PAN CAPACITIES n Model GRCD-1P GRCD-2P GRCD-3P GRCD-1PD

Pan Capacity 1 Full Size Pan 2 Full Size Pans 3 Full Size Pans Top Shelf 1 Half-Size Pan or 1-356 mm (14") Pizza Pan Bottom Shelf 1 Full Size Pan GRCD-2PD Top Shelf 1 Full Size Pan and 1 Third-Size Pan or 2-356 mm (14") Pizza Pans Bottom Shelf 2 Full Size Pans GRCD-3PD Top Shelf 2 Full Size Pans or 3-356 mm (14") Pizza Pans Bottom Shelf 3 Full Size Pans n All pan capacities shown are for non-humidified models.

64 mm (2 1⁄2") deep pans recommended for bottom shelf of humidified models.

94

Optional Pan Skirt Frames one SKIRT-1P one SKIRT-2P one SKIRT-3P none one SKIRT-1P one UPPERSKIRT-2P one SKIRT-2P one UPPERSKIRT-3P one SKIRT-3P

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

$328 328 328 328 328 328 328

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Glo-Ray® Heated Display Cases

GRHD-4PD with optional mirrored glass doors and accessory food pans

• Exclusive cool base construction minimizes heat transfer, keeping exterior base cool • Single or Dual models, with or without humidity (bottom shelf only) • Rollerless sliding doors

GRHDH-2P with pan skirt and optional Designer color, double side opening, and accessory food pans

DISPLAY CASE Dimensions List Price Model No. of Bulbs W x D x H (height includes legs) Watts Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡ Single Shelf 940 54 kg (120 lbs.) $2963 $3013 GRHD-2P 4 826 x 660 x 635 mm (32 1⁄2" x 26" x 25") 1350 65 kg (143 lbs.)

3389 3439 GRHD-3P 5 1156 x 660 x 635 mm (45 1⁄2" x 26" x 25") 1 w GRHD-4P 6 1486 x 660 x 635 mm (58 ⁄2" x 26" x 25") 1785 98 kg (215 lbs.)

4004 4054 Dual Shelf GRHD-2PD 6 826 x 660 x 762 mm (32 1⁄2" x 26" x 30") 1310 68 kg (150 lbs.) $4082 $4132 1755 86 kg (188 lbs.)

4587 4637 GRHD-3PD 8 1156 x 660 x 762 mm (45 1⁄2" x 26" x 30") 8 1486 x 660 x 762 mm (58 1⁄2" x 26" x 30") 2480 104 kg (230 lbs.)

5272 5322 GRHD-4PDw Single Shelf with Humidity H GRHDH-2P 4 826 x 660 x 635 mm (32 1⁄2" x 26" x 25") 1190 57 kg (125 lbs.) $3466 $3516 1600 74 kg (162 lbs.)

3892 3942 GRHDH-3P 5 1156 x 660 x 635 mm (45 1⁄2" x 26" x 25") GRHDH-4Pw 6 1486 x 660 x 635 mm (58 1⁄2" x 26" x 25") 2285 98 kg (215 lbs.).

4867 4917 Dual Shelf with Humidity H GRHDH-2PD 6 826 x 660 x 762 mm (32 1⁄2" x 26" x 30") 1560 80 kg (175 lbs.) $4587 $4637 2005 94 kg (207 lbs.)

5091 5141 GRHDH-3PD 8 1156 x 660 x 762 mm (45 1⁄2" x 26" x 30") 1 w 8 1486 x 660 x 762 mm (58 ⁄2" x 26" x 30") 2980 109 kg (240 lbs.)

6139 6189 GRHDH-4PD ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark. Add $40 for GRHD single shelf models.

Add $80 for GRHDH single shelf models and GRHD dual shelf models. Add $120 for GRHDH dual shelf models.

H Humidity on bottom shelf only. Includes pan skirt on bottom shelf. Pan skirts accommodate 64 mm H (2 1⁄2") pans. w Available in 120/208-240V All Models Feature: Voltage: All Single Shelf Models, GRHD-2PD, -3PD, GRHDH-2PD, -3PD: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

GRHDH-4P, GRHD-4PD, GRHDH-4PD: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.

Usable Heated Shelf Space: Width of Unit minus 114 x 546 D mm (4 1⁄2" x 21 1⁄2"D).

Water Reservoir Capacity: 2-Pan and 3-Pan Humidified Models: 3 liters (3 quarts).

4-Pan Humidified Models: 6 liters (6 quarts).

Doors: Separate rollerless sliding door per shelf.

Cord Location: Control side at right base corner.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – PAGE 96

ALL GLO-RAY METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS. ALL GLO-RAY BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

GRHDH-XPD Glo-Ray Heated Display No Character = Non-Humidified H = Humidified

No Character = Single Shelf D = Dual Shelf Pan Full Size Pan Capacity on Bottom Shelf

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

95

Merchandisers

Designed for “show and sell” area in any foodservice operation, the Hatco Glo-Ray® Heated Display is perfect for hot food merchandising.

Top and bottom heat combine to keep all food at that “just-made” taste and temperature longer.

• Thermostatically-controlled heated base 38° - 93°C (100° - 200°F) to extend holding times • Prefocused infrared top heat directs heat to the outer edges where heat loss is greatest • Constructed of aluminum and stainless steel with tempered glass • Shatter-resistant incandescent lights illuminate the food product

Merchandisers

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

GRHD-4PD with optional pan skirts Top shelf: one UPPERSKIRT-4P Bottom shelf: one SKIRT-4P

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)

Pan Skirt for 64 mm D (2 1⁄2") pans on Bottom Shelf (Standard on humidified models) SKIRT-2P 2-Pan Model in lieu of Pan Rail $ 70 SKIRT-3P 3-Pan Model in lieu of Pan Rail (Consists of one SKIRT-1P and one SKIRT-2P) 104 SKIRT-4P 4-Pan Model in lieu of Pan Rail (Consists of two SKIRT-2P) 131 Pan Skirt for Upper Shelf, in lieu of Pan Stop UPPERSKIRT-2P 2-Pan Models $ 74 UPPERSKIRT-3P 3-Pan Models 148 UPPERSKIRT-4P 4-Pan Models 148 FLIP Flip-Up Doors on Control Side (in lieu of Glass Sliding Doors) No Charge

Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Stainless Steel Standard – RED Warm Red $328 BLACK Black 328 GRAY Gray Granite 328 WHITE White Granite 328 NAVY Navy Blue 328 GREEN Hunter Green 328 COPPER Antique Copper 328 Sliding door in lieu of fixed glass front panel – SLIDE-2P per opening $150 SLIDE-3P per opening 167 SLIDE-4P per opening 208 Flip-up door in lieu of fixed glass front panel – FLIP-2P per opening $150 FLIP-3P per opening 167 FLIP-4P per opening 208 Mirror glass sliding door in lieu of rear sliding door – MIRROR-2P per opening $ 87 MIRROR-3P per opening 110 MIRROR-4P per opening 139 71/2 sneeze guard in lieu of fixed glass front panel or rear sliding door– 7.5BP-2P per opening $ 82 7.5BP-3P per opening 82 7.5BP-4P per opening 82

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) SLANT Slant Leg Kit (GRHD non-humidified models only) Display Sign Holder (Metal holder with acrylic window – sign not included) – DIS 2 2-Pan Model. Requires 810 W x 98 H x 2 D mm (31 7⁄8" x 3 7⁄8" x 1⁄16") Sign DIS 3 3-Pan Model. Requires 1140 W x 98 H x 2 D mm (44 7⁄8" x 3 7⁄8" x 1⁄16") Sign DIS 4 4-Pan Model. Requires 1470 W x 98 H x 2 D mm (57 7⁄8" x 3 7⁄8" x 1⁄16") Sign

COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER

$194 $178 207 236

HEATED DISPLAY CASE MAXIMUM PAN CAPACITIES n Model GRHD-2P GRHD-3P GRHD-4P GRHD-2PD

Pan Capacity 2 Full Size Pans 3 Full Size Pans 4 Full Size Pans Top Shelf 2 Half-Size Pans or 2, 356 mm (14") Pizza Pans Bottom Shelf 2 Full Size Pans GRHD-3PD Top Shelf 3 Half-Size Pans or 3, 356 mm (14") Pizza Pans Bottom Shelf 3 Full Size Pans GRHD-4PD Top Shelf 2 Full Size Pans or 4 Half-Size Pans or 4, 356 mm (14") Pizza Pans Bottom Shelf 4 Full Size Pans n All pan capacities shown are for non-humidified models.

64 mm (2 1⁄2") deep pans recommended for bottom shelf of humidified models.

96

Optional Pan Skirt Frames one SKIRT-2P one SKIRT-1P and one SKIRT-2P two SKIRT-2P one SKIRT-1P SKIRT-2P one SKIRT-1P one SKIRT-1P and one SKIRT-2P one UPPERSKIRT-4P two SKIRT-2P

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Holding & Display Cabinets Cafeterias • Convenience Stores Catering • Concessions

FDWD-2X with 4-shelf multi-purpose rack and optional sign holder pg. 98

FSDT-1 with 4-tier circle racks, optional sign holders (signs not included), and accessory pans pg. 99

MDW-1X with optional Designer color and hood with backlit sign cutout on one side (sign included) pg. 104

FST-1-MN shown in standard bronze pg. 105

FSHC-6W1 with accessory food pans pg. 109

FS2HAC-2PT Pass-through with accessory food pans pg. 111

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Flav-R-Fresh® Impulse Display Cabinets A profitable way to create impulse food sales is with the small Flav-RFresh® Holding and Display Cabinet.

Using controlled moisturized heat allows you to showcase your product longer using minimum counter space.

­­­­• Full view display with tempered glass sides and door • Controlled heat and humidity for longer holding times • Accommodates half-size sheet pans • Revolving or stationary display racks • Single- or reversible double-sided opening models • Fluorescent lights illuminate the holding areas and emphasize the product

FDWD-1 with rotating 3-tier pretzel tree rack

Holding & Display Cabinets

IMPULSE CABINET Dimensions List Price◔ Description J W x D x H (height includes standard 25mm (1") legs) Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡ Model u FDWD-1 1 Door w/Circle Rack w/Motor 492 x 530 x 727 mm (19 3⁄8" x 20 7⁄8" x 28 5⁄8") 41 kg (90 lbs.) $2789 $2839 41 kg (90 lbs.) 2765 2815 FDWD-1X 1 Door w/Multi-Purpose Rack 492 x 530 x 727 mm (19 3⁄8" x 20 7⁄8" x 28 5⁄8") 41 kg (90 lbs.) 2875 2925 FDWD-2 2 Doors w/Circle Rack 492 x 559 x 727 mm (19 3⁄8" x 22" x 28 5⁄8") 41 kg (90 lbs.) 2851 2901 FDWD-2X 2 Doors w/Multi-Purpose Rack 492 x 559 x 727 mm (19 3⁄8" x 22" x 28 5⁄8") u Models FDWD-1 and FDWD-2 include rack motor. Models with “X” designator do not have revolving display and are NOT available for retrofit.

J Rack listed is included with unit. Other racks available – deduct price of included rack and add price of substituted rack to list price. ◔ For non-humidified cabinet, deduct $210. Unit will only operate in dry mode. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20.

All Impulse Cabinets Feature: Voltage: 120, 60Hz, and 220 or 240V, 50Hz, 1440 watts.

Cabinet Opening: 400 W x 502 H mm (15 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4").

Door Hinges: C ontrol Side: Left-hand side.

Customer Side (Two-door models only): Right-hand side.

Max. Pizza Size: 381 mm (15") diameter.

Water Tank Capacity for Humidity System: 2 liters ( 1⁄2 gallon).

Cord Location: Facing controls, left-hand side panel, lower right corner.

ALL FLAV-R-SAVOR METAL SHEATHED AIR HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

FDWD-1X Flav-R-Fresh Display Warmer Designer

No Character = With Rack Motor X = No Motorized Rack Rotation

WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – RED Warm Red BLACK Black GRAY Gray Granite WHITE White Granite NAVY Navy Blue GREEN Hunter Green COPPER Antique Copper FDWD-SCD Self closing door in lieu of standard door (Left hinge only) Must specify front, control,or both sides on FDWD-2 models, not field reversible FDWD-6FRT 152 mm (6"), Merchandising Display Sign Holder for Control Side only (Includes metal holder only). Available in all Designer colors to match your unit (Black is standard). Adds 29 mm (1 1⁄8") to height)height) of unit. Requires (1) sign 484 W x 83 H x 2 D mm (19 5⁄16" x 6 3⁄16" x 1⁄16") – not included FDWD-6SIGN 162 mm (6 3⁄8"), One Sided Merchandising Display Sign Holder (Includes metal holder and window) – one per side, three maximum. Available in all Designer colors to match your unit (Black is standard). Adds 32 mm (1 1⁄4") to height of unit.

Requires (1) sign ­491 W x 157 H x 1.59 D mm (19 5⁄16" x 6 1⁄4" x 1⁄16") – not included FDWD-DIS 76 mm (3"), One Sided Merchandising Display Sign Holder (Includes metal holder and window) – one per side, three maximum. Available in all Designer colors to match your unit (Black is standard). Adds 32 mm (1 1⁄4") to height of unit. Requires (1) sign 491 W x 160 H x 2D mm (19 1⁄16"W x 3 1⁄4"H x 1⁄16"D) – not included

1 = One door 2 = Two door

ACCESSORIES

(available for purchase at any time) $328 328 328 328 328 328 328 per door $62

81

63

FDWD-LEGS

102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs 102-127 mm (4"-5") $ 60 COUPLING Motorless Rack Coupling for FDWD-1X and -2X Models (Select Circle Rack or Pretzel Tree) 33 FDW4TCR 4-Tier Circle Rack with Pizza Pan Retainers (Requires Coupling for -1X or -2X models) 181 FDWD4SMP 4-Shelf Multi-Purpose Rack (Each shelf 346 W x 321 D mm 206 [13 5⁄8" x 12 5⁄8"]) FDWD3TPT 3-Tier Pretzel Tree (Requires Coupling for -1X or -2X models) 206 Graphic Adhesive Decals (3 per set) 423 W x 140 H mm (16 5⁄8" x 5 1⁄2") – FDWD-PIZZA Three Pizza Photo Decals 115 HOT PIZZA Three “Hot Pizza” Decals 44 HOT PRETZEL Three “Hot Pretzels” Decals 44

GRAPHIC DECALS (Adhesive)

57

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – PAGE 134 RACKS – PAGE 102 COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER

98

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Flav-R-Savor® Holding & Display Cabinets Balancing a precise combination of heat and humidity, the Hatco Flav-R-Savor® Cabinets provide an attractive showcase for hot food displays and generate impulse sales. A complete range of cabinet sizes, door options, and rack types allows for perfect merchandising of food products such as pizza, fried foods, bakery, sandwiches, and more.

­­• Full view display with tempered glass sides and door provide maximum heat retention • Controlled heat and humidity for longer holding times • 3 liter (3⁄4 gallon) stainless water reservoir provides all day moisture • Low-water protection prevents heating element burnout and alerts operator to low-water condition

• Revolving or stationary display racks • Available in two heights with singlesided or double-sided openings • Fluorescent lights with clear plastic cover help showcase food product

FSD-2X with 3-tier pan rack and accessory decals and food pans

DISPLAY CABINET Dimensions List Price◔ Description J WxDxH Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡ Model u Standard $3799 FSD-1 1 Door w/3-Tier Circle Rack 569 x 612 x 699 mm (22 1⁄2" x 24 1⁄8" x 27 5⁄8") 51 kg (113 lbs.) $3689 3553 3663 FSD-1X 1 Door w/3-Tier Pan Rack 569 x 612 x 699 mm (22 1⁄2" x 24 1⁄8" x 27 5⁄8") 50 kg (111 lbs.)

3941 4051 FSD-2 2 Doors w/3-Tier Circle Rack 569 x 642 x 699 mm (22 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8" x 27 5⁄8") 52 kg (114 lbs.)

1 3 5 FSD-2X 2 Doors w/3-Tier Pan Rack 569 x 642 x 699 mm (22 ⁄2" x 25 ⁄8" x 27 ⁄8") 51 kg (112 lbs.)

3805 3915 Tall FSDT-1 1 Door w/4-Tier Circle Rack 569 x 612 x 826 mm (22 1⁄2" x 24 1⁄8" x 32 5⁄8") 54 kg (120 lbs.) $3751 $3861 3605 3715 FSDT-1X 1 Door w/4-Tier Pan Rack 569 x 612 x 826 mm (22 1⁄2" x 24 1⁄8" x 32 5⁄8") 54 kg (118 lbs.)

4048 4158 FSDT-2 2 Doors w/4-Tier Circle Rack 569 x 642 x 826 mm (22 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8" x 32 5⁄8") 55 kg (122 lbs.)

3904 4014 FSDT-2X 2 Doors w/4-Tier Pan Rack 569 x 642 x 826 mm (22 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8" x 32 5⁄8") 54 kg (120 lbs.) u Models FSD-1, FSD-2, FSDT-1, and FSDT-2 include rack motor. Models with “X” designator do not have revolving display and are NOT available for retrofit.

J Rack listed is included with unit. Other racks available – deduct price of included rack and add price of substituted rack to list price. ◔ For non-humidified cabinet, deduct $210. Unit will only operate in dry mode. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge.

All Models Feature: ALL FLAV-R-SAVOR METAL SHEATHED AIR HEATING ELEMENTS Voltage: 120, 60Hz, and 220 or 240V, 50Hz, 1440 watts.

WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS. Cabinet Opening Dimensions: S tandard Models: 483 W x 473 H mm (19" x 18 5⁄8").

Tall Models: 483 W x 603 H mm (19" x 23 3⁄4").

Door Hinges: Control Side: Left-hand side.

Customer Side (Two-door models only): Right-hand side.

FSDT-XX Max. Pan Size: 483 mm (19") diameter.

Water Tank Capacity for Humidity System: 3 liters ( 3⁄4 gallon).

No Character = With Rack Motor Flav-R-Savor Display Cabinet Cord Location: Facing controls, left-hand side panel, lower right corner.

X = No Motorized Rack Rotation

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – PAGE 100 RACKS – PAGE 102 WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135

FOOD GRAPHIC DECALS (Adhesive)

No Character = Standard Height T = Tall

1 = One door 2 = Two door

Merchandising Display Signs (Requires Sign Holder)

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

99

Holding & Display Cabinets

FSDT-1 with 4-tier circle rack, optional Designer Black color and accessory decal and food pans

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Holding & Display Cabinets

Two FSDT-1 with 4-tier circle racks, optional sign holders (signs not included), and accessory pans

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) THERM FSD7SIGN

Mechanical Controls Merchandising 191 mm (7 1⁄2") Display Sign Holder (Includes metal holder and window) – one per side, three maximum. Available in all Designer colors to match your unit (Black is standard). Adds 32 mm (1 1⁄4")to height of unit. Requires (1) sign 572 W x 191 H x 2 D (22 1⁄2" x 7 1⁄2" x 1⁄16") – sign not included

No Charge

$65

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) F-LEGS-4 COUPLING

102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs otorless Rack Coupling for FSD-1X, FSD-2X, FSDT-1X and M FSDT-2X Models (Select appropriate Circle Rack or Pretzel Tree)

RACKS – FSD ONLY – FSD5SMP FSD3TCR FSD3TPR

5-Shelf Multi-Purpose Rack (Each shelf 457 W x 406 D mm (18" x 16")) 3-Tier Circle Rack with Pizza Pan Retainers (Requires Coupling for ­-1X or -2X models) 3-Tier Pan Rack (Accommodates Half-Size Sheet Pans, not included)

$60 33

OPTIONS

(available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – RED Warm Red $328 BLACK Black 328 GRAY Gray Granite 328 WHITE White Granite 328 NAVY Navy Blue 328 GREEN Hunter Green 328 COPPER Antique Copper 328

$279 171 220

RACKS – FSDT ONLY – FSDT7SMP FSDT4TCR FSDT5TCR FSDT4TPR FSDT3SAR

7-Shelf Multi-Purpose Rack (Each shelf 457 W x 406 D mm (18" x 16")) $328 4-Tier Circle Rack with Pizza Pan Retainers (Requires Coupling for ­-1X or -2X models) 181 5-Tier Circle Rack with Pizza Pan Retainers (Requires Coupling for ­-1X or -2X models) 248 4-Tier Pan Rack (Accommodates Half-Size Sheet Pans, not included) 218 3-Shelf Angle Rack (15° angle shelves) (Each shelf 457 W x 413 D mm [18" x 512 16 1⁄4"]) FSDT3TPT 3-Tier Pretzel Tree (Requires Coupling for ­-1X or -2X models) 298 MER. DISPLAY Merchandising Display Sign Holder (Includes black metal holder and window) – one per side, three maximum Designer colors to match your unit (Black is standard) when alternate color is selected. Adds 25 mm (1") to height of unit. $63 Requires (1) sign 568 W x 83 H x 2 D mm (22 3⁄8" x 3 1⁄4" x 1⁄16") – not included Merchandising Display Signs 568 W x 83 H mm (22 3⁄8" x 3 1⁄4") (Requires Sign Holder) (Specify PIZZA or CHICKEN) – PIZZA One “Delicious Pizza” Sign each $15 CHICK One “Delicious Chicken” Sign each 15 Food Graphic Adhesive Decals (3 per set) 505 W x 123 H mm (19 7⁄8" x 4 7⁄8") – FSDPIZZA Three Pizza Photo Decals $115 FSDCHICK Three Chicken Photo Decals 115 FSDPRETZEL Three Pretzel Photo Decals 115 FSDCROIS Three Croissants/Biscuits Photo Decals 115

COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER

100

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Flav-R-Savor® Decorative Kit for FSD and FSDT models only Transform your Hatco Flav-R-Savor® Holding & Display Cabinet from a "heated box" into a Designer Merchandiser with a variety of simple accessory additions. Create a new look and feel to your decór.

• The curved hinged header allows easy access to controls and water fill cup, and gives a great area to brand your food product with a magnetic sign (sign not included) • All decorative pieces come standard in Designer Black powdercoat, with additional Designer colors available

• Curved

inset panels enhance the overall look he base skirt completes the •T transformation and gives an additional branding area. Available in flat or curved panels for front and/or back of unit • Signs

not included

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) (additional lead time required) No Charge Standard No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge

Holding & Display Cabinets

Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – RED Warm Red BLACK Black GRAY Gray Granite WHITE White Granite NAVY Navy Blue GREEN Hunter Green COPPER Antique Copper

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) Side Insets – FSD-INSET1-BK | FSDT-INSET1-BK | Top Covers – FSD-CTLH-BK u

Two crescent inset panels for FSD models, Black Two crescent inset panels for FSDT models, Black

Curved hinged header on control side for FSD and FSDT models, Black Curved header on non-control side for FSD and FSDT FSD-CUSH-BK v models, Black Base Skirts – requires 102 mm (4") adjustable legs (not included) – One flat front panel, two flat side panels, and one flat back FSD-SQB-BK zy{ panel for FSD and FSDT models, Black One curved front panel, two flat side panels, and one flat back FSD-1CB-BK wy{ panel for FSD and FSDT models, Black One curved front panel, two flat side panels, and one curved FSD-2CB-BK wyx back panel for FSD and FSDT models, Black F-LEGS-4 102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs

$66 66 $236 172 $203 364 525 $60

COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

101

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Display Rack Selections R Removable Shelves

Racks For FDWD Models (Page 98)

R

Holding & Display Cabinets

R

4-Shelf Mulit-Purpose Rack FDWD4SMP (Max. 457 x 330 mm [18" x 13"] Half-Size Sheet Pans – FDWD2X only) (95 mm [3 3⁄4"] opening)

4-Tier Circle Rack FDW4TCR (Max. 381 mm [15"] dia. pans) (83 mm [3 1⁄4"] opening)

3-Tier Pretzel Tree FDWD3TPT (149 mm [5 7⁄8"] opening)

Racks For FSD/FSDT Models (Page 99)

5-Tier Circle Rack FSDT5TCR (Max. 483 mm [19"] dia. pans) (98 mm [3 7⁄8"] opening)

FSDT 4-Tier Circle Rack FSDT4TCR (Max. 483 mm [19"] dia. pans) (117 mm [45⁄8"] opening)

FSDT 4-Tier Pan Rack FSDT4TPR (Max.457 x 330 mm [18" x 13"] Half-Size Sheet Pans) (89 mm [31⁄2"] opening)

FSDT 3-Shelf Angle Rack FSDT3SAR (89 mm [31⁄2"] opening)

FSD 3-Tier Circle Rack FSD3TCR (117 mm [45⁄8"] opening)

FSD 3-Tier Pan Rack FSD3TPR (89 mm [31⁄2"] opening)

R R R R R

FSDT 3-Tier Pretzel Tree FSDT3TPT (149 mm [57⁄8"] opening)

FSDT 7-Shelf Multi-Purpose Rack FSDT7SMP (Max. 457 x 330 mm [18" x 13"] Half-Size Sheet Pans) (64 mm [21⁄2"] opening)

R R R

FSD 5-Shelf Multi-Purpose Rack FSD5SMP (64 mm [21⁄2"] opening)

102

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Flav-R-Savor® Humidified Large Capacity Holding Cabinets Hatco Large Capacity Holding Cabinets hold more product at proper serving temperatures than standard size models. This allows for food to be prepared in advance of peak serving periods, while placing product in full-view cabinets to increase impulse sales.

• Countertop cabinets with self-closing (WFST-2X model) French-style glass doors • Full view display with tempered glass sides and incandescent lights to illuminate holding area • Multipurpose display rack included • 3 liter (3⁄4 gallon) stainless water reservoir provides moisture

• Perfect for large quantities of wrapped or boxed food • Stacking kit, merchandising signs, decals and 102 mm (4") adjustable legs available

WFST 4-Shelf MultiPurpose Rack with Adjustable Shelves in 51 mm (2") increments

WFST-1X with 4-shelf multi-purpose rack and accessory decals and pans

LARGE CAPACITY CABINET Model Bulbs WFST-1X 4 WFST-2X 4 ‡ CE Mark not available.

Description 2 Doors w/4-shelf Rack 4 Doors w/4-shelf Rack

Dimensions WxDxH 814 x 641 x 831 mm (32 1⁄8" x 25 1⁄4" x 32 3⁄4") 814 x 703 x 831 mm (32 1⁄8" x 27 5⁄8" x 32 3⁄4")

All Large Capacity Cabinets Feature: Voltage: 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, 50/60Hz, single phase, 1790 watts.

Cabinet Opening Dimensions: 711 W x 557 H mm (28" x 21 7⁄8").

Available Shelf Space: 666 W x 501 D mm (26 1⁄4" x 19 3⁄4"). Holds one full-size sheet pan per shelf.

Water Tank Capacity for Humidity System: 3 liters ( 3⁄4 gallon).

Cord Location: Facing controls, left-hand side panel, lower right corner.

WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135

Ship Weight 83 kg (182 lbs.)

85 kg (188 lbs.)

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $6452 $6602 6893 7043

ALL FLAV-R-SAVOR METAL SHEATHED AIR HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

WFST-XX Large Capacity Flav-R-Savor Tall

No Rack Motor 1 = One door 2 = Two door

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – RED Warm Red $328 BLACK Black 328 GRAY Gray Granite 328 WHITE White Granite 328 NAVY Navy Blue 328 GREEN Hunter Green 328 COPPER Antique Copper 328 1SLIDE-DR Self-closing Sliding Doors in lieu of Standard Hinged Doors on One Side only (Model WFST-2X only) $355 FRSELFCLOSE Self-closing French Doors per side 109

FOOD AND GRAPHIC DECALS (Adhesive) For daily menu changes, erasable markers may be used

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) FSTCR-LEG 102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs Food and Graphic Adhesive Decals (3 per set: one front 708 W x 152 H mm (27 7⁄8" x 6"), two sides 473 W x 152 H mm (18 5⁄8" x 6") – WFSTCHICK Three Chicken Photo Decals WFSTRIBS Three Ribs Photo Decals WFSTMENU Three “Today’s Hot Specials” Decals WFSTHOLD Sign Holder without Acrylic Window (Requires sign 811 W x 159 H x 2 D mm (311 5⁄16" x 6 1⁄4" x 1⁄16") – not included) WFSTSTACKBLACK Stacking Kit in Black (Includes 152 mm (6") Stainless Steel Legs, Top and Bottom Frame) WFSTSTACKGRAY Stacking Kit in Gray (Includes 152 mm (6") Stainless Steel Legs, Top and Bottom Frame)

$52 $115 115 115 each $ 40 410 410

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – PAGE 134 COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

103

Holding & Display Cabinets

WFST-2X ith 4-shelf w multi-purpose rack, optional Designer color and self-closing sliding doors and accessory pans, and 102 mm (4") legs

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Mini Display Warmer

• Doors may be field converted to any side • Optional black hood with backlit graphic sign cutout that can be rotated in field to face any side (sign included)

Holding & Display Cabinets

The Hatco Mini Display Warmer is perfect for cookies, pasteries,wrapped or boxed sandwiches, or any other product that does not require humidity.

Hot air circulates throughout the entire cabinet, keeping food at safe serving temperatures. The small footprint takes up little of your valuable counterspace while merchandising your breakfast, lunch or dinner offerings.

• Magnetically adjustable shelves allow horizontal or slanted displays • Tempered glass sides and incandescent light showcase your food • Thermostatic control with rocker switch • Field reversible door hinge location • Available as a 1-door or a 2-door passthrough model

MDW-1X with standard Designer color and hood with backlit sign cutout on one side (sign included)

MINI DRY DISPLAY WARMER - NON-HUMIDIFIED Dimensions Model Description WxDxH MDW-1X 1 Door w/3 Shelves 400 x 432 x 646 mm (15 3⁄4" x 17" x 25 1⁄2") MDW-2X 2 Doors w/3 Shelves 400 x 465 x 646 mm (15 3⁄4" x 18 3⁄8" x 25 1⁄2") ‡ 230V available with CE Mark, at no added charge.

All Mini Display Warmers Feature: Voltage: 120 or 230, 510 watts.

Cabinet Opening Dimensions: 315 W x 396 H mm (12 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8").

Door Hinges: C ontrol Side: Left-hand side.

Customer Side (Two-door models only): Right-hand side.

Cord Location: Facing controls, lower right corner.

Ship Weight 21 kg (46 lbs.)

24 kg (53 lbs.)

List Price 120V 230V‡ $1365 $1395 1418 1448

ALL FLAV-R-SAVOR METAL SHEATHED AIR HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Color Posts, Base, and Top Trim – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – RED Warm Red No Charge BLACK Black Standard GRAY Gray Granite No Charge WHITE White Granite No Charge NAVY Navy Blue No Charge GREEN Hunter Green No Charge COPPER Antique Copper No Charge BCKLIT-MDW Hood with Backlit Sign Cutout on One Side (Sign included) (Black only) $78

MDW-TRAY Accessory

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) MDW-TRAY

314 x 314 x 6 mm (12 3⁄8" x 12 3⁄8" x 1⁄4") Aluminum Tray

$29

COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER MDW-XX Mini Display Warmer

104

Non-revolving display 1 = One door 2 = Two door

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Macho Nacho® Chip Warmers Keep your nacho chips hot, fresh, and crisp with Hatco’s Macho Nacho Chip Warmer. This highlyvisible heated merchandiser circulates air to prevent the loss of natural oils, eliminating the need to frequently replace stale chips.

• Keeps chips hot, fresh and crisp longer, reducing refill time and minimizing waste • Specialty cabinet to hold and merchandise bulk nacho chips • Special ductwork forces dry heat through chips from the bottom up

•S pecial two-door access for easy loading and serving 1 kg or 18 kg (25 lb. or 40 lb.) capacity •1 hatter-resistant incandescent lights •S illuminate the holding areas and emphasize the product

Holding & Display Cabinets

FST-1-MN shown in standard bronze

FDWD-1-MN

CHIP WARMER – NON-HUMIDIFIED Dimensions Model WxDxH FDWD-1-MN 492 x 607 x 728 mm (19 3⁄8" x 23 7⁄8" x 28 3⁄4") FST-1-MN 581 x 686 x 831 mm (22 7⁄8" x 27" x 32 3⁄4") ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge.

Watts 1129 1245

Ship Weight 46 kg (101 lbs.)

60 kg (132 lbs.)

All Chip Warmers Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240.

Cabinet Opening: FDWD-1-MN Upper Door: 416 W x 233 H mm (16 3⁄8"W x 9 1⁄8").

Lower Door: 416 W x 230 H mm (16 3⁄8"W x 9").

FST-1-MN Upper Door: 474 W x 286 H mm (18 5⁄8" x 11 1⁄4").

Lower Door: 474 W x 252 H mm (18 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄8").

Product Capacity: FDWD-1-MN: 11 kg (25 lbs.).

FST-1-MN: 18 kg (40 lbs.).

Decal Size: FDWD-1-MN: 423 W x 139 H mm (16 5⁄8"W x 5 1⁄2").

FST-1-MN: 473 W x 152 H mm (18 5⁄8" x 6").

Cord Location: Facing controls, left-hand side panel, lower right corner.

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $2883 $2933 4031 4131

ALL FLAV-R-SAVOR METAL SHEATHED AIR HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

XXXX-1-MN FDWD = 11 kg (25 lbs) chip capacity FST = 18 kg (40 lbs) chip capacity

Macho Nacho unit Single side opening

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

105

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Flav-R-Savor® Tall Non-Humidified Holding Cabinets

Holding & Display Cabinets

Be prepared to serve ready-to-go pizzas with Hatco’s Flav-R-Savor® Tall Dry Holding Cabinets. An eightshelf rack with 127 mm (5") centers will hold a maximum of 16 boxed (454 Sq x 59 H mm (177⁄8" x 25⁄16") maximum) or 8 bagged pizzas.

• Great for boxed or bagged carryout pizzas • Tempered glass throughout for excellent visibility, improving product rotation • Even, constant cabinet temperatures • Non-humidified unit • 102 mm (4") casters, cord and plug standard

PFST-2X with 8-shelf rack

TALL HOLDING CABINET - NON-HUMIDIFIED Model Description PFST-1X 1 Door PFST-2X 2 Doors ‡ CE Mark not available.

Dimensions WxDxH 581 x 635 x 1448 mm (22 7⁄8" x 25" x 57") 581 x 692 x 1448 mm (22 7⁄8" x 27 1⁄4" x 57")

All Tall Non-Humidified Holding Cabinets Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, 1767 watts.

Cabinet Opening Dimensions: 476 W x 1026 H mm (18 3⁄4" x 40 3⁄8").

Available Shelf Space: 454 mm (17 7⁄8") Square x 117 mm (4 5⁄8") Height.

Cord Location: Facing controls, left-hand side panel, bottom right corner.

PFST-XX Portable Flav-R-Savor Tall

106

Ship Weight 81 kg (178 lbs.)

81 kg (178 lbs.)

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $5676 $5676 5972 5972

ALL FLAV-R-SAVOR METAL SHEATHED AIR HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

No rotating rack 1 = One door 2 = Two door

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Flav-R-Savor® Portable Holding Cabinets Hatco’s NEW energy efficient Flav-R-Savor® Portable Holding Cabinets will keep prepared foods at optimum serving temperatures for hours. The thermostaticaly controlled heat and humidity allows food to be prepared in advance of peak serving periods.

omes in standard Designer Black, •C or optional stainless steel, non-standard colors are non-returnable •S tacking kit available oors are field convertible from left •D to right

PORTABLE HOLDING CABINET

Holding & Display Cabinets

• Allows you to hold product longer while saving you money through increased energy efficiencies • Electronic control with digital read out temperature range of 27°- 93°C (80°- 200°F) and humidity controller • Using the lower temperature range of 27°- 38°C (80°-100°F) can be used for proofing all types of breads • All stainless steel interior • No heating element in direct contact with water makes the unit easier to clean • Accommodates Gastronorm pans • Electrical components, controls, and digital temperature readout are located at the top for easy access

FSHC-7W1-EE shown in Designer Black, with optional bumper kit, and right-hand hinged door

Dimensions WxDxH 661 x 794 x 913 mm (26 1⁄8" x 31 1⁄4" x 36") 661 x 794 x 989 mm (26 1⁄8" x 31 1⁄4" x 39") 661 x 877 x 989 mm (26 1⁄8" x 34 5⁄8" x 39")

Model Description Shipping Weight List Price FSHC-5W1-EE Single Door 212 kg (212 lbs.) $5945 101 kg (222 lbs.)

6254 FSHC-7W1-EE Single Door 105 kg (232 lbs.)

6611 FSHC-7W2-EE 2-Door Pass-Through All Models Feature: Voltage: 120, 60 Hz, 1118 watts, 9.3 amps, NEMA 5-15P plug.

Interior Cabinet Capacity: 532 W x 676 D mm (20 7⁄8" x 26 7⁄8").

Top Surface Dimensions: 654 W x 724 D mm (25 3⁄4" x 28 1⁄2").

Models Shipped with: 1829 mm (6') cord and plug, 102 mm (4") diameter casters (with 130 mm [5 1⁄8"] clearance), stainless steel heavy-duty door with left-hand door hinge, and adjustable rack slides (seven for the -7WX-EE units, and five for the -5W1-EE unit).

Pan Capacity: -5WX-EE: 10 full sized sheet pans or 2/1 Gastronorm pans on 41 mm (1 5⁄8") spacing, 5 full sized sheet pans or 2/1 Gastronorm pans on 83 mm (3 1⁄4") spacing, 20 full sized hotel pans or 1/1 Gastronorm pans on 41 mm (1 5⁄8") spacing, 10 full sized hotel pans or 1/1 Gastronorm pans on 83 mm (3 1⁄4") spacing.

-7WX-EE: 14 full sized sheet pans ¤ or 2/1 Gastronorm pans on 35 mm (1 3⁄8") spacing, 7 full sized sheet pans or 2/1 Gastronorm pans on 70 mm (2 3⁄4") spacing, 14 hotel sized pans or 1/1 Gastronorm pans on 35 mm (1 3⁄8") spacing.

Water Tank Capacity for Humidity System: 4 liters (1 gallon0.

ONE YEAR ON-SITE PARTS WARRANTY, PLUS ONE Cord Location: Back of unit, upper right side.

ADDITIONAL YEAR PARTS-ONLY WARRANTY ON ALL ¤ With purchase of extra pan slides.

FLAV-R-SAVOR METAL SHEATHED AIR HEATING ELEMENTS.

WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Colors (Side Panels) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – BLACK Black SS Stainless Steel Colors (Top) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – BLACK Black SS Stainless Steel EE-GLASS Glass Door (in lieu of stainless steel door) (is not Energy Star qualified) EE-LPCAST Low profile casters (FSHC-5W1-EE model only) (deduct 57 mm [21/4"] from height) EE-PLATFORM Platform for mounting directly on a counter (deduct 105 mm [4 1⁄8"] from height) (in lieu of casters) EE-STACK-BLK Designer Black powdercoated stacking hardware mounted to bottom of cabinet for two FSCH-7W1 or two FSCH-5W1 units in lieu of casters (cannot have legs on lower unit) EE-STACK-SS Stainless steel stacking hardware mounted to bottom of cabinet for two FSCH-7W1 or two FSCH-5W1 units in lieu of casters (cannot have legs on lower unit) EE-BUMPER Bumper Hardware (only for use with standard casters) (add 3 mm [1⁄8"] to height) EE-4LEGS 102 mm (4") legs (in lieu of casters, deduct 13 mm [1⁄2"] from height) EE-6LEGS 152 mm (6") legs (in lieu of casters, add 45 mm [13⁄4"] to height)

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) EE-1-SLIDE

Extra Pan Slides

pair $77

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – PAGE 134 COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER

Standard $164 Standard $164 207 No Charge No Charge No Charge

EE-1-SLIDE Accessory

No Charge 397 No Charge No Charge

F S H C - 7 W X- E E

Energy Efficient Number of doors

Flav-R-Savor Holding Cabinet Full Size Sheet Pan Capcity

Wide Cabinet Capacity

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

107

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Holding & Display Cabinets

Flav-R-Savor® Tall Humidified Holding Cabinets

• Separate heat and humidity controls are easy to access •F ully insulated doors, sidewalls, and control panel assist in heat retention •S ingle opening or pass-through design • Field reversible right- or left-hand hinged doors with magnetic latch and heavyduty plated hinges •T wo heights for various applications

The expanded capacity of Hatco’s Tall Humidified Cabinet offers flexibility – giving customers more variety of menu items, and holding larger quantities of proven favorites ahead of peak serving periods.

The universal slides of the FSHC‑17W models will hold 17 sheet pans, or 34 steam table pans.

The FSHC-12W models hold 12 sheet pans and 24 steam table pans. Temperatures from 32°-82°C (90°-180°F) will accommodate proofing.

FSHC-12W1 with optional transport package and stainless steel door

TALL HUMIDIFIED HOLDING CABINET Model Description FSHC-12W1 Single Lexan® Door FSHC-12W2 2 Lexan® Doors – Pass-Through FSHC-17W1 Single Lexan® Door FSHC-17W1D Single Opening w/ 2 Dutch Doors FSHC-17W2 2 Lexan® Doors – Pass-Through FSHC-17W2D 4 Dutch Doors – Pass-Through ‡ CE Mark not available.

Dimensions WxDxH (Height includes standard casters) 645 x 887 x 1448 mm (25 3⁄8" x 35" x 57") 645 x 898 x 1448 mm (25 3⁄8" x 35 3⁄8" x 57") 645 x 887 x 1862 mm (25 3⁄8" x 35" x 73 3⁄8") 645 x 887 x 1862 mm (25 3⁄8" x 35" x 73 3⁄8") 645 x 898 x 1862 mm (25 3⁄8" x 35 3⁄8" x 73 3⁄8") 645 x 898 x 1862 mm (25 3⁄8" x 35 3⁄8" x 73 3⁄8")

Ship Weight 131 kg (288 lbs.)

144 kg (318 lbs.)

154 kg (340 lbs.)

154 kg (340 lbs.)

154 kg (340 lbs.)

154 kg (340 lbs.)

List Price 120, 220, 240V‡ $6960 8053 7232 7780 8461 9007

All Tall Humidified Holding Cabinets Feature: Voltage: 120V, 60Hz, 1760 watts, or 220V, 50Hz, 1760 watts, or 240V, 50Hz, 2095 watts, single phase.

Cabinet Opening Dimensions: F SHC-12W: 559 W x 1105 H mm (22" x 43 1⁄2").

FSHC-17W: 559 W x 1518 H mm (22" x 59 3⁄4").

Models Shipped with: 127 mm (5") casters (2 swivel with wheel locks and 2 rigid), universal slides for 457 x 660 mm (18" x 26") pans or 305 x 508 mm (12" x 20") pans.

Pan Capacity: FSHC-12W: 12-tray capacity on 76 mm (3") centers, adjustable on 38 mm (1 1⁄2") centers, with 12 universal tray slides, designed to accommodate up to 12 sheet pans, or up to 24 steam table pans.

FSHC-17W: 17-tray capacity on 76 mm (3") centers, adjustable on 38 mm (1 1⁄2") centers, with 17 universal tray slides, designed to accommodate up to 17 sheet pans, or up to 34 steam table pans.

Water Reservoir Capacity for Humidity System: 8 liters (2 gallons).

Cord Location: Facing controls, right-hand side panel, lower right corner.

ALL FLAV-R-SAVOR METAL SHEATHED AIR HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) DELUXE TRANS CORDUP CORDWIND PB 12W-SS-DOOR 17W-SS-DOOR 17WD-SS-DOOR

Deluxe Package (Includes Flush Mount Handles and Full Perimeter Bumper) Transport Package (Includes Stand-off Handles, Full Perimeter Bumper, Heavy-duty 127 x 51 mm (5" x 2") Casters (2 swivel with wheel locks and 2 rigid), and Flush Mount Transport Latch Upper Cord Location Bracket for Holding Cord During Transport (Only available with Transport Package option for -12W, 17W Models) Full Perimeter Bumper Stainless Steel Door in lieu of Lexan® Door Stainless Steel Door in lieu of Lexan® Door Stainless Steel Dutch Doors in lieu of Lexan® Dutch Doors (FSHC-17W models only)

$578 998 105 58 294 No Charge No Charge

17W-SLIDE Accessory

No Charge

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) 17W-SLIDE

Extra Pan Slides (FSHC-12W and FSHC-17W)

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – PAGE 134 COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER

108

pair $110.

Flav-R-Savor

F S H C - X X W- X D

Humidified Holding Cabinet Tray Capcity

Dutch Door Style Number of Doors

Wide

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Flav-R-Savor® Portable Holding Cabinets

• Thermostatically-controlled heat and humidity holds hot food at optimum serving temperatures longer • Allows preparation of food in advance of peak serving periods • Accommodates Gastronorm pans • Electrical components, controls, water reservoir, and digital temperature readout are located at the top for easy access • Reduced height – less than 762 mm (30") high, and wider footprint for increased capacity

Prepare food in advance of peak serving periods and safely hold it at optimum serving temperatures with the Flav-R-Savor® Portable Holding Cabinet. Thermostatically-controlled heat and humidity allows you to hold product for hours.

• Insulated side walls, field reversible glass doors, large swivel casters with wheel locks, and 1829 mm (72") recessed cord and plug are standard • Stacking kit available

LOW PROFILE HOLDING CABINET – HUMIDIFIED List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $5040 $5190 5393 5543

Ship Weight 79 kg (175 lbs.)

81 kg (179 lbs.)

All Low Profile Holding Cabinets Feature: FSHC-6W1 with Voltage: 120V, 60Hz, and 220 or 240V, 50Hz, 1697 watts. accessory food pans Cabinet Opening Dimensions: 546 W x 483 H mm (21 1⁄2" x 19").

Top Surface Dimensions: 645 W x 657 D mm (25 3⁄8" x 25 7⁄8").

Models Shipped with: 1829 mm (72") cord and plug, 102 mm (4") diameter casters (with 130 mm (5 1⁄8") clearance), six sets of adjustable angle slides.

Pan Capacity: S ix 457 W x 660 D mm (18" x 26") sheet pans or six 2/1 Gastronorm pans on 76 mm (3") ALL FLAV-R-SAVOR METAL SHEATHED AIR HEATING ELEMENTS centers, eleven 457 W x 660 D mm (18" x 26") sheet pans~, eleven 2/1 Gastronorm pans on WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS. 1 1 ~ ~ 38 mm (1 ⁄2") centers , or twelve 508 W x 305 D x 64 H mm (20" x 12" x 2 ⁄2") hotel pans .

Water Tank Capacity for Humidity System: 3 liters ( 3⁄4 gallon).

Cord Location: Back of unit, upper right side.

FSHC-6WX ~ With purchase of extra pan slides.

Flav-R-Savor

WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135

Holding Cabinet

Quantity of Doors Wide Full Size Sheet Pan Capacity

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Colors (Side Panels) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – SILVER Silver Gray SS Stainless Steel Colors (Top) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – SILVER Silver Gray SS Stainless Steel 6W-SS-DR Stainless Steel Top in lieu of Glass Door HD-SS-DR Heavy-duty Stainless Steel Door with Positive Latch Handle 6W1-LPCAST 51 mm (2") Low Profile Casters in lieu of Standard Casters (51 mm (2") diameter with 76 mm (3") clearance) (Overall Height 756 mm [29 3⁄4"]) 6W1-STACK Stacking Hardware Mounted to Top of Cabinet for Two FSHC-6W1 Units in lieu of Casters, Silver Gray CORDWIND Bracket for Holding Cord During Transport

Standard $164 Standard $164 71 296

Holding & Display Cabinets

Dimensions Model Description W x D x H (height includes standard casters) FSHC-6W1 1 Door 645 x 751 x 816 mm (25 1⁄2" x 29 5⁄8" x 32 1⁄8") 2 Doors 645 x 811 x 816 mm (25 1⁄2" x 32" x 32 1⁄8") F­­­­­­ SHC-6W2 : ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. : FSHC-6W2 is a two-door pass-through single cabinet, not two units stacked.

816 mm 756 mm (321⁄ 8") Height (293⁄ 4") Height with Standard with Low Profile 816 mm 756 mm 102 mm 1⁄ 8") Height mm (2") 3⁄ 4") (32 (4") Diameter (2951 Height with Standard withDiameter Heavy-Duty Low Profile 102 mm Casters Casters 51 mm (2") (4") Diameter 840 mm Heavy-Duty789 mmDiameter (331⁄ 16") Height Casters(311⁄ 16") Height Casters with 152 mm with 102 mm 789 840 (6")mm Legs (4")mm Legs 1 1 (33 ⁄ 16") Height (31 ⁄ 16") Height with 152 mm with 102 mm (6") Legs (4") Legs

No Charge

892 mm (351⁄ 8") Hei with Stand 892 mm 102 mm ( 1⁄ 8") Hei (35Diamete with Stand Heavy-Du 102Casters mm ( Diamete 916 mm Heavy-Du 1 (36 ⁄ 16") Height (34 Casters with 152 mm w 916 mm (6") Legs (361⁄ 16") Height (34 with 152 mm w (6") Legs Models FSHC-6W1, -6W2

Models FSHC-6W1, -6W2

66 27

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) 6W1-SLIDE HC-BUMPER

Extra Pan Slides Bumper Kit

pair $ 77 118

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – PAGE 134 COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER HC-BUMPER Accessory 6W1-SLIDE Accessory

1553 mm (611⁄ 8") Height with 1553 mm Standard 1 ") (61 102⁄ 8mm Height with (4") Diameter Standard Heavy-Duty 102 mm Casters (4") Diameter Heavy-Duty1524 mm 1575 mm (62") HeightCasters (60") Height with 102 mm with 152 mm 1524 1575 (4") mm Legs (6")mm Legs (60") Height (62") Height with 102 mm with 152 mm (4") Legs (6") Legs

155 (6 Heig 155 Sta (6 10 Heig (4") D Sta Hea 10 Ca (4") D 1727 mmHea (68") Height Ca with 152 mm 1727 mm (6") Legs (68") Height with 152 mm (6") Legs

Stacked Models FSHC-6W1, -6W2

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Stacked Models FSHC-6W1, -6W2

109

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Flav-R-Savor® Humidified Portable Holding Cabinets Prepare food in advance of peak serving periods and safely hold it at optimum serving temperatures with the Flav-R-Savor® Portable Holding Cabinet. Thermostatically-controlled heat and humidity allows you to hold product for hours.

• Thermostatically-controlled heat and • I nsulated side walls, field reversible humidity holds hot food at optimum glass doors, large swivel casters with serving temperatures longer wheel locks, and 1829 mm (72") recessed cord and plug are standard • Allows preparation of food in advance of peak serving periods •S tacking kit available • Accommodates Gastronorm pans • Electrical components, controls, water reservoir, and digital temperature readout are located at the top for easy access FSHC-7-1 with standard 102 mm (4") casters and accessory food pans

Holding & Display Cabinets

PORTABLE HOLDING CABINET – HUMIDIFIED Dimensions Model Description W x D x H (height includes standard casters) FSHC-7-1 1 Door 578 x 753 x 892 mm (22 3⁄4" x 29 5⁄8" x 35 1⁄8") 2 Doors 578 x 812 x 892 mm (22 3⁄4" x 32" x 35 1⁄8") FSHC-7-2: ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. : FSHC-7-2 is a two-door pass-through single cabinet, not two units stacked.

Ship Weight 76 kg (168 lbs.)

78 kg (172 lbs.)

List Price 120V 220, 240V‡ $5087 $5237 5444 5594

All Portable Cabinets Feature: ALL FLAV-R-SAVOR METAL SHEATHED AIR HEATING ELEMENTS Voltage: 120V, 60Hz, and 220 or 240V, 50Hz, 1697 watts.

WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS. 1 Cabinet Opening Dimensions: 470 W x 559 H mm (18 ⁄2" x 22").

Top Surface Dimensions: 575 W x 657 H mm (22 5⁄8" x 25 7⁄8").

Models Shipped with: 1 829 mm (72") cord and plug, 102 mm (4") diameter casters (with 130 mm (5 1⁄8")clearance), seven sets of adjustable angle slides for 457 x 660 mm (18" x 26") pans or 305 x 508 mm (12" x 20") pans.

Pan Capacity: Seven 457 W x 660 D mm (18" x 26") sheet pans on 76 mm (3") centers, fourteen 457 W x 660 D mm (18" x 26") sheet pans, on 38 mm (1 1⁄2") centers~, or seven 508 W x 305 D x 64 H mm (20" x 12" x 2 1⁄2") hotel pans, or seven 1/1 Gastronorm pans.

FSHC-7-X Water Tank Capacity for Humidity System: 3 liters ( 3⁄4 gallon).

Flav-R-Savor Number of doors Cord Location: Back of unit, upper right side.

Quantity of Shelves Humidified ~ With purchase of extra pan slides.

Holding Cabinet

WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Colors (Side Panels) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – SILVER Silver Gray SS Stainless Steel Colors (Top) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – SILVER Silver Gray 816 mm 756 mm mm mm 3⁄ 4756 (321⁄ 8816 ") Height Height SS Stainless Steel 3") (321Standard ⁄ 8") Height (29 (29Low ⁄ 4") Profile Height with with with 102Standard mm with Low Profile SS-DR Stainless Steel Door in lieu of Glass Door (4") 51 mm (2") 102 mm Diameter 51 mm (2") (4") Diameter Diameter Heavy-Duty HD-SS-DR Heavy-duty Stainless Steel Door with Positive Latch Handle Diameter Heavy-Duty Casters Casters Casters Casters LPCAST 51 mm (2") Low Profile Casters in lieu of Standard Casters (51 mm 789 mm 840 mm mm mm (311⁄ 16789 (331⁄ 161840 ") Height (2") diameter with 76 mm (3") clearance) ") Height 1 (33 ⁄152 16") Height (31 ⁄102 16") Height with mm with mm with 152 mm with 102 mm (Overall Height 832 mm [32 3⁄4"]) (6") Legs (4") Legs (6") Legs (4") Legs 4LEGS 102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs in lieu of Standard Casters 6SS 152 mm (6")” Stainless Steel Legs in lieu of Standard Casters 7-1-STACK Stacking Hardware Mounted to Top of Cabinet for Two FSHC-7-1 Units in lieu of Casters, Silver Gray CORDWIND Bracket for Holding Cord During Transport

Standard $164 Standard $164 $ 71 296 27 No Charge Models -6W2 No FSHC-6W1, Charge Models FSHC-6W1, -6W2

892 mm 832 mm mm mm 3⁄ 4832 (351⁄ 8892 ") Height Height 3") (351Standard ⁄ 8") Height (32 (32Low ⁄ 4") Profile Height with with with Standard 102 mm (4") with Low Profile 102 mm (4") 51 mm (2") Diameter 51 mm Diameter Diameter(2") Heavy-Duty Diameter Heavy-Duty Casters Casters Casters Casters 865 mm 916 mm mm mm (341⁄ 16865 (361⁄ 161916 ") Height ") Height 1 (36 ⁄152 16") Height (34 ⁄102 16") Height with mm with mm with 152 mm with 102 mm (6") Legs (4") Legs (6") Legs (4") Legs Models FSHC-7-1, -7-2 Models FSHC-7-1, -7-2

94 27

COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) 7-1-SLIDE HC-BUMPER SLIDEWIRE

Extra Pan Slides Bumper Kit Wire Shelf

1553 mm 1553 1 mm

1553 mm 1553 mm 1⁄ 8") (61 1⁄ 8") (61with Height Height with Standard Standard 102 mm 102 mm (4") Diameter (4") Diameter Heavy-Duty Heavy-Duty Casters Casters

(61 ⁄ 81") ⁄ 8") (61with pair $ 77 Height Height with 118 Standard Standard 102 mm 102 mm per shelf 96 (4") Diameter

(4") Diameter Heavy-Duty Heavy-Duty Casters Casters

1575 mm 1575 mm (62") Height (62") Height with 152 mm with 152 mm (6") Legs (6") Legs

1524 mm 1524 mm (60") Height (60") Height with 102 mm with 102 mm (4") Legs (4") Legs

HC-BUMPER Accessory

1727 mm 1727 mm (68") Height (68") Height with 152 mm with 152 mm (6") Legs (6") Legs

1676 mm 1676 mm (66") Height (66") Height with 102 mm with 102 mm (4") Legs (4") Legs

SLIDEWIRE Accessory Stacked Stacked -6W2 Models FSHC-6W1, Models FSHC-6W1, -6W2

110

Stacked Stacked -7-2 Models FSHC-7-1, Models FSHC-7-1, -7-2

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Flav-R-Savor® Heated Air Curtain Cabinets The patented Flav-R-Savor® Heated Air Curtain Cabinet effectively and safely holds hot food hot without the use of doors. Warm air at the front of the cabinet is forced downward, through the ducts above the opening, forming a “curtain” of heated air. A portion of the heated air is drawn toward the rear of the cabinet, warming each pan.

• Perfect for holding wrapped or sealed product like tortillas, burritos, and ribs, as well as product on sheet pans like biscuits, hamburger patties, and baked potatoes or fried foods in pans.

• Available in 2-pan and 3-pan models, single opening or pass-through, with or without humidity • The 2-pan pass-through accommodates two full-size sheet pans or four half-size sheet pans and the 4-pan unit accommodates four full-size sheet pans or eight half-size sheet pans

FSHACH-2 with accessory food pans

HEATED AIR CURTAIN CABINET Ship Weight 45 kg (100 lbs.)

52 kg (115 lbs.)

75 kg (165 lbs.)

86 kg (190 lbs.)

Holding & Display Cabinets

Dimensions Model Description WxDxH FSHAC-2 2-Tier Warmer 257 x 581 x 460 (20 1⁄8" x 22 7⁄8" x 18 1⁄8") 2-Tier Warmer 257 x 581 x 775 (20 1⁄8" x 22 7⁄8" x 30 1⁄2") FSHAC-3•H 2-Tier PT 613 x 994 x 465 (24 1⁄8" x 39 1⁄8" x 18 5⁄16") FS2HAC-2PTH FS2HAC-4PTH 4-Tier PT 613 x 994 x 700 ( 24 1⁄8" x 39 1⁄8" x 26 3⁄8") ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge.

• Height includes 4" [102 mm] legs.

H 120 volt models not available.

List Price 120V, 120/208V 220, 240V‡ $4044 $4094 4218 4268 6135 6185 6703 6753

All Air Curtain Models Feature: Voltage: FSHAC-2, -3: 120, 120/208 60 Hz, or 220, 240, 50 Hz, 1877 watts.

FS2HAC-2PT: 120/208, 240, 60 Hz, or 220, 240, 50 Hz, 2589 watts.

FS2HAC-4PT: 120/208, 240, 60 Hz, or 220, 240, 50 Hz, 3389 watts.

Cabinet Opening Dimensions: F SHAC-2: 464 W x 232 H mm (18 1⁄4" x 9 1⁄8").

FSHAC-3: 464 W x 460 H mm (18 1⁄4"W x 18 1⁄8"H).

FS2HAC-2PT: 459 W x 206 H mm (18 1⁄16" x 8 1⁄8").

FS2HAC-4PT: 464 W x 410 H mm (18 1⁄4"W x 16 1⁄8"H).

Cord Location: FSHAC-2, -3: Top of unit towards the back, middle.

FS2HAC-2PT, -4PT: Top of unit towards the back, left side.

FS2HAC-XPT Flav-R-Savor Style Heated Air Curtain

Pass-Through Full-size Pan Capacity

HUMIDIFIED HEATED AIR CURTAIN CABINET Dimensions Model Description WxDxH FSHACH-2 2-Tier Warmer 257 x 581 x 460 (20 1⁄8" x 22 7⁄8" x 18 1⁄8") All Humidified Air Curtain Models Feature: Voltage: 120/208, 50/60 Hz, 2950 watts.

Models Shipped with: Auto-fill water reservoir and water filter.

Water Tank Capacity for Humidity System: 9 liters (2 1⁄4 gallons).

Cabinet Opening Dimensions: 464 W x 232 H mm (18 1⁄4" x 9 1⁄8").

Cord Location: Top of unit towards the back, middle.

Ship Weight 45 kg (100 lbs.)

List Price 120/208V, $4719

ALL FLAV-R-SAVOR METAL SHEATHED AIR HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Designer Colors (FS2HAC-30 only, Housing and crumb tray) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Stainless Steel Standard – RED Warm Red $328 BLACK Black 328 GRAY Gray Granite 328 WHITE White Granite 328 NAVY Navy Blue 328 GREEN Hunter Green 328 COPPER Antique Copper 328

COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER

FSHAC-SLT Accessory Removeable slant rack

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) FSHAC-BK2BK 4"LEGS FSHAC-SLT FSHAC-RIB

B ack-to-Back Mounting on a Single Base (FSHAC-2 and FSHAC-3 models only) (Add 25 mm (1") to height) 102 mm (4") Legs (Standard on 3-Tier models) Removable Slant Shelf (FSHAC models only) Removable Rib Rack (FSHAC-3 models only) (Max. 3 per unit)

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – PAGE 134

$100 42 93 each 265

FSHAC-RIB Accessory Removeable rib rack

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

111

Toasters Buffets • Supermarkets & Delis • Restaurants & Cafés Clubs & Bars • Catering • Concessions

TPT-240 Pop-up Toaster pg. 113

TQ-10 Toast-Qwik Horizontal Conveyor Toaster pg. 114

TK-100 Toast King Vertical Conveyor Toaster pg. 116

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Pop-Up Toasters

• Evenly toasts a variety of bread products including bagels, Texas toast, waffles, and English muffins • All models have four self-centering 32 mm (11⁄4") wide slots • A selector switch for single (or double) sided toasting (excluding TPT-120)

Perfect for self-serve areas and light volume applications, the Hatco Pop-Up Toasters provide even golden toasting of a variety of bread products. The durable stainless steel housing contains four self-centering slots with individual toasting controls and removable crumb tray.

TPT-120

• Durable stainless steel construction • Individual toasting controls • Removable crumb trays for easy cleaning • 1829 mm (72") cord with plug

TPT-208

Toasters

POP-UP TOASTER Model TPT-120 TPT-208 TPT-240

Voltage 120 208 240

kW 1.8 2.6 2.6

Dimensions WxDxH 346 x 313 x 204 mm (135⁄8" x 123⁄8" x 81⁄8") 346 x 313 x 204 mm (135⁄8" x 123⁄8" x 81⁄8") 346 x 313 x 204 mm (135⁄8" x 123⁄8" x 81⁄8")

Slot Opening 32 W x 140 D mm (11⁄4" x 51⁄2") 32 W x 140 D mm (11⁄4" x 51⁄2") 32 W x 140 D mm (11⁄4" x 51⁄2")

Plug NEMA 5-15P NEMA 6-15P NEMA 6-15P

Ship Weight 7 kg (15 lbs.)

7 kg (15 lbs.)

7 kg (15 lbs.)

List Price $339 615 615

All Pop-Up Models Feature: Cord Location: 1829 mm (72") Cord – Bottom, back center.

Pop-up toasters can be shipped United Parcel Service or Fed-Ex Ground.

ONE YEAR REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT WARRANTY, CONTACT HATCO SERVICE FOR DETAILS.

POP-UP TOASTER AMP RATINGS Model TPT-120 TPT-208 TPT-240

120V/1 Ø Amps 15.0 – –

208V/1 Ø Amps – 12.5 –

240V/1 Ø Amps – – 10.9

TPT-XXX Toaster Pop-Up Type

Voltage

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

113

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Toast-Qwik® Conveyor Toasters Flexibility and performance are yours with the Hatco Toast-Qwik® conveyor toasters. These toasters produce perfect golden toasting, from 300 to 800 slices per hour. The power save mode conserves energy during non-peak serving times.

Toasters

TQ-10

• Instant and precise adjustment of toast color with electronic infinite controls that regulate top and bottom heat • Patented ColorGuard sensing system assures toast uniformity for TQ-400 and -800 series • Power save mode conserves energy • Capacity of 300-800 slices per hour • Opening height for H and HBA models is 76 mm (3"), for all other models the opening height is 51 mm (2")

• Insulation and an interior fan provide cool surface temperatures • Efficient design of front or rear discharge allows unit to be placed where it is most convenient – for sending product to the operator side or to the customer/server side • BA models toast one side only, cut side up

TQ-400

TQ-800HBA

TOAST-QWIK® HORIZONTAL CONVEYOR TOASTER Model TQ-10

‡

Voltage 120, 208, 220, 240

kW 1.8

Dimensions W x D x H (height includes legs) 368 x 451 x 349 mm (141⁄2" x 173⁄4" x 133⁄4")

Opening Dimensions WxH 254 x 51 mm (10" x 2")

Capacity/ Minute† 5 slices

Opening Dimensions WxH 254 x 51 mm (10" x 2") 254 x 51 mm (10" x 2") 254 x 51 mm (10" x 2") 254 x 76 mm (10" x 3") 254 x 51 mm (10" x 2") 254 x 51 mm (10" x 2") 254 x 76 mm (10" x 3") 254 x 76 mm (10" x 3")

Capacity/ Minute† 6 slices 6 slices 6 slices 6 slices 14 slices 14 slices 13 slices 14 slices

Ship Weight 19 kg (42 lbs.)

List Price 120, 220, 208V 240V $1239 $1289

Ship Weight 22 kg (48 lbs.)

22 kg (48 lbs.)

22 kg (48 lbs.)

22 kg (48 lbs.)

28 kg (62 lbs.)

28 kg (62 lbs.)

28 kg (62 lbs.)

28 kg (62 lbs.)

List Price 120, 220, 208V 240V $1868 $1918 1868 — 1868 1918 1868 1918 2136 2186 2136 2186 2136 2186 2136 2186

TOAST-QWIK® HORIZONTAL CONVEYOR TOASTER Model‡ TQ-400 TQ-400 TQ-400BAt TQ-400H TQ-800 TQ-800BAt TQ-800H TQ-800HBAt

Voltage 120, 220, 240 208 120, 208, 220, 240 208, 220, 240 208, 220, 240 208, 220, 240 208, 220, 240 208, 220, 240

kW 1.8 2.2 1.9 2.2 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3

Dimensions W x D* x H (height includes legs) 368 x 451 x 378 mm (141⁄2" x 173⁄4" x 147⁄8")* 368 x 451 x 378 mm (141⁄2" x 173⁄4" x 147⁄8")* 368 x 451 x 378 mm (141⁄2" x 173⁄4" x 147⁄8")* 368 x 451 x 403 mm (141⁄2" x 173⁄4" x 157⁄8") 368 x 578 x 422 mm (141⁄2" x 223⁄4" x 165⁄8")* 368 x 578 x 422 mm (141⁄2" x 223⁄4" x 165⁄8")* 368 x 578 x 422 mm (141⁄2" x 223⁄4" x 165⁄8")* 368 x 578 x 422 mm (141⁄2" x 223⁄4" x 165⁄8")*

‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $50. CE Mark available for TQ-10 220, 240V at no charge. † Toasting capacity may vary by product. Toasting of coated products not recommended. * TQ-400 and TQ-400BA, add 64 mm (21⁄2") to depth if using tray extension in rear.

TQ-800, TQ-800BA, TQ-800H and TQ-800HBA, add 165 mm (61⁄2") to depth if using tray extension in rear. t BA models toast one side only and are for bagels and buns, cut side up.

All Toast-Qwik® Models Feature: Cord Location: 1829 mm (72") Cord – Lower right corner on back of unit.

ALL TOAST-QWIK METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – PAGE 115 T Q - X X X H BA Toast Qwik Model Number

114

BA=Toasts one side only (Buns/Bagels) H=Opening height is 76 mm (3")

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

TQ-400 Toast Qwik® Horizontal Conveyor Toaster

Toasters

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only, excludes TQ-10) TQ-PWR-A

Automatic power save mode (Switches to power save mode after 30 minutes of inactivity)

No Charge

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) Receptacles 20A-RECEP-125 20A-RECEP-250 30A-RECEP-250 TQRAMP TQ2-SECURITY

$18 18 85 85 84

20 Amp, 125V (NEMA 5-20R) 20 Amp, 250V (NEMA 6-20R) 30 Amp, 250V (NEMA 6-30R) Extended feed guide (Add 76 mm [3"]) Control cover and bracket

20A-RECEP-125

20A-RECEP-250

TQ-800 with TQ2-SECURITY accessory security control cover

30A-RECEP-250

TOAST-QWIK® CONVEYOR TOASTER AMP RATINGS Model TQ-10 TQ-400 TQ-400BA TQ-400H TQ-800 TQ-800BA TQ-800H TQ-800HBA

120V 60Hz/1 Ø Amps 15.0 14.9 14.8

208V 60Hz/1 Ø Amps 8.8 10.7 9.0 10.7 16.0 16.0 15.8 15.8

220V 50Hz/1 Ø Amps 8.5 8.5 8.0 9.7 13.8 12.8 13.8 12.8

240V 50Hz/1 Ø Amps 9.3 9.2 8.8 9.2 15.1 14.0 15.1 14.0

240V 60Hz/1 Ø Amps 7.6 9.3 7.8 7.6 13.9 13.9 13.7 13.7

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

115

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Toast-Rite® and Toast King® Conveyor Toasters Designed for mid to high volume and constant flow applications, Hatco’s proven reliability and performance makes the TRH and TK Toasters the workhorse of your operation. These Toasters use conveyor speed, not temperature, to determine toast color.

• Toasts a variety of bread products • Stainless steel construction for years of trouble-free service • Power saving thermostat for energy savings during non-peak times • Manual advance and speed control • Fully insulated for cooler operation • Toast storage area keeps bread warm and dry

•C apacity of 480-600 slices per hour (TRH series) apacity of 720-1500 slices per hour •C (TK series) hree basket access for fast loading •T

TK-72

TRH-60

TK-135B

TOAST-RITE® CONVEYOR TOASTER

Toasters

Model TRH-50 TRH-606

kW 2.7 3.8

Dimensions WxDxH (depth includes tray extension of 127 mm, [5"] ) 448 x 699 x 418 mm (175⁄8" x 271⁄2" x 161⁄2") 448 x 699 x 418 mm (175⁄8" x 271⁄2" x 161⁄2")

Capacity/ Minute† 8 slices 10 slices

Basket Size 254 W x 117 H mm (10" x 45⁄8") 254 W x 117 H mm (10" x 45⁄8")

Ship Weight 27 kg (60 lbs.)

27 kg (60 lbs.)

List Price 120, 220, 208V 240V $2868 $2918 2868 2918

† Toasting capacity may vary by product. Toasting of coated products not recommended.

6 Available in 208, 220, and 240V only.

All Toast-Rite Models Feature: Voltage: Model TRH-50: 120, 208, 220, 240V, 60Hz, and 220 or 240V, 50Hz, single phase Model TRH-60: 208, 220 or 240V, 60Hz, and 220 or 240V, 50Hz, single phase Max. Product Thickness: 32 mm (11⁄4") Cord Location: 1219 mm (48") Cord – Lower right of center on back of unit.

TRH-XX Model Number

Toast-Rite

TOAST KING® VERTICAL CONVEYOR TOASTER Model Bread and Buns TK-72‡ TK-100‡ Buns Only TK-135B‡ 3-Part Buns TK-155B

kW

Dimensions WxDxH (depth includes tray extension of 89 mm, [3 1⁄2"] )

Capacity/ Minute†

List Price 220, 208V 240V

Basket Size

Ship Weight

4.0 5.0

445 x 448 x 838 mm (171⁄2" x 175⁄8" x 33") 559 x 448 x 838 mm (22" x 175⁄8" x 33")

12 slices 16 slices

254 W x 117 H mm (10" x 45⁄8") 368 W x 117 H mm (14½" x 45⁄8")

33 kg (73 lbs.)

40 kg (88 lbs.)

$3220 3447

$3270 3497

4.3

559 x 448 x 838 mm (22" x 175⁄8" x 33")

22 slices

368 W x 117 H mm (14½" x 45⁄8")

40 kg (88 lbs.)

3447

3497

5.0

559 x 448 x 838 mm (22" x 175⁄8" x 33")

25 slices

368 W x 117 H mm (14½" x 45⁄8")

40 kg (88 lbs.)

3635

3685

† Toasting capacity may vary by product. Toasting of coated products not recommended. ‡ CE Mark available for TK-72 220, 240V, TK-100 220, 240V, and TK-135B 220V, 240V, add $50.

All Toast King Models Feature: Voltage: 208, 220, or 240V, 60Hz, and 220 or 240V, 50Hz, single phase.

Max. Product Thickness: 32 mm (1¼").

Cord Location: 1219 mm (48") Cord – Lower left side on back of unit.

ALL TOAST-RITE AND TOAST KING METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – PAGE 117 TK-XXXB Toast King

B = Buns model (Toasts one side)

Model Number

116

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Toasters

TRH-60 Conveyor Toaster

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) TRH-SECURITY TK-SECURITY

Control cover, bracket and mounting hardware (TRH models only) Control cover, bracket, mounting hardware and fuse cover (TK models only)

$158 158

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) 4"LEGS Receptacles 20A-RECEP-250 30A-RECEP-125 30A-RECEP-250 TK-3BSKT-TL

20A-RECEP-250 $42

102 mm (4") adjustable legs (4)

$18 85 85 $192

20 amp receptacle, 250V (NEMA 6-20R) 30 amp receptacle, 125V (NEMA 5-30R) 30 amp receptacle, 250V (NEMA 6-30R) Baskets for jumbo 140 mm (51⁄2") buns (9) – 3-slice models only

30A-RECEP-125 30A-RECEP-250

TK-3BSKT-TL

TOAST-RITE® AND TOAST KING® CONVEYOR TOASTER AMP RATINGS Model TRH-50 TRH-60 TK-72 TK-100 TK-135B TK-155B

120V 60Hz/1 Ø Amps 22.8

208V 60Hz/1 Ø Amps 13.2 18.5 19.4 24.0 20.7 24.0

220V 50/60Hz/1 Ø Amps 12.5 17.5 18.4 22.9 19.7 22.8

240V 50Hz/1 Ø Amps 11.4 16.0 16.8 21.0 18.1 20.9

240V 60Hz/1 Ø Amps 11.4 16.0 16.8 21.0 17.9 20.8

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

117

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

High Watt Conveyor Toasters Hatco high watt conveyor toasters toast high moisture content bread products to a rich golden color.

All models feature metal sheathed heating elements and most include cord and plug. Toast King are shipped with speed control and manual advance.

• Toasts a variety of high moisture content bread products • Full insulation for cooler operation • Multiple metal sheathed toasting elements • Toast storage area keeps bread warm and dry • Capacity of 240 to 1080 slices per hour

TQ-805

TK-105

Toasters

HIGH WATT CONVEYOR TOASTER Dimensions Model‡ kW W x D* x H TQ-405 2.3 368 x 451 x 378 mm (141⁄2" x 173⁄4" x 147⁄8")* TQ-805 3.6 368 x 578 x 422 mm (141⁄2" x 223⁄4" x 165⁄8")* TQ-15 2.2 368 x 451 x 349 mm (141⁄2" x 173⁄4" x 133⁄4") Includes Manual Advance and Speed Control TK-75 4.6 445 x 448 x 838 mm (171⁄2" x 175⁄8" x 33")* TK-105 7.5 559 x 448 x 838 mm (22" x 175⁄8" x 33")*

Capacity/ Minute† 6 slices 12 slices 4 slices

Basket Size — — —

Ship Weight 22 kg (48 lbs.)

24 kg (52 lbs.)

19 kg (42 lbs.)

List Price $1990 2424 1362

12 slices 18 slices

254 W x 117 H mm (10" x 45⁄8") 368 W x 117 H mm (14½" x 45⁄8")

35 kg (76 lbs.)

40 kg (88 lbs.)

$3504 3730

‡ CE Mark available, add $50 on TQ-405, TQ-805, and TK-105.

TQ-15 and TK-75 prices include CE (cannot be ordered without CE). * Tray extends 165 mm (6½") rear for TQ-405 and TQ-805, and 89 mm (3½") front for TK-75 and TK-105. † Toasting capacity may vary by product. Toasting of coated products not recommended.

All High Watt Models Feature: Voltage: T Q-805: 240, 50Hz, single phase.

TQ-405, TQ-15, TK-75, TK-105: 220 or 240, 50Hz, single phase.

Max. Product Size: TQ-405, TQ-805: 244 W x 44 H mm (95⁄8" x 1¾").

Max. Product Thickness: TK-75, TK-105: 32 mm (1¼").

Cord Location: TQ Models: Lower right corner on back of unit.

TK Models: Lower left side on back of unit.

ALL TOASTER METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

TQ-XX

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) 4"LEGS TK-3BSKT-TL TQRAMP

102 mm (4") adjustable legs (4) Baskets for jumbo 140 mm (51⁄2") buns (9) – for TK-105 only Extended feed guide (76 mm (3") longer) (TQ models only)

$ 42 192 85

Toast-Qwik

TK-XXX Toast King

118

Model Number

Model Number

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Water Heaters Cafeterias • Convenience Stores Supermarkets & Delis • Restaurants & Cafés Clubs & Bars • Catering • Concessions

MC-10 pg. 122

C-24 pg. 123

S-57 pg. 125

3CS-9B with optional temperature monitor pg. 128

FR-9 pg. 129

FR-9B pg. 129

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Mini-Compact Electric Booster Water Heaters

• Provides 82°C (180°F) water for hot water sanitizing • Features temperature/pressure relief valve, a pressure reducing valve, two temperature/pressure gauges, a hightemperature limit control, and a lowwater cut-off

The Mini-Compact small specialty heater features a stainless steel tank and fast recovery, making it ideal for hot water sanitizing. This heater includes stainless steel front with powdercoated silver gray hammertone body, black base, 152 mm (6") legs, and a storage capacity of 12 liter (3.2 gallons).

MC-10

SPECIALTY ELECTRIC BOOSTER WATER HEATER Model kW Voltage MC-10: 9.9 208 MC-11 :~ 11.4 240, 480 MC-15 15 208 MC-17 17.25 208 ‡ CE Mark not available. : Must specify phase. Not field-convertible. ~ Add $55. for 480V.

Phase 1, 3 1, 3 3 3

Ship Weight 22 kg (48 lbs.)

22 kg (48 lbs.)

22 kg (48 lbs.)

22 kg (48 lbs.)

List Price‡ $2328 2328 2525 2549

All Mini-Compact Heater Models Feature: Dimensions: 298 W x 327 D x 470 H mm (11 3⁄4" x 12 7⁄8" x 18 1⁄2").

Models Shipped with: Low-water cut-off (LWCO), temperature/pressure relief valve, pressure reducing valve, and two temperature/pressure gauges.

WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135

MC-XX

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) MC-TOGGLE MCL-SSJA MC-480V

Built-in On/Off Toggle Switch (does not include indicator light, cannot be combined with security package) Stainless Steel Body and Base 480 Volt (MC-11 only)

Mini-Compact

Kilowatts

$ 52 109 55

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) PRVB SSA-LEGS WATERTREAT

$122 160 598 91

Water Heating

Additional Brass Pressure Reducing Valve Additional Stainless Steel Adjustable Legs 152-178 mm (6"-7") Blended Phosphate Water Treatment System (Page 127 for illustration) (Not for potable water use) SHOCK Shock Absorber (Reduce Water Hammer) NOTE: 152 mm (6") plastic adjustable legs 152-178 mm (6"-7") standard. Description of accessories is shown on page 127.

122

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Compact Electric Booster Water Heaters

• The Compact Electric Booster is easy to install next to a dishwasher to save space, either on 152 mm (6") plastic legs or with slide brackets ® • Compact models provide all the 82°C All models include a Castone lined tank with a 10-year limited warranty, (180°F) final rinse water to sanitize and fiberglass insulation to minimize and flash-dry dishes and flatware. heat loss

Models include stainless steel front panel, silver gray hammertone body, black base, and standard 152 mm (6") legs. Slide brackets for mounting under a dishtable are available. The Castone® lined tank is standard on all models and has a 23-liter (6-gallon) capacity.

• Swing-away front panels with low-water cut-off, control fuses, and transformer allow quick access to probes and elements, for easier serviceability NOTE: Single phase is uncommon in heaters 24kW and larger and are NOT returnable.

C-18 with optional stainless steel body and base C-45

COMPACT ELECTRIC BOOSTER WATER HEATER 208 or 240V Single Ph J J

208 or 240V Three Ph

380 or 415V‡ Three Ph

480V Three Ph

List Price 208 or 380 or 415V‡ 240V or 480V

kW Ship Weight Model u Small t C-4 4 48 kg (105 lbs.) $2327 $2327 – – t C-5 5 48 kg (105 lbs.)

2357 2357 – – 6 2398 C-6 54 kg (118 lbs.)

2398 7 2429 C-7 54 kg (118 lbs.)

2429 9 2464 C-9 54 kg (118 lbs.)

2464 2602 C-12 12 54 kg (120 lbs.)

2602 n 54 kg (120 lbs.)

2622 2622 C-13 13.5 C-15 15 54 kg (120 lbs.)

2648 2648 † 54 kg (120 lbs.)

2673 – C-17 17.25 – – – w 54 kg (120 lbs.)

2694 2694 C-18 18 Large C-24 24 64 kg (142 lbs.) $3586 $3586 C-27 27 64 kg (142 lbs.)

3637 3637 C-30 30 64 kg (142 lbs.)

3678 3678 C-36 36 64 kg (142 lbs.)

3852 3772 C-39 39 64 kg (142 lbs.)

3823 3908 64 kg (142 lbs.)

4356 4266 C-45 45 * s 64 kg (142 lbs.)

4484 4389 C-54 54 – C-57 57 64 kg (142 lbs.)

4566 4466 – u Only 6, 7, & 9kW models can be field converted to single phase (units are shipped 3-phase open delta). Larger branch circuit required than for balanced 3-phase of equal kW. (Balanced 3-phase available in 4-6 & 9kW models, consult factory.) 208 and 240 volt only. ‡ CE Mark available on models 6 through 36kW, 380-400 volts or 400-415 volts, 3-phase only, add $105.

J Not available in 240V single phase. t 480V available in single phase only. Consult factoy if Balanced 3 Ph is required. n 380V not available. † Available in 208V 3-phase only.

CASTONE® LINED TANK LIMITED WARRANTY FOR 10 YEARS. w Not available in 208V 3-phase. * Not available in 208V single phase. s 380V has 49kW.

NOTE: Pages 130 to 132 for sizing information.

NOTE: Consult product specification sheet for proper breaker size. Verify amperage load for booster heaters 24kW through 57kW in single phase.

Because of excessively high amps and since these units are NOT field convertible to any other voltage or phase, written confirmation is required before processing can begin.

LOW-TEMP DISHWASHERS – SEE LOW-TEMP SIZING DATA ON PAGE 133 WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135

Compact

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Water Heating

All Compact Electric Booster Models Feature: Voltage: 208 or 240, single phase. 208, 240, 380, 415, or 480, three phase.

Dimensions: Models C-4 through C-18: 330 W x 527 D x 502 H mm (13" x 20 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4").

Add 133 mm (5 1⁄4") to depth for temperature/pressure relief valve. Height includes legs.

Models C-24 through C-57: 4 57 W x 610 D x 457 H mm (18" x 24" x 18").

Add 165 mm (6 1⁄2") to depth for temperature/pressure relief valve. Height includes legs.

Models Shipped with: Castone® tank, low-water cut-off (LWCO), temperature/pressure relief valve, pressure reducing valve, two temperature/ pressure gauges, indicator light, and on/off switch.

C-XX Kilowatts

123

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

C-27 with accessory slide brackets

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) SSBB C-SECURITY

Stainless Steel Body and Base S ecurity Package (Torx screws and control cover)

No Charge $135

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) BOOSTERBRKT FLOORMOUNT WATERTREAT

Water Heating

A dditional Slide Brackets $ 54 Additional Stainless Steel Floor Mounting Leg Assembly 253 Blended Phosphate Injection System (Page 127 for illustration) (Not for potable water use) 598 SHOCK Shock Absorber (Reduce Water Hammer) 91 BPRV Back Pressure Relief Valve 45 PRVB Additional Brass Pressure Reducing Valve with By-Pass 122 SSA-LEGS Additional Stainless Steel Adjustable Legs 152-178 mm (6"-7") 160 NOTE: 1 52 mm (6") plastic adjustable legs 152-178 mm (6"-7") standard, specify slide brackets if required.

Description of accessories is shown on page 127.

WATER TEMPERATURE RECOVERY TABLE Compact Model C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-9 C-12 C-13 C-15 C-17

124

22°C (40°F) Rise 151 Iph ( 40 gph) 189 Iph ( 50 gph) 227 Iph ( 60 gph) 265 Iph ( 70 gph) 341 Iph ( 90 gph) 454 Iph (120 gph) 511 Iph (135 gph) 572 Iph (151 gph) 655 Iph (173 gph)

39°C (70°F) Rise 87 Iph (23 gph) 110 Iph (29 gph) 129 Iph (34 gph) 151 Iph (40 gph) 197 Iph (52 gph) 261 Iph (69 gph) 292 Iph (77 gph) 326 Iph (86 gph) 375 Iph (99 gph)

Compact Model 22°C (40°F) Rise 39°C (70°F) Rise C-18 685 Iph (181 gph) 390 Iph (103 gph) C-24 912 Iph (241 gph) 522 Iph (138 gph) C-27 1026 Iph (271 gph) 587 Iph (155 gph) C-30 1139 Iph (301 gph) 651 Iph (172 gph) C-36 1367 Iph (361 gph) 780 Iph (206 gph) C-39 1480 Iph (391 gph) 848 Iph (224 gph) C-45 1711 Iph (452 gph) 977 Iph (258 gph) C-54 2052 Iph (542 gph) 1174 Iph (310 gph) C-57 2169 Iph (573 gph) 1234 Iph (326 gph) NOTE: lph is “liters per hour” (gph is “gallons per hour”).

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Imperial Electric Booster Water Heaters Imperial booster water heaters combine quality construction and rugged dependability to provide up to 2169 lph (573 gph) of 82°C (180°F) sanitizing rinse water.

Models include stainless steel front panel, silver gray hammertone body, black base, standard 152 mm (6") legs, Castone® lined tank, and have a 61-liter (16-gallon) capacity.

• All models include a Castone® lined tank with a 10-year limited warranty • Features temperature/pressure relief valve, two temperature gauges, a hightemperature limit control, pilot indicator light, on-off switch, and a low-water cut-off to prevent element burnout due to low water conditions • Built-in heat trap and fiberglass insulation minimizes heat loss • Stainless steel front panel and powdercoated silver-gray hammertone body is standard on all Imperial models

NOTE: Single phase is uncommon in heaters 24kW and larger and are NOT returnable.

S-54

IMPERIAL ELECTRIC BOOSTER WATER HEATER 208 or 240V Single Ph

208 or 240V Three Ph

380 or 415V‡ Three Ph

480V Three Ph

List Prices 208 or 380, 415 240V or 480V

kW Ship Weight Model u Small 6 91 kg (200 lbs.) $3377 S-6 $3377 7 91 kg (200 lbs.)

3418 S-7 3418 S-9 9 91 kg (200 lbs.)

3449 3449 91 kg (200 lbs.)

3637 3637 S-12 12 S-13 13.5 91 kg (200 lbs.)

3658 3658 S-15 15 91 kg (200 lbs.)

3678 3678 † 91 kg (200 lbs.)

3699 – S-17 17.25 – – – w 91 kg (200 lbs.)

3719 3719 S-18 18 Large w/Step Loading S-24 24 97 kg (214 lbs.) $4249 $4249 S-27 27 4293 97 kg (214 lbs.)

4293 S-30 30 97 kg (214 lbs.)

4346 4346 S-36 36 4622 97 kg (214 lbs.)

4657 97 kg (214 lbs.)

4719 4679 S-39 39 – – S-40 40.5 102 kg (224 lbs.)

4872 4827 102 kg (224 lbs.)

4943 4893 S-45 45 – * 102 kg (224 lbs.)

4963 4908 S-54 54 – S-57 57 102 kg (224 lbs.)

5055 4995 ‡ CE Mark available on models 6 through 36kW, 380-400 volts or 400-415 volts, 3-phase only, add $105. u Only 6, 7, & 9kW models can be field converted to single phase (units are shipped 3-phase open delta). Larger branch circuit required than for balanced 3-phase of equal kW. (Balanced 3-phase available in 6 & 9kW models, consult factory.) 208 and 240V only. † Available in 208V 3-phase only. w Not available in 208V 3-phase.

CASTONE® LINED TANK LIMITED WARRANTY FOR 10 YEARS. * Not available in 208V single phase.

Water Heating

All Electric Booster Models Feature: Voltage: 208 or 240, single phase. 208, 240, 380, 415, or 480, three phase.

Dimensions: 600 W x 578 D x 791 H mm (23 5⁄8"W x 22 3⁄4"D x 31 1⁄8"). Add 127 mm (5") to depth for temperature/pressure relief valve.

Height includes legs.

Models Shipped with: C astone® lined tank, low-water cut-off (LWCO), temperature/pressure relief valve, pressure reducing valve, two temperature/pressure gauges, indicator light, and on/off switch.

NOTE: Pages 130 to 132 for sizing information.

NOTE: Consult product specification sheet for proper Breaker size. Verify amperage load for booster heaters 24kW through 57kW in single phase. Because of excessively high amps and since these units are NOT field convertible to any other voltage or phase, written confirmation is required before processing can begin.

LOW-TEMP DISHWASHERS – SEE LOW-TEMP SIZING DATA ON PAGE 133 WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135

S-XX Imperial

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Kilowatts

125

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

S-57 with optional stainless steel body and base, and accessory adjustable stainless steel legs

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) SSBB S-SECURITY

Stainless Steel Body and Base S ecurity Package (Torx® screws and control cover)

No Charge 135

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) WATERTREAT

Water Heating

Blended Phosphate Injection System (See page 105 for illustration) (Not for potable water use) FLOORMOUNT Additional Stainless Steel Floor Mounting Leg Assembly PRVB Additional Brass Pressure Reducing Valve with By-Pass Additional Stainless Steel Adjustable Legs 152-178 mm (6"-7") SSA-LEGS SHOCK Shock Absorber (Reduce Water Hammer) BPRV Back Pressure Relief Valve NOTE: 1 52 mm (6") plastic adjustable legs 152-178 mm (6"-7") standard. Description of accessories is shown on page 127. Only Leg Mounting available.

$598 253 122 160 91 45

WATER TEMPERATURE RECOVERY TABLE Imperial Model 22°C (40°F) Rise 39°C (70°F) Rise S-6 227 Iph ( 60 gph) 129 Iph ( 34 gph) S-7 265 Iph ( 70 gph) 151 Iph ( 40 gph) S-9 341 Iph ( 90 gph) 197 Iph ( 52 gph) S-12 454 Iph (120 gph) 261 Iph ( 69 gph) S-13 511 Iph (135 gph) 292 Iph ( 77 gph) S-15 572 Iph (151 gph) 326 Iph ( 86 gph) S-17 655 Iph (173 gph) 375 Iph ( 99 gph) S-18 685 Iph (181 gph) 390 Iph (103 gph) NOTE: lph is “liters per hour” (gph is “gallons per hour”).

126

Imperial Model S-24 S-27 S-30 S-36 S-39 S-40 S-45 S-54 S-57

22°C (40°F) Rise 912 Iph (241 gph) 1026 Iph (271 gph) 1139 Iph (301 gph) 1367 Iph (361 gph) 1480 Iph (391 gph) 1541 Iph (407 gph) 1711 Iph (452 gph) 2052 Iph (542 gph) 2169 Iph (573 gph)

39°C (70°F) Rise 522 Iph (138 gph) 587 Iph (155 gph) 651 Iph (172 gph) 780 Iph (206 gph) 848 Iph (224 gph) 878 Iph (232 gph) 977 Iph (258 gph) 1174 Iph (310 gph) 1234 Iph (326 gph)

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

T W

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Booster Installation SINGLE BOOSTER INSTALLATION IMPERIAL MODEL FRONT VIEW

Maximum 71°C (160°F) Inlet Temperature 2

OUTLET

COMPACT REAR VIEW

3

1

7

4

IMPERIAL MODEL FRONT VIEW

2

3

5

1

7 7

5

2

4

7

7

6 60°-71°C (140°-160°F)

INLET

INLET

INLET OUTLET

Maximum 71°C (160°F) Inlet Temperature

8 PIPE TO OPEN DRAIN

7

INLET OUTLET

7

8

⁄4" Gate or Ball Valve*

1

2 Temperature/Pressure Gauge

3 Pressure Reducing Valve with By-Pass

6 Shock Absorber

IMPERIAL MODEL FRONT VIEW

7

2

16

7 7

4

N

OR DRAIN

8

7 7

5 7

4

60°-71°C (140°-160°F)

6

2

PIPE TO OPEN DRAIN

7

INLET OUTLET

Maximum 71°C (160°F) Inlet Temperature

7

8

DISCHARGE PIPE TO FLOOR DRAIN

INLET OUTLET

6

6

2

7

7

8 7

FLOOR DRAIN

FLOOR DRAIN

5

60°-71°C (140°-160°F)

INLET OUTLET

INLET

8

CONSULT LOC

DISCHARGE PIPE TO FLOOR DRAIN

7

INLET OUTLET

Maximum 71°C (160°F) Inlet Temperature

*Supplied by installer

IMPERIAL MODEL FRONT VIEW

3

1 5

INLET INLET

2

4 REAR 7 VIEW

4 Blended Phosphate Water Treatment System

8 Drain Pipe Valve*

IMPERIAL MODEL FRONT VIEW 5

5

OUTLET

COMPACT

31

7 Union*

IMPERIAL MODEL FRONT VIEW

OUTLET

2

7

8

FLOOR DRAIN

DUAL BOOSTER INSTALLATION 5 Relief Valve (must have discharge pipe to floor drain)

Maximum 2 71°C (160°F) Inlet Temperature 3

7

2

FLOOR DRAIN 3

5

8

OUTLET

2 7

2

7

7

8

FLOOR DRAIN

FLOOR DRAIN

2

OUTLET

FLOOR DRAIN

4 Blended Phosphate Water Treatment System 3 Pressure Reducing Valve with By-Pass ure/Pressure Gauge 1 3⁄4" Gate or Ball Valve* 2 Temperature/Pressure Gauge 4 Blended Phosphate Water Treatment System 3 Pressure Reducing Valve with By-Pass 8 Drain e to floor drain) 56 Relief Shock Absorber Union* pipe Pipe Valve* CONSULT CODES 6 Shock*Supplied Valve (must have7 discharge to floor drain) Absorber by7installer Union* 8 Drain Pipe Valve* LOCAL *Supplied by installer

CONSULT LOCAL CODES

NOTE: The differential temperature between outlet and inlet temperatures should never be less than 11°C (20°F).

NOTE: Thermostat calibration, or adjustment, must be performed at time of installation and is excluded from warranty coverage.

Thermostat adjustments for Low-Temp applications are the responsibility of the installer.

BOOSTER WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES Pressure Reducing Valve – This valve, with built-in bypass, should be installed in the supply line to the booster to regulate and stabilize flow pressure to 138kPa (20 psi).

Blended Phosphate Water Treatment System – Minimizes scale formation and increases unit efficiency.

Recommended for Electric Boosters.

(Not for potable water use)

Shock Absorber – Recommended between the booster and the dishwasher, on all installations, to prevent water hammer. Standard with Powermite® units.

Floor Mounting Hardware – Adjustable from 152 to 178 mm (6" to 7"). Corrosionresistant stainless steel legs for deck mounting.

Stainless Steel Adjustable Legs – Adjustable from 152 to 178 mm (6" to 7"). Clean appearance and heavy-duty for long wear.

Slide Bracket – For mounting the booster heater under a dishtable (available on small and large Compact models only).

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

127

Water Heating

Back Pressure Relief Valve – This valve relieves pressure when unit is heating, on models that a check valve is required on the supply line.

To be plumbed over an open site drain (see page 128).

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

3CS Sanitizing Sink Heaters Maintaining a continuous supply of sanitizing rinse water without taking up valuable space, the 3CS makes manual warewashing faster and more convenient. Drain may be plumbed to open-sight waste drain (see page 127). A special 3CS Sink Heater is available for shipboard use under military spec. #Mil-H-43895B. Consult factory for prices.

• Stainless steel front, powdercoated silver-gray hammertone body, and convenient side drain • Equipped with an Energy Cut-Off (ECO) for built-in protection against higherthan-normal water temperature • An On-Off toggle switch with indicator light to indicate power status, and a red light to indicate the need to refill and reset the unit • Meets NSF Standard of 82°C (180°F) for dish sanitizing 3CS-9 with optional temperature monitor

SANITIZING SINK HEATER Model kW Sink Area Phase 3CS-3‡ 3.0 381 mm (15") Sq. or less 1 4.5 406-457 mm (16"-18") Sq. 1 3CS-4‡ 6.0 483-533 mm (19"-21") Sq. 1 3CS-6‡ 3CS-9‡ 9.0 533-635 mm (21"-25") Sq. 1 381 mm (15") Sq. or less Balanced 3 3CS-3B∂ 3.0 3CS-4B 4.5 406-457 mm (16"-18") Sq. Balanced 3 3CS-6B∂ 6.0 483-533 mm (19"-21") Sq. Balanced 3 3CS-9B∂ 9.0 533-635 mm (21"-25") Sq. Balanced 3 ‡ 240V available with CE Mark, add $60. ∂ 380V and 415V available with CE Mark, add $60.

Ship Weight 11 kg (24 lbs.)

11 kg (24 lbs.)

12 kg (27 lbs.)

12 kg (27 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

14 kg (30 lbs.)

List Price $1778 1799 1850 1896 2034 2034 2034 2034

All Sink Heater Models Feature: Voltage: 208 or 240, single phase and 208, 240, 380 (no 4kW), or 415 (no 4kW), three-phase. 480 three-phase available (add $109).

Dimensions: 3 CS-3, -4, -6, -9: 171 W x 429 D x 321 H mm (6 3⁄4" x 16 7⁄8" x 12 5⁄8").

3CS-9 480V: 203 W x 435 D x 321 H mm (8" x 17 1⁄8" x 12 5⁄8").

3CS-3B, -4B, -6B, -9B: 203 W x 435 D x 321 H mm (8" x 17 1⁄8" x 12 5⁄8").

Models Shipped with: Stainless steel front, silver gray hammertone body, and black base.

WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135 3CS-XB

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) SSBB TEMP MON s TEMP LIGHT s FR-SECURITY 3CS-480V

All Stainless Steel Body and Base Temperature Monitor (Built-in) Temperature Light Security Package (Torx® screws and control cover) 480 Volt

$ 92 92 71 136 109

Three Compartment Sink

Balanced 3-Phase Kilowatts

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time)

Water Heating

FR-FLUSH Flush Hose Kit s Specify either monitor or light, not both.

$50

SIZING INFORMATION For a Sink Heater: 2,2 watts per square cm (2000 watts per square foot) of vessel top.

3CS Sink Heaters are sized based on 60°C (140°F) supply water with a 30 minute preheat period to reach the sanitizing temperature. Sink Heaters are mounted into the third compartment sink with standard plumbing fittings provided.

Two 51 mm (2") diameter holes are required for these fittings and a full size template is provided to locate holes in the sink.

The 3CS Sink Heater is easily attached to the plumbing fittings with self-contained unions.

128

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

FR Food Rethermalizer Bain-Marie Heaters The Hatco FR is a Bain-Marie or food reconstitutor to heat or hold foods at safe temperatures between 60°C and 88°C (140°-190°F).

All models are shipped factory assembled, pre-wired, and includes standard 51 mm (2") stainless steel plumbing fittings for mounting into a holding tank. Drain may be plumbed to open-sight waste drain (see page 127).

• Equipped with an Energy Cut-Off (ECO) for built-in protection against higherthan-normal water temperature • Stainless steel tank with five year limited warranty • Optional low-water cut-off available to prevent element burn out from low water conditions • Separate sump and heating compartment drains for cleaning and sanitizing FR-9

FOOD RETHERMALIZER/BAIN-MARIE HEATER Model kW Phase Ship Weight List Price‡ FR-3 3.0 1 11 kg (24 lbs.) $1639 FR-4 4.5 1 11 kg (24 lbs.)

1653 FR-6 6.0 1 12 kg (27 lbs.)

1829 1876 FR-9 9.0 1 12 kg (27 lbs.)

FR-3B 3.0 Balanced 3 14 kg (30 lbs.)

2005 FR-4B 4.5 Balanced 3 14 kg (30 lbs.)

2005 FR-6B 6.0 Balanced 3 14 kg (30 lbs.)

2005 FR-9B 9.0 Balanced 3 14 kg (30 lbs.)

2005 ‡ CE Mark available, add $60. Requires Low-Water Cut-Off, add $153.

(Excludes FR-4, FR-4B, and FR-9) All Food Rethermalizer Models Feature: Voltage: 2 08 or 240, single phase and 208, 240, 380 (no 4kW), or 415 (no 4kW), three-phase. 480 threephase available (add $109).

Dimensions: F R-3, -4, -6, -9: 171 W x 429 D x 321 H mm (6 3⁄4" x 16 7⁄8" x 12 1⁄4").

FR-9 480V: 203 W x 435 D x 321 H mm (8" x 17 1⁄8" x 12 5⁄8").

FR-3B, -4B, -6B, -9B: 203 W x 435 D x 321 H mm (8" x 17 1⁄8" x 12 1⁄4").

Models Shipped with: Stainless steel front, silver gray hammertone body, and black base.

WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135 FR-XB

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) SSBB W/LW FR-3-CAP FR-4-CAP

Balanced 3-Phase Kilowatts

71 118 136 109

Water Heating

FR-SECURITY FR-480V

$ 92 153

All Stainless Steel Body and Base Low-Water Cut-Off (Required on CE models) 1219 mm (48") Cord with Plug (NEMA 6-20P) and Receptacle (NEMA 6-20R) (FR-3 only) 1219 mm (48") Cord with Plug (NEMA 6-30P) and Receptacle (NEMA 6-30R) (FR-4 only) Security Package (Torx® screws and control cover) 480 Volt

Food Rethermalizer

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) FR-FLUSH

$50

Flush Hose Kit

SIZING INFORMATION For a Bain-Marie or steam table: 0,8 watts per square cm (750 watts per square foot) of vessel top.

For a Food Rethermalizer: 2,2 watts per square cm (2000 watts per square foot) of vessel top.

Baffle

FR

Use one FR for a Bain-Marie up to 1829 mm (72") long. Units over 1829 mm (72") require a minimum of two FRs. (Tank Baffle provided by installer.)

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

129

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Booster Heater Sizing Chart Dishwasher Model Number

Electric Compact Booster Temperature Rise 22°C (40°F) 39°C (70°F)

Electric Imperial Booster Temperature Rise 22°C (40°F) 39°C (70°F)

ADAMATION CSL-1390, CA-2, CA-3, CA-4, SLAP 44 CA, CA-1

C-39 C-54

(2)C-36 (2)C-45

S-39 S-54

(2)S-36 (2)S-45

S-6 S-7 S-9 S-9 S-13 S-15 S-18 S-39

S-9 S-12 S-13 S-15 S-18 S-27 S-30 (2)S-40

ALVEY FLC-10, SL-2S FLC-12, CL-1, CL-1Turntable, SA-5A FL-2S KS-70, KS70M SB SL-2D FLC-36 KS-88-C KS-70-N, KS-88-N

AMERICAN DISH SERVICE HT-25 ACD-44, ADC-66

C-7 C-12

C-12 C-24

S-7 S-12

S-12 S-24

C-4 C-6 C-9 C-12 C-13 C-17 C-17 C-18 C-30 C-36 (2)C-36 C-45

C-4 C-12 C-13 C-17 C-24 C-30 C-30 C-30 C-54 C-54

S-6 S-12 S-13 S-17 S-24 S-30 S-30 S-30 S-54 S-54

(2)C-30

S-6 S-6 S-9 S-12 S-13 S-17 S-17 S-18 S-30 S-36 (2)S-36 S-45

(2)S-30

C-17

C-36

S-17

S-36

C-4 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-9 C-9 C-9 C-6 C-6 C-12 C-13 C-24 C-24 C-24 C-30

C-6 C-7 C-9 C-12 C-12 C-13 C-15 C-18 C-12 C-12 C-24 C-24 C-36 C-39 C-45 C-54

S-6 S-6 S-6 S-6 S-7 S-9 S-9 S-9 S-6 S-6 S-12 S-13 S-24 S-24 S-24 S-30

S-6 S-7 S-9 S-12 S-12 S-13 S-15 S-18 S-12 S-12 S-24 S-24 S-36 S-39 S-45 S-54

C-36

C-57

S-36

S-57

C-36 C-45 C-45 C-45

(2)C-36 (2)C-36 (2)C-39 (2)C-45

S-36 S-45 S-45 S-45

(2)S-36 (2)S-36 (2)S-39 (2)S-40

C-7 C-24 C-36 C-12

C-12 C-36 C-45 C-24

S-7 S-24 S-36 S-12

S-12 S-36 S-45 S-24

BLAKESLEE UC-21A, UC-21B UC-21 D-8 D-9 Series “R”&“F”-CC, -EE, -LL, -MM, -LLL, -MMM, -PCC, -PEE, -PLL, -PMM (multi-tank) with suffix “LC” Series XF-EE, XF-LL Series XF-LL, XF-PLL, XF-MM, XF-PMM, XF-EEE, XF-LLL, XF-MMM (Multi-tank) with suffix “LC” DD-8 Series F-E, FA-EE, FA-PEE, FA-LL, FA-PLL, FA-MM, FA-PMM, F-EEE, FA-EEE, FA-LLL, FA-MMM, F-PE Series R-L, R-PL, R-M, R-PM, F-L, F-PL, F-M, F-PM (single tank) Series XF-L, XF-PL, XF-M, XF-PM (single tank) Series R-E, R-PE, XF-PEE, XF-PLL, XF-PMM, XF-EEE, XF-LLL, XF-MMM (multi-tank) FA (Flight-A-Round) and RA (Rack-A-Round) use comparable “F” listing.

XF-EE, XF-EE-LT (with LT suffix)

Water Heating

CHAMPION U-H1, UH-200, UH-200B, U-HB UL-150 UH-150, UH-150B, UH-100, UH-100B, DHB-VS D-H1, D-HB D-H1T, D-HBT 44 DRWS, 66 DRPWWS, 80 DRHDPWWS, 70 DRFFPWWS PP-28 D-H1C, D-H1TC DHB-VS DL-1000, DH-1000 44 DR, 66 DRPW, 80 DRHDFW, 70 DRFFPW 66 WSPW, 44-WS, 66-WS, 64, 90FFPW, 100HDPW, 86 PW, 84, 106 PW, 120 HDPW, 110 FFPW UC-CW6-WS US-CW8-WS 44, 66 PW, 70FFPW, 80HDPW, 54, 76PW, 80FFPW, 90HDPW 40-KB, 40-KB-2-2, 40-KFWB, 40-KPRB, 40-KPRB-2-2, 40KPRB-2-3, 60-KB, 60-KB-2-2, 60-KFWB, 60-KFWB-2-2, 60-KPRB, 60-KPRB-2-3 64KB, 64-KB Corner, 64-KPRB, 64-KPRB Corner, 64 Modular, 86 Modular 44-KB, 44-KB Corner, 44-KPRB, 44-KPRB Corner, 54-KB, 54-KB Corner, 54-KPRB, 54-KPRB Corner, 44 Modular, 66 PW Modular, UC** Series 6' Center, UC-C4 UC-CW4 UC-C UC**CW Series 6' Center W-6-WS

CMA DISHMACHINES CMA-180 CMA-44/66 CMA-44H with tank heater, CMA-66H EST-44/66

H Model AM-12 with serial no. 12-067-357 or below and model AM-12C with serial no. 12-067-537 or below require slightly larger booster than listed.

OR C Models with serial no. 85-1041605 or greater use Opti-RinSe. Shaded area indicates older models prior to Opti-RinSe.

130

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Booster Heater Sizing Chart Dishwasher Model Number

Electric Compact Booster Temperature Rise 22°C (40°F) 39°C (70°F)

Electric Imperial Booster Temperature Rise 22°C (40°F) 39°C (70°F)

HOBART

OR

OR

AM-15F LXiC, LXiGC, LX-18C, LX-30C, LX-40C, AM-15F LX-30, SR24, SR24H LX-18, AM-14F, AM-15, AM-15T WM-5C WM-5 (Without sump heater) AM-14T, AM-14TC AM-14, AM-14C AM-12, AM-12CH UW-50 Opti-RinSe C44A,CRS-66A,CCS-66A, CPW-80A, C54A, CRS-76A, CCS-76A, CPW-90A, C64A, CRS-86A, CCS-86A, CPW-100A, C88A, CRS-110A, CCS-110A, CPW-124A C-54A, CRS-76A, CPW-90A, CCS-76A C-44A, CRS-66A, CCS-66A, CPW-80A, C-64A, CRS-86A, CCS-86A, CPW-100A C-88A, CRS-110A, CPW-124A, CCS-110A Opti-RinSe C44AW, CRS-66AW, CCS-66AW, CPW-80AW C-44AW, CRS-66AW, CPW-80AW, CCS-66AW C-44, CRS-66, CPW-80 C-54, CRS-76, CPW-90 C-64W, CRS-86W, CPW-100W, C-88W, CRS-110W, CPW-124W, CCS-86W C-64, CRS-86, CPW-100 FT800W, FT-900W FT-600, FT-700 FT800 Opti-RinSe FT800S, FT-900S UTW-28, UTW-28C FRC and FR (Fast Rack Series) use comparable “C” line listing.

C-4 C-4 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-7 C-9 C-9

C-6 C-7 C-7 C-9 C-9 C-12 C-12 C-12 C-12

S-6 S-6 S-6 S-6 S-6 S-7 S-7 S-9 S-9 S-15 S-15

S-9 S-6 S-7 S-9 S-9 S-12 S-12 S-12 S-12 S-24 S-27

C-15

C-27

C-39 C-30 C-36 C-9 C-12 C-36 C-54 C-24 C-45 C-24 C-54 C-39 C-36 C-39

(2)C-36 C-54 C-54 C-15 C-24 C-54 (2)C-39 C-36 (2)C-36 C-39 (2)C-39 (2)C-39 C-57 (2)C-36

S-39 S-30 S-36 S-9 S-12 S-36 S-54 S-24 S-45 S-24 S-54 S-39 S-36 S-39 S-18

(2)S-36 S-54 S-54 S-15 S-24 S-54 (2)S-39 S-36 (2)S-36 S-39 (2)S-39 (2)S-39 S-57 (2)S-36 S-36

C-4 C-4 C-6 C-6 C-6 ABB-13.5 C-15 C-24 ABB-15-8 C-24 C-24 C-24 C-24 C-27 C-30 C-36 C-36

C-4 C-7 C-12 C-12 C-12 ABB-13.5 C-27 C-36 ABB-27-8 C-45 C-45 C-36 C-39 C-45 C-54 C-54 C-57

S-6 S-6 S-6 S-6 S-6

S-6 S-7 S-12 S-12 S-12

S-15 S-24

S-27 S-39

S-24 S-24 S-24 S-24 S-27 S-30 S-36 S-36 S-9 (2)S-9

S-45 S-45 S-36 S-39 S-45 S-54 S-54 S-57 S-24 (2)S-24

INSINGER GS 302, GS-14 45SA-5 Commander 18-5C, 18-5CH, CS-5, CS-5C, CS-5CH, CS-5H Commander 18-5, 18-5H, Ensign 40-2 Commander 18-6, 18-6H Commander 18-6, 18-6H (Built-In) Admiral 44, 66 Admiral 44-4, 66-4 Admiral 44-4, 66-4 (Built-In) 135-20, 185-20, 250-20, 60-20, 85-20, R-106-2 Speeder 64, 86-3, Century (all), Super 106-2 Trac 878 Century 14, Clipper RC-##-RPW-W Clipper (all), R106-2, Super 106-2,Trac 321, Trac 321-2/RPW Defender-(1) Defender Master (all) CA-3 DA-3 For outdated models, consult factory for correct booster.

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Water Heating

H Model AM-12 with serial no. 12-067-357 or below and model AM-12C with serial no. 12-067-537 or below require slightly larger booster than listed.

OR C Models with serial no. 85-1041605 or greater use Opti-RinSe. Shaded area indicates older models prior to Opti-RinSe.

131

January 1, 2014 Export Price List

Booster Heater Sizing Chart Dishwasher Model Number

Electric Compact Booster Temperature Rise 22°C (40°F) 39°C (70°F)

Electric Imperial Booster Temperature Rise 22°C (40°F) 39°C (70°F)

JACKSON JP-24, JP-24B, JP-24F, JP-24BF 24B Series 10AB, 10APRB 44CE*, 66 CERPW 54CE, 76 CERPW 64CE, 86 CERPW 100 100B, 100PRB, 150B, 150PRB 150 200 200B Tempstar, Tempstar SDS, Tempstar HH TS-44, TS-66 AJ-44, AJ-66, AJ-80, WH-44, ES-4400, ES-6600 (ECOLAB/JACKSON) AJ-54, AJ-76, AJ-90 AJ-64, AJ-86, AJ-100 * Model #44CE w/SN1999 or below requires larger booster than listed.

C-4

C-6 C-24 C-24 C-30 C-24

C-6 C-4 C-5 C-54 (2)C-30 C-39 C-24 C-9 C-18 C-12 C-6 C-12 C-36 C-45 C-54 C-39

S-6 S-24 S-24 S-30 S-24

S-6 S-6 S-6 S-54 (2)S-30 S-39 S-24 S-9 S-18 S-12 S-6 S-12 S-36 S-45 S-54 S-39

C-7

C-12

S-7

S-12

C-24 C-24

C-36 C-45

S-24 S-24

S-36 S-45

C-12

C-18

S-12 S-15 S-27 S-30

S-18 S-24 S-40 S-45

C-30 C-36 C-27 C-12 C-12 C-7

S-6 S-30 S-36 S-27 S-12 S-12 S-7

KNIGHT EQUIPMENT LTD. KLE-112-HL

MEIKO K-44, K-66, K-80 K-54, K-76, K-90, K-64, K-86, K-100

METALWASH/INTENDGE FW4 RS-30A, RS-28L RT-74, RT-60, RT-42B, RT-42BC RS-2R

Water Heating

STERO ER-44, ER-44-10, ER-66S, ER-76S, ER-76SC C-12 C-24 S-12 S-24 ER-64, ER-86S, ER-94S, ER-94SC C-15 C-24 S-15 S-24 SCT-44-10-LW, SCT-44-LW, SCT-66S-LW, SCT-76S-LW, SCT-76SC-LW, SCT-90S-LW C-12 C-24 S-12 S-24 SC-1-2-4-LW, SC-1-6-4-LW, SC-2-4-LW, SC-5-2-4-LW, SC-5-6-4-LW, SC-6-4-LW C-24 C-45 S-24 S-45 SCT-64, SCT-86S, SCT-94S, SCT-94SC C-24 C-39 S-24 S-39 SCT-108S, SCT-108SC, SCT-76, SCT-94SM C-27 C-54 S-27 S-54 SC-6-4, SCT-44, SCT-44-10, SCT-66S, SCT-76S, SCT-76SC, SCT-90S C-30 C-54 S-30 S-54 SCT-120S, SCT-120SC, SCT-120SM, SCT-150SM C-36 C-57 S-36 S-57 STW-110, SC-1-2-7-4, SC-1-6-3-4, SC-1-6-7-4, SC-2-7-4, C-39 (2)C-36 S-39 (2)S-36 SC-5-2-7-4, SC-5-6-3-4, SC-5-6-7-4, SC-6-3-4, SC-6-7-4 SC-1-2-4, SC-1-6-4, SC-2-4, SC-5-2-4, SC-5-6-4 C-45 (2)C-36 S-45 (2)S-36 SCT-44-10-SC-1-3-4, SCT-44-10-3-4, SCT-44-SC-1-3-4, SCT-44-SC-3-4, C-45 (2)C-36 S-40 (2)S-36 SCT-54-SC-1-3-4, SCT-54-SC-3-4, SCT-76S-SC-3-4 STPC (Four tank) C-24 C-39 S-24 S-39 STPCW (Four tank) C-24 C-45 S-24 S-40 STPC C-27 C-54 S-27 S-54 STPCW C-36 (2)C-30 S-36 (2)S-30 SCBT C-45 (2)C-36 S-40 (2)S-36 SF-1RA, SC20-1 C-7 C-12 S-7 S-12 SF-2RA, SF-2DRA, SD-2RA, SDRA, SDRA-PACK C-12 C-18 S-12 S-18 SCT-54, SCT-76SM C-36 C-57 S-36 S-57 SCT-76, SCT-80, SCT-94, SCT-108, SCT-120 C-45 C-57 S-45 S-57 U-31-A, U-31-AC S-18 S-36 U-31-A2 C-45 (2)C-36 S-45 (2)S-36 STBUW-14 C-57 (2)C-54 S-57 (2)S-54 SC-2-3-4, SC-5-2-3-4 C-30 (2)C-27 S-30 (2)S-27 SC20-2 C-12 C-24 S-12 S-2 SC-2-8, SC-2-9, SC-1-2-8, SC-5-6-8, SC-6-8, SC-6-9, C-18 C-36 S-18 S-36 SC-1-6-8, SC-5-6-9, SC-5-2-9, SC-1-6-9, SC-5-2-8 H Model AM-12 with serial no. 12-067-357 or below and model AM-12C with serial no. 12-067-537 or below require slightly larger booster than listed.

OR C Models with serial no. 85-1041605 or greater use Opti-RinSe. SIZING CALCULATION Shaded area indicates older models prior to Opti-RinSe. Rule of thumb for Hatco Electric This selector chart is based on 22°C (40°F) and 39°C (70°F) temperature rises, 138kPa (20 psi) flow pressure, and minimum rinse Booster Water Heaters: cycle timer setting in NSF listing.

LPH = kW 22°C rise All booster heaters are rated at 100% of the capacity of the dishwashers as recommended by the National Sanitation Foundation.

38 Where make-up water for wash tank is provided from final rinse supply, chart recommendations are based upon this additional GPH = kW 40°F rise demand (not over 8 LPM (2 GPM)) as required by NSF. 10 All sizings shown are that of the dishwasher manufacturers. Hatco Corporation is not responsible for incorrect sizing applications.

(

132

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

)

Export Price List January 1, 2014

Water Heater Data PLUMBING DATA

WATER TEMPERATURE RECOVERY TABLE IN LPH °C (GPH °F) RISE

Dielectric couplings should be used in connecting dissimilar metals, such as galvanized to copper, to prevent electrolysis.

All Hatco Booster Water Heaters require 3⁄4" piping.

A check valve should not be installed in the supply line to the booster heater.

All shut-off valves must be gate or ball valves – not globe valves.

ELECTRICAL DATA

ELECTRICAL FORMULAS

LPH x °C Temp. Rise = kW 840 NOTE: LPH is liters per hour.

GPH x °F Temp. Rise = kW 400 NOTE: GPH is gallons per hour.

Watts = Amps Volts 1-phase Watts x .86 = Amps Volts 3-phase

(open delta) Watts = Amps Volts x 1.73 3-phase

(balanced delta)

(

)

SEE BOOSTER HEATER SIZING CHART, PAGES 130-132.

NOTE: When primary temperatures are less than 38°C (100°F) consult factory for suitable booster heater.

kW 4 5 6 7 9 9.9 10.5 11.4 12 13.5 15 17.25 18 24 27 30 36 39 40.5 45 54 57

16° (30°) 204 ( 54) 254 ( 67) 303 ( 80) 356 ( 94) 454 (120) 500 (132) 530 (140) 581 (153) 610 (161) 685 (181) 761 (201) 874 (231) 912 (241) 1215 (321) 1367 (361) 1518 (401) 1825 (482) 1976 (522) 2052 (542) 2279 (602) 2737 (723) 2888 (763)

22° (40°) 151 ( 40) 189 ( 50) 227 ( 60) 265 ( 70) 341 ( 90) 375 ( 99) 398 (105) 433 (114) 454 (120) 511 (135) 572 (151) 655 (173) 685 (181) 912 (241) 1026 (271) 1139 (301) 1367 (361) 1480 (391) 1541 (407) 1711 (452) 2052 (542) 2169 (573)

28° (50°) 121 ( 32) 151 ( 40) 182 ( 48) 212 ( 56) 273 ( 72) 299 ( 79) 318 ( 84) 350 ( 92) 363 ( 96) 409 (108) 454 (120) 526 (139) 549 (145) 731 (193) 821 (217) 912 (241) 1094 (289) 1185 (313) 1230 (325) 1367 (361) 1643 (434) 1734 (458)

33° (60°) 102 ( 27) 125 ( 33) 151 ( 40) 178 ( 47) 227 ( 60) 250 ( 66) 265 ( 70) 289 ( 76) 303 ( 80) 341 ( 90) 379 (100) 435 (115) 454 (120) 610 (161) 685 (181) 761 (201) 912 (241) 988 (261) 1026 (271) 1139 (301) 1367 (361) 1442 (381)

39° (70°) 87 ( 23) 110 ( 29) 129 ( 34) 151 ( 40) 197 ( 52) 216 ( 57) 227 ( 60) 247 ( 65) 261 ( 69) 292 ( 77) 326 ( 86) 375 ( 99) 390 (103) 522 (138) 587 (155) 651 (172) 780 (206) 848 (224) 878 (232) 977 (258) 1174 (310) 1234 (326)

44° (80°) 76 ( 20) 95 ( 25) 114 ( 30) 133 ( 35) 170 ( 45) 189 ( 50) 201 ( 53) 217 ( 57) 227 ( 60) 257 ( 68) 284 ( 75) 329 ( 87) 341 ( 90) 454 (120) 511 (135) 572 (151) 685 (181) 742 (196) 768 (203) 856 (226) 1026 (271) 1083 (286)

50° (90°) 68 ( 18) 83 ( 22) 102 ( 27) 117 ( 31) 151 ( 40) 167 ( 44) 178 ( 47) 194 ( 51) 204 ( 54) 227 ( 60) 254 ( 67) 292 ( 77) 303 ( 80) 405 (107) 454 (120) 507 (134) 610 (161) 659 (174) 685 (181) 761 (201) 912 (241) 963 (254)

55° (100°) 61 ( 16) 76 ( 20) 91 ( 24) 106 ( 28) 136 ( 36) 151 ( 40) 159 ( 42) 175 ( 46) 182 ( 48) 204 ( 54) 227 ( 60) 261 ( 69) 273 ( 72) 363 ( 96) 409 (108) 454 (120) 549 (145) 594 (157) 617 (163) 685 (181) 821 (217) 867 (229)

Electric Compact Booster

Electric Imperial Booster

C-6 C-13 C-36

S-6 S-13 S-36

C-4

S-6

C-6

S-6

C-7 C-9 C-24 C-6 C-7

S-7 S-9 S-24 S-6 S-7

C-4 C-6 C-7 C-27 C-30

S-6 S-6 S-7 S-27 S-30

C-4

S-6

C-9

S-9

C-15

S-15

C-18

S-18

C-5 C-9 C-13 C-12

S-6 S-9 S-13 S-12

Sizing Chart For Low-Temp Dishmachines BOOSTERS RATED AT 16°C (30°F) RISE Dishwasher Model Number

AMERICAN DISH SERVICE AH, AH‑3D, AH‑3D‑S, AHC, AHC‑3D, AHC‑3D‑S, ET‑A, ET‑AF, ET‑AH, ET‑A‑M, ET‑AH‑M, ET‑A‑3, ET‑AH‑3, L‑90‑3D, L‑90‑3D‑K, L‑90‑3D‑K‑S, L‑90‑3D‑S, L‑90‑3DC, L‑90‑3DC‑K, L‑90‑3DC‑K‑S, L‑90‑3DC‑S, L‑90‑3DW, L‑90‑3DW‑K, L‑90‑3DW‑K‑S, L‑90‑3DW‑S, L‑90‑3DWC, L‑90‑3DWC‑K, L‑90‑3DWC‑K‑S, L‑90‑3DWC‑S, WH, WHC A‑3D, A‑3D‑S, A, AC, AC‑3D, AC‑3D‑S, AH‑B, ET‑AF‑3, ET‑AF‑M, HT‑25, L‑60‑3D, L‑60‑3D‑K, L‑60‑3D‑K‑S, L‑60‑3D‑S, L‑60‑3DC, L‑60‑3DC‑K, L‑60‑3DC‑K‑S, L‑60‑3DC‑S, L‑60‑3DW, L‑60‑3DW‑K, L‑60‑3DW‑K‑S, L‑60‑3DW‑S, L‑60‑3DWC, L‑60‑3DWC‑K, L‑60‑3DWC‑K‑S, L‑60‑3DWC‑S, L‑72‑3D, L‑72‑3D‑K, L‑72‑3D‑K‑S, L‑72‑3D‑S, L‑72‑3DC, L‑72‑3DC‑K, L‑72‑3DC‑K‑S, L‑72‑3DC‑S, L‑72‑3DW, L‑72‑3DW‑K, L‑72‑3DW‑K‑S, L‑72‑3DW‑S, L‑72‑3DWC, L‑72‑3DWC‑K, L‑72‑3DWC‑K‑S, L‑72‑3DWC‑S, W, WC A‑B, AD‑25, SS‑25, 5‑AH, 5‑AHS AF, AF‑3D, AF‑3D‑S, AF‑B, AFC, AFC‑3D, AFC‑3D‑S, AFW, AFWC, 5, 5‑S ADC‑44, ADC‑66, 5‑AG, 5‑AGS, 5‑CD‑LF, 5‑CD‑RF

Electric Compact Booster

Electric Imperial Booster

C-4

S-6

C-5

S-6

ULD, ULF DLF KL44, KL66

CMA DISHMACHINES

S-6 S-7

C-9

S-9

C-4 C-6 C-12 C-13

S-6 S-6 S-12 S-13

C-36

S-36

C-24

S-24

C-54 C-36

S-54 S-36

Low-Temp Sizing Data Chemical low-temp dishwashers are most effective when supplied with a 60°C (140°F) hot water supply. Sometimes this water temperature is not available due to undersized primary water heaters or local safety codes. Hatco can supply a pre-heater for chemical low-temp dishwashers to provide an adequate supply of 60°C (140°F) hot water for proper operation.

NOTE: When ordering a heater for use with a chemical low-temp dishwasher, thermostat adjustments for low-temp applications are the responsibility of the installer.

A‑1, AH‑1, C‑1, VAC‑1, A‑3, AH‑3, C‑3, L‑1C, VAC‑3, VAC‑4, VAC‑5, L‑1X A‑2, AH‑1, AH‑2, AH‑3, B‑3, C‑1, C‑2, C‑3, EVA‑1, EVA‑2, EVA‑3, EVA‑4, EVA‑5, VAC‑2 B‑1 B‑2 CMA‑44L with tank heater, CMA‑66L CVA‑1, CVA‑2, CVA‑3, CVA‑4 CVA‑5

HOBART LX-18C, LX-30C, LX-40C, WM-5C, SR24C LT-1 AM-14, AM-14C C44A, CRS66A, CPW80A FT-800

JACKSON Conserver 24LT, 200LT, ES1000 (Ecolab/Jackson) Conserver 1, Conserver XL, ES2000 (Ecolab/Jackson) Conserver 2, Conserver XL2, ES4000 (Ecolab/Jackson) AJ-44, AJ-66, AJ-80

KNIGHT EQUIPMENT LTD. KLE‑112‑HL KLE‑117i, KLE‑117c, KLE‑175GT, KLE‑175GTM, KLE‑235d KLE‑175GT Corner, KLE‑175GTM Corner

To properly size a Hatco heater for low-temp use: 1. Determine the required temperature rise by subtracting the available hot water supply temperature from 60°C (140°F). This should be a minimum of 11°C (20°F).

2. Determine the water usage by consulting the dishwasher data plate, literature or NSF listing. This should be shown as liters per hour (LPH) (gallons per hour (GPH).

3. U se the Hatco formula for sizing or the sizing chart on this page to determine the required kW and select the appropriate Hatco model.

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

133

Water Heating

C-6 C-7

BLAKESLEE U21‑C D‑8‑LT DD‑8‑LT, R‑CC64‑LT, R‑EE‑LT Series XF‑EE‑LT, XF‑PEE‑LT, XF‑LL‑LT, XF‑PLL‑LT, XF‑MM‑LT, XF‑PMM‑LT, XF‑EEE‑LT, XF‑LLL‑LT, XF‑MMM‑LT Series R‑L‑LT, R‑PL‑LT, R‑M‑LT, R‑PM‑LT, F‑L‑LT, F‑PL‑LT, F‑M‑LT, F‑PM‑LT (single tank) Series “R”&“F”‑CC‑LT, ‑EE‑LT, ‑LL‑LT, ‑MM‑LT, ‑LLL‑LT, ‑MMM‑LT, ‑PCC‑LT, ‑PEE‑LT, ‑PLL‑LT, ‑PMM‑LT (multi‑tank) Series XF‑L‑LT, XF‑PL‑LT, XF‑M‑LT, XF‑PM‑LT (single tank) Series XF‑PEE‑LT, XF‑PLL‑LT, XF‑PMM‑LT, XF‑EEE‑LT, XF‑LLL‑LT, XF‑MMM‑LT (multi‑tank) FA (Flight‑A‑Round) and RA (Rack‑A‑Round) use comparable “F” listing.

Dishwasher Model Number

CHAMPION